SOUTHDOWN INC
10-Q, 1995-11-13
CEMENT, HYDRAULIC
Previous: JMB INCOME PROPERTIES LTD VII, 10-Q, 1995-11-13
Next: SADDLEBROOK RESORTS INC, 10-Q, 1995-11-13










   ---------------------------------------------------------------------
   ---------------------------------------------------------------------

                          SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                                Washington, D.C. 20549


                                      FORM 10-Q

        [ X ] QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
              OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

        For the quarterly period ended September 30, 1995

                                          OR

        [   ] TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
              OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

   For the transition period from _______________ to _________________

                            Commission File Number 1-6117


                                   SOUTHDOWN, INC.
                (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)


                          Louisiana                     72-0296500
        (State or other jurisdiction of               (I.R.S. Employer
        incorporation or organization)              Identification No.)


                      1200 Smith Street
                          Suite 2400
                        Houston, Texas                     77002
     (Address of principal executive offices)            (Zip Code)


   Registrant's telephone number, including area code:  (713) 650-6200
<PAGE>




   Indicate   by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  (1)  has filed all
   reports  required  to  be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
   Exchange  Act  of 1934  during  the  preceding  12  months  (or for such
   shorter  periods that the registrant was required to file such reports),
   and  (2)  has  been  subject to such filing requirements for the past 90
   days.
                                Yes   X      No      


   At September 30, 1995 there were 17.3 million common shares outstanding.


   ------------------------------------------------------------------
   ------------------------------------------------------------------



                      SOUTHDOWN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES 

                                     INDEX




                                                                    Page
                                                                     No.
   Part I.      FINANCIAL INFORMATION

   Item 1.      Financial Statements (unaudited)                      

     Consolidated Balance Sheet
                September 30, 1995 and December 31, 1994             1

     Statement of Consolidated Earnings 
                Three months and nine months ended
                 September 30, 1995 and 1994                         2

     Statement of Consolidated Cash Flows                             
                Nine months ended September 30, 1995 and 1994        3

     Statement of Consolidated Revenues and Operating Earnings
                by Business Segment                                   
                 Three months and nine months ended
<PAGE>




                  September 30, 1995 and 1994                        4

     Statement of Shareholders'  Equity 
                Nine months ended September 30, 1995                 4

     Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements                       5

     Independent Accountants'  Review Report                           8

   Item 2.      Management' s Discussion and Analysis of
                Financial Condition and Results of Operations        9


   Part II.     OTHER INFORMATION

   Item 1.      Legal Proceedings                                    16

   Item 6.      Exhibits and Reports on Form 8-K                     18
<PAGE>






                       PART I.      FINANCIAL INFORMATION

   Item 1.      Financial Statements



                     SOUTHDOWN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES

                                 CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

                                        (Unaudited)
   <TABLE>
   <CAPTION>

                                                                       (in millions)
                                                              -------------------------------
                                                               September 30,    December 31,
                                                                   1995             1994
                                                              --------------    -------------

   <S>                                                        <C>               <C>
   ASSETS
   Current assets:
     Cash and cash equivalents                                $         10.5    $         7.4

        
     Accounts and notes receivable, less allowance for                    
        doubtful accounts of $9.5 and $7.2                              88.3             73.0
     Inventories (Note 3)                                               71.7             54.0
     Deferred income taxes                                              11.1             26.5
     Assets held for sale                                                -               13.2
     Prepaid expenses and other                                          3.9              3.5
                                                              --------------    -------------
        Total current assets                                           185.5            177.6
   Property, plant and equipment, less accumulated depreciation,
     depletion and amortization of $327.6 and $306.0                   562.6            560.2
   Goodwill                                                             80.5             78.6
   Other long-term assets:
     Long-term receivables                                              23.0             15.3
     Other                                                              48.5             49.3
                                                              --------------    -------------
                                                              $        900.1    $       881.0
                                                              --------------    -------------
                                                              --------------    -------------
   LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS'  EQUITY
   Current liabilities:
        
     Current maturities of long-term debt                     $          1.3    $         0.3
     Accounts payable and accrued liabilities                           94.3            103.2
                                                              --------------    -------------
        Total current liabilities                                       95.6            103.5
   Long-term debt (Note 4)                                             199.5            185.8
   Deferred income taxes                                               110.3            122.7
   Minority interest in consolidated joint venture                      31.9             28.9
   Long-term portion of postretirement benefit obligation               80.7             82.0
   Other long-term liabilities and deferred credits                     18.0             21.0
                                                              --------------    -------------
                                                                       536.0            543.9
                                                              --------------    -------------
   Shareholders'  equity:
     Preferred stock redeemable at issuer's option (Note 5)            151.9            152.0
     Common stock, $1.25 par value                                      21.6             21.6
     Capital in excess of par value                                    126.9            126.6
     Reinvested earnings                                                63.7             36.9
                                                              --------------    -------------
                                                                       364.1            337.1
                                                              --------------    -------------
                                                              $        900.1    $       881.0
                                                              --------------    -------------
                                                              --------------    -------------
   </TABLE>


                     SOUTHDOWN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES

                         STATEMENT OF CONSOLIDATED EARNINGS

                                        (Unaudited)

   <TABLE>
   <CAPTION>

                                                          (in millions, except per share data)
                                                      --------------------------------------------
                                                       Three Months Ended       Nine Months Ended
                                                         September 30,            September 30, 
                                                      -------------------      -------------------
                                                        1995        1994        1995        1994
                                                     ---------   ---------    --------   --------
         <S>                                         <C>         <C>          <C>        <C>

         Revenues                                    $ 170.4     $ 158.3      $ 444.5    $ 419.0
                                                     ---------   ---------    --------   --------
         Costs and expenses:
           Operating                                   118.0       117.0        304.7      301.1
           Depreciation, depletion and amortization     10.2         9.6         29.9       29.4
           Selling and marketing                         3.8         3.4         11.3       10.2
           General and administrative                    9.3         8.3         27.8       28.7
           Other income, net                            (1.7)        -           (4.4)      (3.7)
                                                    ---------   ---------    --------   --------
                                                       139.6       138.3        369.3      365.7
         Minority interest in earnings of
            consolidated joint venture                   2.6         1.4          4.3        2.5
                                                    ---------   ---------    --------   --------
                                                       142.2       139.7        373.6      368.2
                                                    ---------   ---------    --------   --------

         Operating earnings                             28.2        18.6         70.9       50.8
         Interest, net of amounts capitalized           (6.6)       (6.4)       (20.0)     (22.6)
                                                    ---------   ---------    --------   --------
         Earnings from continuing operations            21.6        12.2         50.9       28.2
         Federal and state income tax expense           (7.1)       (3.6)       (16.7)      (8.8)
                                                    ---------   ---------    --------   --------
         Earnings from continuing operations            14.5         8.6         34.2       19.4

         Loss from discontinued operations,
           net of income taxes (Note 2)                  -          (2.1)         -         (4.1)
                                                    ---------   ---------    --------   --------
         Net earnings                                $  14.5     $   6.5      $  34.2    $  15.3
                                                    ---------   ---------    --------   --------
                                                    ---------   ---------    --------   --------
         Dividends on preferred stock (Note 5)       $  (2.4)    $  (2.5)     $  (7.3)   $  (7.0)
                                                    ---------   ---------    --------   --------
                                                    ---------   ---------    --------   --------

         Earnings (loss) per common share (Note 5):
         Primary
           Earnings from continuing operations       $   0.68    $   0.35     $   1.53   $   0.69
           Loss from discontinued operations,
             net of income taxes                         -          (0.12)        -         (0.23)
                                                    ---------   ---------    ---------   ---------
                                                     $   0.68    $   0.23     $   1.53   $   0.46
                                                    ---------   ---------    ---------   ---------
                                                    ---------   ---------    ---------   ---------

         Fully diluted
           Earnings from continuing operations       $   0.62    $   0.35     $   1.46   $   0.69
           Loss from discontinued operations,
             net of income taxes                         -          (0.12)        -         (0.23)
                                                    ---------   ---------    ---------   ---------
                                                     $   0.62    $   0.23     $   1.46   $   0.46
                                                    ---------   ---------    ---------   ---------
                                                    ---------   ---------    ---------   ---------
         Average shares outstanding (Exhibit 11)

           Primary                                      17.6        17.7         17.5       17.8
                                                    ---------   ---------    --------   --------
                                                    ---------   ---------    --------   --------
           Fully diluted                                23.5        17.7         23.4       17.8
                                                    ---------   ---------    --------   --------
                                                    ---------   ---------    --------   --------
   </TABLE>

<PAGE>

                     SOUTHDOWN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES

                       STATEMENT OF CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOWS
                                   (Unaudited)
   <TABLE>
   <CAPTION>

                                                                      (in millions)
                                                                -------------------------
                                                                    Nine Months Ended
                                                                      September 30, 
                                                                -------------------------
                                                                   1995            1994
                                                                ----------      ---------
   <S>                                                          <C>             <C>
   Operating activities:
     Earnings from continuing operations                        $    34.2       $    19.4 
     Adjustments to reconcile earnings from continuing
        operations to net cash provided by (used in) operating
        activities:
          Depreciation, depletion and amortization                   29.9            29.4
          Deferred income tax expense                                 9.4             1.6
          Amortization of debt issuance costs                         2.0             2.7
          Changes in operating assets and liabilities               (51.0)           (5.0)
          Other adjustments                                           2.7             2.5
     Net cash used in discontinued operations                        (2.5)           (2.9)
                                                                ----------      ---------
   Net cash provided by operating activities                         24.7            47.7
                                                                ----------      ---------

   Investing activities:
     Additions to property, plant and equipment                     (19.3)          (16.1)
     Acquisitions, net of cash acquired                             (12.6)            -
     Proceeds from asset sales                                        8.8             2.0
     Other                                                           (0.5)           (3.8) 
     Net cash used in discontinued operations                        (1.5)           (5.0)
                                                                ----------      ---------

   Net cash used in investing activities                            (25.1)          (22.9)
                                                                ----------      ---------
                                                                ----------      ---------

   Financing activities:
     Additions to long-term debt                                     13.4            11.0
     Reductions in long-term debt                                    (0.4)         (110.7)
     Dividends                                                       (8.2)           (4.9)
     Changes in minority interest                                    (1.3)           (1.3)
     Proceeds from sale of preferred stock                            -              86.3
     Securities issuance costs                                        -              (4.3)
                                                                ----------      ---------
   Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities                3.5           (23.9)
                                                                ----------      ---------

   Net increase in cash and cash equivalents                          3.1             0.9
   Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period                   7.4             7.4
                                                                ----------      ---------

   Cash and cash equivalents at end of period                   $    10.5       $     8.3
                                                                ----------      ---------
                                                                ----------      ---------
   </TABLE>
     Cash  payments  for  income taxes totaled $9.9 million and $257,000 in
   1995  and 1994, respectively.  In order not to incur additional interest
   charges,  in early January 1995 the Company also paid a $7.6 million tax
   assessment, including interest, proposed by the Internal Revenue Service
   in  a preliminary audit report issued in late 1994.   Interest paid, net
   of  amounts capitalized, was $13.8 million and $18.1 million in 1995 and
   1994, respectively. 

<PAGE>

                     SOUTHDOWN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES

                 STATEMENT OF CONSOLIDATED REVENUES AND OPERATING EARNINGS
                              BY BUSINESS SEGMENT

                                   (Unaudited)
   <TABLE>
   <CAPTION>

                                                                      (in millions)
                                                       -------------------------------------------
                                                       Three Months Ended       Nine Months Ended
                                                         September 30,            September 30, 
                                                       --------------------     ------------------
                                                         1995        1994       1995         1994
                                                       ---------   --------    --------   ---------
   <S>                                                 <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>
   Contributions to revenues:
     Cement                                            $124.3      $ 115.7    $ 313.2     $   296.6
     Concrete products                                   56.7         53.6      162.9         156.8
     Intersegment sales                                 (10.6)       (11.0)     (31.6)        (34.4)
                                                      ---------    --------   --------    ---------
                                                       $170.4      $ 158.3    $ 444.5     $   419.0
                                                      ---------    --------   --------    ---------
                                                      ---------    --------   --------    ---------
   Contributions to operating earnings (loss) before
     interest expense and income taxes:
        Cement                                         $ 32.7       $ 21.6    $  84.5     $    66.1
        Concrete products                                 0.7          3.3        4.6           6.2 
        Corporate                                                                                
          General and administrative                     (5.8)        (5.0)     (18.1)        (19.5)
          Depreciation, depletion and amortization       (1.0)        (1.3)      (3.1)         (3.7)
          Miscellaneous income                            1.6          -          3.0           1.7
                                                      ---------    --------   --------    ---------
                                                       $ 28.2      $  18.6    $  70.9     $    50.8
                                                      ---------    --------   --------    ---------
                                                      ---------    --------   --------    ---------

   </TABLE>

                     SOUTHDOWN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES
                         STATEMENT OF SHAREHOLDERS'  EQUITY



<PAGE>
                                        (Unaudited)
   <TABLE>
   <CAPTION>
                                                       (in millions)
                            --------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                     
                             Preferred Stock       Common Stock        Capital   
                            -----------------   ------------------   in excess of   Reinvested
                            Shares    Amount    Shares     Amount     par value      earnings
                            -------   -------   -------   --------  ------------    -----------
   <S>                      <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>             <C>

   Balance at 
     December 31, 1994        4.6     $152.0       17.3   $   21.6     $   126.6      $   36.9
   Net earnings               -          -          -          -             -            34.2
   Dividends on preferred
      stock (Note 5)          -          -          -          -             -            (7.3)
   Other                      -         (0.1)       -          -             0.3          (0.1)
                            -------  --------    -------  ---------     ---------     ---------
   Balance at
     September 30, 1995       4.6     $151.9       17.3   $   21.6     $   126.9      $   63.7
                            -------  --------    -------  ---------     ---------     ---------
                            -------  --------    -------  ---------     ---------     ---------
   </TABLE>


                   SOUTHDOWN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES

                  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                                 (unaudited)


Note 1 - Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements:

     The  Consolidated  Balance  Sheet  of  Southdown,  Inc.  and  subsidiary
companies  (the  Company)  at  September  30,  1995  and  the  Statements  of
Consolidated  Earnings,  Consolidated  Cash  Flows, Consolidated Revenues and
Operating  Earnings  by  Business  Segment  and  Shareholders' Equity for the
periods  indicated  herein  have  been prepared by the Company without audit.
The  Consolidated  Balance  Sheet  at  December  31, 1994 is derived from the
December  31,  1994  audited  financial  statements, but does not include all
disclosures  required  by  generally  accepted  accounting principles.  It is
assumed  that these financial statements will be read in conjunction with the
audited financial statements and notes thereto included in the Company's 1994
Annual Report on Form 10-K.

     In  the  opinion  of  management, the statements reflect all adjustments
necessary  for  a  fair  presentation  of  the financial position, results of
operations and cash flows of the Company on a consolidated basis and all such
adjustments are of a normal recurring nature.  The interim statements for the
period  ended September 30, 1995 are not necessarily indicative of results to
be  expected  for  the full year.  Certain data from the prior year have been
reclassified for purposes of comparison.

Note 2 - Discontinued Environmental Services Segment:

     During  the fourth quarter of 1994, the Company adopted a formal plan to
exit  the environmental services business and recorded a $21.6 million charge
to  earnings  to  reflect  (i)  the  difference between the book value of the
environmental services assets and the estimated proceeds from the disposal of
those  assets  and (ii) the estimated losses to be incurred prior to the sale
of  the  assets and other direct costs of exiting the business.  During April
1995,  the  Company sold all the outstanding shares of stock of its remaining
hazardous  waste  processing facilities for a combination of $11.8 million in
cash  and  notes  plus  certain  working  capital items.  The Company remains
contingently  liable  for certain environmental remediation issues, known and
unknown, under the indemnification provisions of the sales agreements.

       As  a  result  of  the  decision  to  exit  the environmental services
business,  prior  periods  have been restated to present the results from the
Environmental Services segment as discontinued operations.  Summary operating
results of the discontinued Environmental Services segment are as follows:


                                               (unaudited in millions)
                                          --------------------------------
                                          Three Months        Nine Months
                                             Ended                Ended
                                          September 30,       September 30,
                                          -------------       -------------
                                              1994                 1994
                                             ------               ------
     Revenue:
       As previously reported              $    167.2          $   444.2 
       Less amounts attributable to 
          discontinued operations                 8.9               25.2 
                                           -----------         ----------
     Revenue from continuing operations    $    158.3          $   419.0 
                                           -----------         ----------
                                           -----------         ----------
     Pre-tax operating loss from
       discontinued operations             $     (3.1)         $    (6.2)
                                           -----------         ----------
                                           -----------         ----------


Note 3 - Inventories:


                                                 (unaudited in millions)
                                          --------------------------------
                                          September 30,       December 31,
                                                1995             1994    
                                          --------------      ------------
     Finished goods                        $   19.5            $  15.1
     Work in progress                          17.2                6.5
     Raw materials                              5.9                4.6
     Supplies                                  29.1               27.8
                                           ---------           --------
                                           $   71.7            $  54.0
                                           ---------           --------
                                           ---------           --------

     Inventories  stated  on  the  LIFO  method  were  $28.8 million of total
inventories  at  September 30, 1995 and $19.2 million of total inventories at
December  31,  1994  compared  with current costs of $37.1  million and $27.5
million, respectively.

     For  interim  reporting purposes, the Company charges cost of goods sold
for  its  cement  manufacturing  operations  on  the  basis  of predetermined
<PAGE>




standard  cost  estimates established by management.  The Company defers as a
charge  or  credit  to  inventory any difference between actual manufacturing
costs  and  the  standard.   At year-end, any variation remaining between the
result  at  standard  cost  and actual cost is charged or credited to cost of
goods sold.

Note 4 - Revolving Credit Facility:

     On  November  3,  1995,  the  Company  entered into a Restated Revolving
Credit  Facility  with  the  same  banks  as in its previous revolving credit
facility.    The Restated Revolving Credit Facility, at $200 million, remains
the  same size as the previous revolving credit facility, but (i) extends the
maturity  to  October  30,  2000,  (ii) initially reduces borrowing rates and
Letter  of  Credit  fees  based  on  leverage  ratios and capital expenditure
levels,  (iii)  provides  the Company with enhanced flexibility under certain
restrictive  covenants,  (iv)  eases  certain  administrative burdens and (v)
allows  the  Company  to  redeem  or repurchase subordinated debt and capital
stock within certain limits.

Note 5 - Capital Stock:

     Common Stock

          At September 30, 1995 17,284,000 shares of common stock were issued
and outstanding.

     Preferred Stock Redeemable at Issuer's Option

          Series  A  Preferred  Stock  -  The Company had 1,994,000 shares of
Preferred  Stock,  $0.70  Cumulative Convertible Series A (Series A Preferred
Stock)  outstanding  at  September 30, 1995,  December 31, 1994 and September
30,  1994.  Dividends paid on the Series A Preferred Stock were approximately
$350,000  and  $1  million,  respectively,  during each of the three and nine
month periods ended September 30, 1995 and 1994.

          Series  B  Preferred  Stock  -  The  Company  had 914,360 shares of
Preferred  Stock, $3.75 Convertible Exchangeable Series B (Series B Preferred
Stock)  outstanding  at September 30, 1995, and 917,160 shares outstanding at
December  31, 1994 and September 30, 1994.  Dividends accrued on the Series B
Preferred  Stock  were  approximately  $860,000 during the three months ended
September  30,  1995  and  1994.  Dividends accrued on the Series B Preferred
Stock  were  approximately  $2.6 million during each of the nine months ended
September 30, 1995 and 1994.

          Series  D Preferred Stock - On January 27, 1994, the Company issued
1,725,000  shares  of Preferred Stock, $2.875 Cumulative Convertible Series D
(Series  D  Preferred  Stock)  all of which were outstanding at September 30,
1995,  December  31,  1994, and September 30, 1994.  Dividends accrued on the
Series  D  Preferred  Stock were approximately $1.2 million and $1.3 million,
respectively,  during  the  three  month periods ended September 30, 1995 and
1994.    Dividends accrued on the Series D Preferred Stock were approximately
$3.7  million  and  $3.4 million, respectively, during the nine month periods
ended September 30, 1995 and 1994.

Note 6 - Contingencies:

          See  Item  2.  "Management's  Discussion  and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations - Liquidity and Capital Resources - Known
Events, Trends and Uncertainties" for discussion of certain contingencies.

Note 7 - Review by Independent Accountants:

          The  unaudited  financial  information presented in this report has
been  reviewed  by  the Company's independent public accountants.  The review
was  limited  in  scope  and  did  not  constitute  an audit of the financial
information  in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards such as
is  performed  in  the year-end audit of financial statements.  The report of
Deloitte  &  Touche  LLP  relating  to  its  limited  review of the financial
information  as  of  September  30, 1995 and for the nine-month periods ended
September 30, 1995 and 1994 follows.



<PAGE>
                    INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS' REVIEW REPORT



To the Shareholders and
   Board of Directors of
   Southdown, Inc.
   Houston, Texas


          We  have  reviewed  the  accompanying consolidated balance sheet of
Southdown,  Inc.  and  subsidiary companies as of September 30, 1995, and the
related  consolidated  statements  of  earnings  and  cash flows for the nine
months  ended  September 30, 1995 and 1994 and the statement of shareholders'
equity  for  the  nine  months  ended  September  30,  1995.  These financial
statements are the responsibility of the Company's management.

          We conducted our review in accordance with standards established by
the  American  Institute  of  Certified  Public Accountants.  A review of the
interim  financial  information  consists  principally of applying analytical
procedures  to financial data and making inquiries of persons responsible for
financial  and accounting matters.  It is substantially less in scope than an
audit conducted in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards, the
objective  of  which  is the expression of an opinion regarding the financial
statements taken as a whole.  Accordingly, we do not express such an opinion.

          Based on our review, we are not aware of any material modifications
that should be made to such financial statements for them to be in conformity
with generally accepted accounting principles.

          We  have  previously audited, in accordance with generally accepted
auditing  standards,  the  consolidated  balance sheet of Southdown, Inc. and
subsidiary  companies  as  of  December 31, 1994 and the related consolidated
statements of earnings, shareholders' equity and cash flows for the year then
ended  (not  presented  herein); and in our report dated January 27, 1995, we
expressed  an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.
In  our  opinion,  the information set forth in the accompanying consolidated
balance  sheet  as  of  December  31,  1994 is fairly stated, in all material
respects,  in  relation  to  the consolidated balance sheet from which it has
been derived.




Deloitte & Touche LLP
Houston, Texas
October 25, 1995 (November 3, 1995 as to Note 4)
<PAGE>




Item 2.   Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis  of Financial Condition and
          Results of Operations.

Results of Operations

             Consolidated Third Quarter Earnings

               Net earnings for the third quarter of 1995 were $14.5 million,
$0.62  per share fully diluted.  Net earnings for the prior year quarter were
$6.5  million,  $0.23  per  share,  including  a  loss  from the discontinued
environmental services operation of $2.1 million, $0.12 per share.

               Third  quarter  1995  operating  earnings improved 52% or $9.6
million  over  the  same quarter of the prior year.  The improvement reflects
the  second  consecutive  record  quarterly  earnings  achieved by the Cement
segment.   The increase was attributable to an 8% improvement in cement sales
prices  and  lower  unit costs of sales compared with the prior year quarter.
Operating  earnings  for  the  Concrete  Products  segment declined primarily
because  higher  operating  costs more than offset a 6% improvement in ready-
mixed concrete sales prices.

             Consolidated Year-to-Date Earnings

               Net earnings for the nine months ended September 30, 1995 were
$34.2  million,  $1.46 per share, fully diluted, compared with $15.3 million,
$0.46  per  share,  in  the  prior  year  period,  including  a loss from the
discontinued  environmental  services  operation  of  $4.1 million, $0.23 per
share.  The year-over-year improvement resulted from a 28% increase in cement
earnings,  a  9%  reduction  in  corporate  expenses  and  a 12% reduction in
interest  expense.    The  Cement segment benefited from a 10% improvement in
average  sales  prices,  partly  offset  by a 3% decrease in sales volume and
higher  unit cost of sales.  Excluding the prior year gain of $1.4 million on
the sale of the surplus used mixer trucks, operating earnings reported by the
Concrete  Products  segment  were  approximately  the  same as the prior year
period.    The reduction of interest expense reflects the early retirement of
$90 million of 12% notes during the first nine months of 1994.

Segment Operating Earnings

             Cement

               Third  Quarter  - Operating earnings of the Cement segment for
the  three  month  period  ended  September 30, 1995 were $32.7 million which
represented  a  record  quarter  and a 51% improvement over the $21.6 million
reported  in the prior year quarter.  Cement sales prices improved an average
of  $4.30  per  ton for the quarter, reflecting price increases in all of the
Company's  markets,  while  sales  volumes were approximately the same as the
previous  year's  quarter.   The segment's 1995 per unit operating costs were
lower  than  the  prior year quarter primarily because the prior year quarter
included  an  unfavorable  clinker inventory adjustment at the Fairborn, Ohio
plant,  expenses  to  repair  kiln  damage  from  an  unusual  storm  at  the
Victorville, California plant and a kiln outage at the Lyons, Colorado plant.

               Year-to-Date  -  Operating  earnings for the nine months ended
September  30,  1995  were  $84.5  million compared with $66.1 million in the
prior  year  period.    Despite  higher  unit  cost  of sales and lower sales
volumes,  operating  earnings improved because of a $5.40 per ton increase in
average  cement sales prices reflecting increases in all the Company's market
areas  since  mid-1994.   The 3% reduction in sales volume primarily reflects
the  impact  of inclement weather in several market areas, most notably Ohio,
Colorado  and  southern  California.  Even though manufacturing costs per ton
during  the  first  nine  months  of  1995  were 2% lower than the prior year
period,  unit  cost of sales were higher.  The increase in unit cost of sales
reflects:  (i)  an  56% increase in outside purchases of higher cost finished
cement  to supply what had earlier been anticipated to be increased demand at
various  cement plants and sales terminals and (ii) higher terminal operating
costs  in  the Company's Florida market area where an additional terminal was
acquired  in  late  1994.  The segment's operating results for 1995 were also
impacted  by  a  second  quarter  $1  million  charge related to a litigation
settlement.

               Sales  volumes,  average  unit  price  and  cost data and unit
operating  profit  margins  relating to the Company's cement plant operations
appear in the following table:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                         Three Months Ended        Nine Months Ended
                                            September 30,           September 30,
                                         ------------------        -----------------
                                          1995         1994         1995        1994
                                        --------     --------     --------    --------
   <S>                                  <C>          <C>          <C>         <C>
     Tons of cement sold (thousands)       1,759       1,769         4,527      4,687
                                        --------     --------     --------    --------
                                        --------     --------     --------    --------

     Weighted average per ton data:
     Sales price (net of freight)       $  61.55     $ 57.25      $  60.70    $ 55.30
     Cost of sales (1)                     41.31       43.31         42.85(2)   41.83
                                        --------     --------     --------    --------

     Margin                             $  20.24     $ 13.94      $  17.85    $ 13.47
                                        --------     --------     --------    --------
                                        --------     --------     --------    --------
     ______________
     (1)   Includes  fixed and variable manufacturing costs, cost
           of  purchased  cement, selling expenses, plant general
           and  administrative  costs,  other  plant overhead and
           miscellaneous costs.
     (2)   Excludes a $1 million charge in the nine months ended
           September 30, 1995 related to a litigation settlement.
   </TABLE>


     Concrete Products

             Third   Quarter  -  The  Concrete  Products  segment's  operating
earnings  for  the  quarter ended September 30, 1995 declined to $0.7 million
compared with $3.3 million in the prior year quarter primarily because higher
operating  costs  more than offset a $2.98 improvement in average ready-mixed
concrete  sales  prices.    Higher  operating costs in Florida were primarily
attributable  to  higher  priced raw materials.  The negative impact on sales
volumes  of  a  decline  in residential construction and continued abnormally
heavy  rainfall  in much of Florida resulted in fixed costs being spread over
fewer  units.    Operating  results  at  the  California ready-mixed concrete
operations  were  adversely  impacted by an industry-wide labor strike.  As a
result,  despite  the  acquisition  of  an  additional California ready-mixed
concrete  operation, 1995 ready-mixed sales volumes were lower than the prior
year  quarter.    Operating  expenses  at the California ready-mixed concrete
operations   also  increased  over  1994  because  of  higher  than  expected
maintenance  costs  and  startup costs resulting from the opening of two non-
union  batch  plants.    Higher expenses resulting from the labor strike also
adversely  impacted  California aggregate operations during the third quarter
of 1995.

             Year-to-Date  -  Excluding  a prior year $1.4 million gain on the
sale  of  surplus used mixer trucks, the Concrete Products operating earnings
declined  from  $4.8  million for the nine months ended September 30, 1994 to
$4.6  million  for  the  nine months ended September 30, 1995.  Higher ready-
mixed  concrete  sales  prices  attributable  to  price increases implemented
during  the  previous  twelve  months  were  offset by lower sales volumes of
ready-mixed  concrete and higher operating costs.  The decline in ready-mixed
sales volumes reflects strike related problems in California and, in Florida,
a  decline  in residential construction as well as continued abnormally rainy
weather.    Operating  costs  were higher because of: (i) lower volumes which
resulted in fixed costs being spread over fewer units; (ii) higher priced raw
materials and; (iii) costs associated with a labor strike in California.

             The  segment's  operating  results  also  includes  the aggregate
operations in southern California and the block, resale and flyash operations
in  Florida which combined totalled $4.7 million of operating earnings in the
1995 period compared with $4.1 million in the 1994 period.

             Sales  volumes,  unit  price  and  cost  data  and unit operating
margins relating to the Company's sales of ready-mixed concrete appear in the
following table:

   <TABLE>
   <CAPTION>
                                         Three Months Ended        Nine Months Ended
                                            September 30,           September 30,
                                         ------------------        -----------------
                                          1995         1994         1995        1994
                                        --------     --------     --------    --------
   <S>                                  <C>          <C>          <C>         <C>
     Yards of ready-mixed concrete
         sold (thousands)                   875          883         2,555      2,695
                                        --------     --------     --------    --------
                                        --------     --------     --------    --------
        
     Weighted average per cubic 
         yard data:
           Sales price                  $ 51.91      $ 48.93       $ 51.05    $ 47.29
           Operating costs (1)            51.96        47.27         51.08      47.04
                                        --------     --------     --------    --------


     Margin (2)                         $ (0.05)     $  1.66       $ (0.03)   $  0.25
                                        --------     --------     --------    --------
                                        --------     --------     --------    --------
     ______________
     (1) Includes  variable  and  fixed  plant  costs,  delivery,
         selling,  general  and  administrative  and  miscellaneous
         operating  costs,  but  excluding  the  $304,000  and $1.4
         million  gain,  respectively, realized on the 1994 sale of
         surplus used mixer trucks.
     (2) Does  not  include  aggregate,  concrete  block and other related
         products.

   </TABLE>


     Corporate

             Third  Quarter  -  Corporate  general and administrative expenses
were  $5.8 million in the third quarter of 1995 compared with $5.0 million in
the  prior  year  quarter.    Despite lower personnel related costs and legal
fees,  corporate  general  and  administrative  expense  increased  primarily
because  the  prior  year  quarter  included a $1.9 million credit to pension
expense which represented the excess of pension income over pension costs for
the first nine months of 1994.  In the current quarter, the credit to pension
expense for the three months ended September 30, 1995 was $501,000.

             Miscellaneous  income in the 1995 quarter included a $1.3 million
gain realized on the sale of a surplus limestone mine in West Virginia.

             Year-to-Date  - Corporate general and administrative expenses for
the  first  nine months of 1995 were $1.4 million below the prior year period
p r imarily  because  of  lower  personnel  related  costs  and  legal  fees.
Miscellaneous income for the current year period reflects the above mentioned
$1.3 million gain.



Liquidity and Capital Resources

          The discussion of liquidity and capital resources included on pages
30  through 38 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
December  31,  1994  should  be  read  in  conjunction with the discussion of
liquidity and capital resources contained herein.

          On  November 3, 1995, the Company entered into a Restated Revolving
Credit  Facility  with  the  same  banks  as in its previous revolving credit
facility.    The Restated Revolving Credit Facility, at $200 million, remains
the  same size as the previous revolving credit facility, but (i) extends the
maturity  to  October  30,  2000,  (ii) initially reduces borrowing rates and
Letter  of  Credit  fees  based  on  leverage  ratios and capital expenditure
levels,  (iii)  provides  the Company with enhanced flexibility under certain
restrictive  covenants,  (iv)  eases  certain  administrative burdens and (v)
allows  the  Company  to  redeem  or repurchase subordinated debt and capital
stock within certain limits.

          The Restated Revolving Credit Facility, as did the Revolving Credit
Facility,  includes  $17.4  million  of borrowing capacity that is restricted
solely  for  potential  funding of obligations under an agreement between the
Company  and  the  U.S.  Maritime  Administration  (MARAD) related to certain
shipping  operations owned previously by Moore McCormack Resources, Inc.  The
Company's  contingent  obligation  to MARAD and, thus, the restriction on the
Company's  borrowing  capacity  under the Restated Revolving Credit Facility,
declines  by  approximately  $2.5  million  a  year.    The terms of both the
Revolving  Credit  Facility and the Restated Revolving Credit Facility permit
the  issuance  of standby letters of credit up to a maximum of $95 million in
lieu  of  borrowings.  At September 30, 1995, $36.0 million of borrowings and
$61.4  million  of  letters  of  credit  were outstanding under the Revolving
Credit Facility, leaving $85.2 million of unused and unrestricted capacity.

          In  the  first nine months of 1995, internally generated funds from
operations  and borrowings under the Company's Revolving Credit Facility were
utilized  to (i) fund working capital requirements, including the build-up of
inventories,  (ii)  invest approximately $19.3 million in plant, property and
equipment,  (iii) acquire additional ready-mix concrete operations in Florida
and  in  southern  California  for  a  total  of  $12.6 million, and (iv) pay
dividends on preferred stock.  The Company's planned capital expenditures for
1995  have  been revised downward to approximately $32 million, approximately
$22  million for the Cement segment and $10 million for the Concrete Products
segment,  primarily  because  of  delays  encountered  in  the permitting and
engineering  phases of the announced finish grinding expansion project at the
Company's Ohio plant now expected to be completed in 1997.

          Early  in  1994,  the Company realized approximately $82 million in
net  proceeds  from  the sale of 1,725,000 shares of a new issue of preferred
stock.    The net proceeds were used to prepay an $18 million promissory note
and  to reduce borrowings under the Company's Revolving Credit Facility, some
of  which  had  been utilized to redeem the $90 million outstanding principal
amount  of  the  Company's  12%  Senior  Subordinated  Notes Due 1997.  Other
borrowings  in  1994  under  the  Company's  Revolving  Credit  Facility were
utilized  to  finance the seasonal increases in accounts receivables and make
investments  of  approximately $16.1 million in property, plant and equipment
and pay dividends on preferred stock.
          

     Changes in Financial Condition

          The  change  in  the  financial  condition  of  the Company between
December  31,  1994  and  September  30,  1995  reflects borrowings under the
Company's  Revolving  Credit  Facility  to fund working capital requirements,
capital  expenditures  and  preferred  stock  dividends.   Accounts and notes
receivable  increased  because  of the additional sales activity occurring in
the summer construction season relative to the winter months and also reflect
notes  received  as  partial consideration in connection with the sale of the
Company's  remaining  hazardous waste processing facilities.  The increase in
inventories  reflects  both  the  seasonal  build-up in cement inventories in
preparation  for the peak selling months in the second and third quarters and
the  less  than anticipated cement sales volumes because of inclement weather
in  several market areas.  The decrease in deferred income taxes reflects the
realization  of  temporary  differences  related  to  the  disposition of the
Environmental  Services segment and the reduction of net operating loss carry
forwards.    The  decline  in  assets  held for sale reflects the sale of the
remaining  hazardous  waste  processing  facilities.    Accounts  payable and
accrued  liabilities  decreased  because  of the timing of payments on normal
trade and other obligations.

     Known Events, Trends and Uncertainties

               Environmental Matters

               The  Company  is subject to extensive Federal, state and local
air,  water  and  other environmental laws and regulations.  These constantly
changing  laws  regulate  the discharge of materials into the environment and
may  require  the  Company to remove or mitigate the environmental effects of
the  disposal  or  release  of  certain  substances  at the Company's various
operating  facilities.   Owners and operators of industrial facilities may be
subject  to  fines  or  other  actions  imposed  by  the  U.S.  Environmental
Protection  Agency (U.S. EPA) and corresponding state regulatory agencies for
violations  of  laws  or  regulations relating to hazardous  substances.  The
Company  has  incurred  fines  imposed  by  various  environmental regulatory
agencies in the past.
               Although  several  of  the  Company's previously and currently
owned  facilities  at  several locations are presently the subject of various
local,  state  and federal environmental proceedings and inquiries, including
being  named  a potentially responsible party with regard to Superfund sites,
primarily  at  several  locations  to  which they are alleged to have shipped
materials for disposal, most of these matters are in their preliminary stages
and  final  results  may  not  be determined for years.  Based on information
developed  to  date, the Company has no reason to believe it will be required
to  spend significant sums with regard to these locations either individually
or  in  the  aggregate.    However,  until  it  is  determined  what, if any,
contribution  the Company made to these locations and until all environmental
studies,  investigations,  remediation  work  and negotiations with potential
sources  of  recovery  have been completed, it is impossible to determine the
ultimate cost of resolving these environmental matters.

               The  Clean  Air  Act  Amendments of 1990 provide comprehensive
federal  regulation  of various sources of air pollution, and establish a new
federal  operating permit program for virtually all manufacturing operations,
including  the  cement  industry.    The Clean Air Act Amendments will likely
result  in  increased capital and operational expenses for the Company in the
future, the amounts of which are not presently determinable.  The Company, on
a  pre-determined  phase-in  schedule,  has  recently  begun  the  process of
submitting  the  required  permit  applications  and payment of annual permit
fees.    In addition, the U.S. EPA is developing air toxics regulations for a
broad   spectrum   of   industrial   sectors,   including   portland   cement
manufacturing.    U.S.  EPA  has  indicated  that  the new maximum achievable
control  technology  standards  could  require  significant  reduction of air
pollutants  below  existing levels prevalent in the industry.  Management has
no  reason  to  believe,  however,  that  these new standards would place the
Company  at a disadvantage with respect to its competitors.  To the contrary,
given  the  age, condition, design and other features of the Company's cement
manufacturing  facilities,  these  more  stringent  standards may enhance the
Company's competitive position.
  
               Industrial  operations  have  been  conducted  at  some of the
Company's  cement  manufacturing facilities for almost 100 years.  Management
believes that the Company's current procedures and practices for handling and
management  of materials are generally consistent with industry standards and
legal  requirements  and  that  appropriate  precautions are taken to protect
employees  and others from harmful exposure to hazardous materials.  However,
because  of the complexity of operations and legal requirements, there can be
no  assurance  that  past or future operations will not result in operational
errors,  violations, remediation liabilities or claims by employees or others
alleging exposure to toxic or hazardous materials.

               Cement kiln dust - Many of the raw materials, products and by-
products  associated with the operation of any industrial facility, including
those for the production of cement or concrete products, may contain chemical
elements  or  compounds that are designated as hazardous substances.  One by-
product  of  the cement manufacturing process at many of the Company's cement
plants is cement kiln dust (CKD).  Under the Bevill amendment to the Resource
Conservation  and  Recovery Act, CKD is currently exempt from management as a
hazardous  waste,  except  CKD  which  is produced by kilns burning hazardous
waste  derived  fuel  and which fails to meet certain criteria.  However, CKD
that  is  infused  with  water may produce a leachate with an alkalinity high
enough  to  be  classified  as hazardous and may also leach certain hazardous
trace  metals  present  therein.    The Company has recorded charges totaling
$11.7  million as the estimated remediation cost for one CKD disposal site in
Ohio  where  such  leaching has occurred.  Approximately $11.3 million of the
reserved  amount  had  been  expended  through  September  30,  1995  and the
construction  phase  of  the interim action is essentially complete.  Most of
the  balance  of  the  reserved  amount  will be utilized to cover a pump and
treatment  and  monitoring  phase,  together  with  a feasibility study to be
conducted  in  late  1995  to  evaluate  the effectiveness of the remediation
project.

               On  a  voluntary  basis, the Company is also investigating two
other inactive Ohio CKD disposal sites.  The two additional sites in question
were part of a cement manufacturing facility that was owned and operated by a
now  dissolved  cement  company  from  1924  to 1945 and by a division of USX
Corporation  (USX)  from  1945  to  1975.  The Company believes that USX is a
responsible  party  because it owned and operated the larger of the two sites
(USX  Site) at the time of disposal of the hazardous substances, arranged for
the  disposal  of  the  hazardous  substances  and  transported the hazardous
substances  to  the USX Site.  Therefore, based on the advice of counsel, the
Company believes there is a reasonable basis for the apportionment of cleanup
costs  relating  to  the  USX  Site  between  the  Company  and  USX with USX
shouldering  substantially  all  of  the  cleanup costs because, based on the
facts  known  at  this time, the Company itself disposed of no CKD at the USX
Site  and  is  potentially  liable  under  CERCLA only because of its current
ownership of the USX Site.

               On  September  24, 1993, the Company filed a complaint against
USX,  alleging  that  USX is a potentially responsible party under CERCLA and
under  applicable  Ohio  law,  and therefore jointly and severally liable for
costs  associated  with  cleanup  of  the  USX  Site.    Based on the limited
information  available, the Company has received two preliminary estimates of
the  potential magnitude of the remediation costs of the USX Site, $8 million
and $32 million, depending on the assumptions used.  The Company and USX have
held  settlement  discussions with respect to this matter.  In late September
1995, the Company and USX entered into a partial settlement agreement wherein
the  Company  dismissed  its  claim  for  response  costs  incurred  prior to
September  29,  1995  and  USX  agreed  to pay the Company a specified amount
representing half of certain costs already incurred by the Company at the USX
Site.    The  Company  and  USX  are jointly funding the initial project of a
phased  approach  to  investigating  and  remediating the problems at the USX
Site.  The court granted a jointly requested stay of litigation until October
6,  1995  and  has  subsequently  extended  the  previously  ordered  stay of
proceedings until April 3, 1996.

               Under  CERCLA  and  applicable  Ohio  law,  a  court generally
applies  equitable principles in determining the amount of contribution which
a  potentially  responsible  party  must provide with respect to a cleanup of
hazardous  substances and such determination is within the sole discretion of
the  court.   In addition, no regulatory agency has directly asserted a claim
against  the  Company  as the owner of the USX Site requiring it to remediate
the property, and no cleanup of the USX Site has yet been initiated.

               No substantial investigative work has been undertaken at other
CKD  sites  in  Ohio  or  elsewhere.    Although data necessary to enable the
Company  to  estimate  total  remediation costs is not available, the Company
acknowledges  that  it  is  at least reasonably possible the ultimate cost to
remediate  the  CKD  disposal  problem  could  be significantly more than the
amounts reserved.

               Other Contingencies

               Discontinued  Moore McCormack Operations - In conjunction with
the  acquisition  of  Moore  McCormack  in  1988, the Company assumed certain
liabilities  for operations that Moore McCormack had previously discontinued.
These  liabilities,  some  of  which are contingent, represent guarantees and
undertakings  related  primarily  to Moore McCormack's divestiture of certain
businesses  in  1986  and  1987.  Payments relating to liabilities from these
discontinued  operations  were $1.6 million in the first nine months of 1995,
$1.6  million  in  the  first  nine months of 1994 and $2.5 million in fiscal
1994.    The  Company  is either a guarantor or directly liable under certain
charter  hire  debt agreements totaling approximately $4 million at September
30,  1995, declining through February 1997.  Although the estimated liability
under  these  guaranties  has been included in the liability for discontinued
Moore  McCormack operations, enforcement of the guaranty, while not resulting
in  a  charge  to  earnings, would result in a substantial cash outlay by the
Company.  However, the Company believes it currently has sufficient borrowing
capacity   under  its  Restated  Revolving  Credit  Facility  to  fund  these
guaranties,  if  required,  as well as meet its other borrowing needs for the
foreseeable future.

               Restructured Accounts Receivable - For many years, the Company
has  from  time-to-time  offered  extended  credit  terms  to  certain of its
customers,  including  converting  trade  receivables  into longer term notes
receivable.    This  practice  became  more  prevalent  during  recent years,
particularly  in  the  southern  California  market  area  where  many of the
Company's  customers  have been adversely affected by the prolonged recession
in  the  construction  industry  in  that  region.   Four such customers were
indebted to the Company at September 30, 1995 in the amount of $16.5 million.

               In  February  1995,  one  of  the  four  customers  filed  for
protection  under  Chapter  11  of  the United States Bankruptcy Code and the
Company  is  presently  evaluating  its options for collection of outstanding
balances.    Also  in  February  1995,  a  second  of  these  four  customers
restructured  its  debt  which  resulted  in  the  Company becoming a secured
creditor.   In August 1995, the third customer of this group restructured its
debt  with  the Company resulting in an extension of the maturity date of the
note  for  two years.  The fourth customer is in compliance with the terms of
its agreement with the Company.

               In  the  opinion  of  management,  the  Company  is adequately
r e s erved  for  credit  risks  related  to  its  potentially  uncollectible
receivables.    However,  the  Company  continues to assess its allowance for
doubtful  accounts  and  may  increase or decrease its periodic provision for
doubtful  accounts  as additional information regarding the collectibility of
these and other accounts become available.

               Claims  for  Indemnification  -  Prior  to  the  sale  of  the
Company's  then  oil and gas subsidiary, Pelto Oil Company (Pelto) in 1989 to
Energy   Development  Corporation  (EDC),  Pelto  entered  into  certain  gas
settlement  agreements,  including  one  with  Tennessee Gas Pipeline Company
(Tennessee  Gas).  The Minerals Management Service (MMS) of the Department of
the  Interior  has  reviewed  the  1988  agreement  Pelto  entered  into with
Tennessee  Gas  to  determine  whether  a  payment  to  Pelto  thereunder  is
associated  with  Federal  or  Indian  leases  and  whether, in its view, any
additional royalties may be due as a result of that payment.  By letter dated
October  18,  1995, the MMS's Houston Compliance Division advised EDC that it
had  determined  that  a lump sum payment made by Tennessee Gas to Pelto was,
for  several  alleged  reasons, royalty bearing.  The letter advised EDC of a
preliminary determination of underpayment of royalties in the amount of $1.35
million  attributable  to  these  proceeds.    An  official order to pay such
royalties  will  be  issued  by  the  MMS  if  a  response to the preliminary
determination  is not received by the MMS on or before November 20, 1995.  In
late  October  1995,  the Company was notified by EDC that EDC was exercising
its  indemnification rights under the 1989 stock purchase agreement for Pelto
with respect to this matter.  

               In 1994, the Company timely filed its notice of appeal and its
statement  of  reasons supporting its appeal regarding an earlier similar MMS
determination of royalty underpayment, in an amount unspecified, with respect
to  a  separate $5.9 million gas settlement payment from Transcontinental Gas
P i p e    Line  Corporation  (Transco)  to  Pelto.    EDC  is  also  seeking
indemnification from the Company on the Transco matter.

               The  Company  disagrees with both MMS determinations; however,
if  the determinations as to the two payments to Pelto are ultimately upheld,
the  Company  could  have  liability  for  royalties on those sums, plus late
payment  charges.  Such expenditures would result in a charge to discontinued
operations.


                         PART II.   OTHER INFORMATION

Item 1.  Legal Proceedings

(a)            The  information  appearing under "Management's Discussion and
               Analysis  of  Financial  Condition and Results of Operations -
               Liquidity  and  Capital  Resources  - Known Events, Trends and
               U n c ertainties  -  Environmental  Matters"  is  incorporated
               hereunder by reference, pursuant to Rule 12b-23. 


(b)            The  Company owns two inactive CKD disposal sites in Ohio that
               were  formerly  owned  by a division of USX Corporation (USX).
               In  September  1993, the Company filed a complaint against USX
               alleging  that  with  respect to the larger of these two sites
               (USX  Site),  USX  is  a  potentially  responsible  party  and
               therefore  jointly  and  severally liable for costs associated
               with  cleanup  of  the  USX  Site.    (Southdown,  Inc. v. USX
               C o rporation,  Case  No.  C-3-93-354,  U.S.  District  Court,
               Southern  District  of  Ohio  Western  Division).  On July 13,
               1994,  the  Magistrate  Judge issued a Supplemental Report and
               Recommendation  recommending  that  a USX motion to dismiss be
               denied    in   its   entirety,   reconfirming   his   previous
               recommendation.    On  February  27,  1995, the District Judge
               affirmed  the  Magistrate  Judge's recommendation that the USX
               motion  to  dismiss  be  denied.    USX  and  the  Company are
               continuing  their  settlement  discussions.  In late September
               1995,  the  Company  and USX entered into a partial settlement
               agreement wherein the Company dismissed its claim for response
               costs  incurred  prior to September 29, 1995 and USX agreed to
               pay  the  Company  a  specified  amount  representing  half of
               certain costs already incurred by the Company at the USX Site.
               The Company and USX are jointly funding the initial project of
               a   phased  approach  to  investigating  and  remediating  the
               problems  at  the  USX  Site.    The  court  granted a jointly
               requested  stay  of  litigation  until October 6, 1995 and has
               s u b s equently  extended  the  previously  ordered  stay  of
               proceedings until April 3, 1996.

(c)            In  late  August  1993,  the  Company  was  notified by Energy
               Development  Corporation  (EDC),  the  1989  purchaser  of the
               common  stock  of  the  Company's then oil and gas subsidiary,
               Pelto  Oil  Company  (Pelto),  that  EDC  was  exercising  its
               indemnification rights under the 1989 stock purchase agreement
               with  respect  to  a Department of Energy (DOE) Remedial Order
               regarding  the audit of crude oil produced and sold during the
               period  September  1973 through January 1981 from an offshore,
               federal  waters  field  in  which  the  Company's  oil and gas
               subsidiary  owned  an interest.  The DOE alleged certain price
               overcharges  and  sought  to recover a total of $68 million in
               principal  and  interest from Murphy Oil Corporation (Murphy),
               as  operator  of the property.  Murphy estimated the Company's
               share  of  this  total  to  be  approximately  $4 million.  On
               January  24,  1994,  the presiding Administrative Law Judge at
               the  Federal  Energy  Regulatory  Commission (FERC) rendered a
               favorable  decision for Murphy, materially reducing the amount
               it  potentially  owed  to the DOE.  This decision also had the
               effect  of  precluding the DOE from recovering from Murphy for
               any  alleged  overcharges  attributable  to  Pelto's "in-kind"
               production.    In  late July 1994, Murphy notified the Company
               that  it  had  settled  with  the DOE by agreeing to pay $10.7
               million and that it would contact the Company later concerning
               the  Company's  alleged  share  of  this  amount.  The Company
               advised  Murphy  that  it  does  not  accept liability for any
               portion  of  the  settlement amount paid to the DOE other than
               its  pro  rata share of attorney's fees, which the Company has
               paid.  On April 12, 1995, Murphy filed a complaint against the
               Company  in  the U.S. District Court for the Southern District
               of  Texas,  Houston  Division (Murphy Exploration & Production
               Company v. Southdown, Inc. - Case No. H-95-1049) alleging that
               the  Company is liable for the Company's pro rata share of the
               $10.7  million  payment  made  to  the  DOE  by  Murphy in its
               capacity  as  operator  of  the property.  Murphy alleges this
               amount  is  at  least $634,487 and also seeks attorney's fees.
               Both  Murphy  and  the  Company have filed motions for partial
               summary judgment in this matter.

(d)            In late 1988, Southern Prestressed, Inc. (SPI), a wholly owned
               subsidiary  of  Lohja,  Inc.,  was  designated the Buyer in an
               Agreement  for  Sale of Properties (Agreement) whereby certain
               prestressed  concrete product plants owned and operated by the
               Company  were  acquired.    On  June  30, 1995, SPI filed suit
               against  the  Company  (Southern  Prestressed, Inc. v. Florida
               Mining  &  Materials  Concrete Corp. and Southdown, Inc., Case
               No.  C95-2217, Thirteenth Judicial Circuit Court, Hillsborough
               County,   Florida)  alleging  environmental  contamination  at
               certain  of  the  facilities SPI acquired from the Company and
               seeking  compensation  under the indemnification provisions of
               the Agreement.

(e)            In Jack Blair, et al. vs. Ideal Basic Industries, Inc., United
               Cement,  Lime,  Gypsum and Allied Workers International Union,
               and  Dixie  Cement  Company  (Chancery  Court  of Knox County,
               Tennessee,  No.  03A1-CH-00029),  the  plaintiffs  are fifteen
               former  employees of Ideal Basic Industries, Inc. (Ideal), and
               the  defendants  are  Ideal,  Dixie  Cement Company (Dixie) (a
               former subsidiary of Moore McCormack Resources, Inc. which was
               acquired by the Company in 1988), and the United Cement, Lime,
               Gypsum  and  Allied  Workers International Union (Union).  The
               plaintiffs' claims arise out of a December 1983 transaction in
               which  Dixie purchased a cement plant from Ideal.  Among other
               things,  the  plaintiffs  allege  that  they were not hired by
               Dixie  because  of their ages, that their retirements were not
               voluntary  because they were induced to retire through factual
               misrepresentations  made  by Ideal employees, allegedly acting
               as  agents  of  Dixie,  as  to  their  retirement benefits and
               Dixie's plans to rehire former Ideal employees, and that Dixie
               induced  Ideal  to  breach its collective bargaining agreement
               with  the  Union.  Dixie has assumed the defense of Ideal with
               respect  to  the claim under Section 301 of the National Labor
               Relations  Act  based  on the indemnification provision of the
               agreement  pursuant to which the Knoxville plant was acquired.
               The  plaintiffs  are  seeking  compensatory damages (including
               back  pay and benefits), liquidated damages (under the federal
               age  discrimination statute), punitive damages, treble damages
               ( u n der  the  same  statute  prohibiting  interference  with
               contracts), interest and attorney's fees.

               In  December 1992, the trial court granted summary judgment in
               favor  of  Dixie  on  all  claims  against Dixie.  However, in
               November  1994,  the  Tennessee  Court of Appeals reversed the
               summary  judgment  order,  and  remanded the case to the trial
               court.    In  January  1995, Dixie filed an application for an
               appeal  by  permission  to the Supreme Court of Tennessee.  In
               early  May 1995, the Supreme Court of Tennessee denied Dixie's
               application  and  returned  the  case to the Chancery Court of
               Knox County, Tennessee for trial.

               On  August  25, 1995, after a hearing in the Chancery Court of
               Knox  County,  Tennessee,  the  Chancery Court granted Dixie's
               motion to reopen discovery as to all issues, including damages
               issues, ordered Plaintiffs to respond to outstanding discovery
               requests  within thirty days thereafter, and denied the motion
               of  Ideal  seeking reconsideration of the Court's July 7, 1992
               order  setting  aside  a  summary  judgment  order  previously
               entered  in  favor  of Ideal.  The Union has filed a motion to
               dismiss  the  Plaintiffs'  state  law claims against the Union
               which   has  been  set  for  hearing  on  November  13,  1995.
               Discovery has recommenced and depositions of the Plaintiffs as
               to  the  damages  issues  have  been tentatively scheduled for
               November  13-15, 1995.  At the hearing on August 28, 1995, the
               Court  indicated  that  the case would be tried in the fall of
               1996;  however,  the  parties  have  not  received notice of a
               specific trial date.

Item 6.  Exhibits and Reports on Form 8-K.

(a)            Exhibits

               11   Statement of Computation of Per Share Earnings
               27   Financial Data Schedule

               99.1 Third   Amended  and  Restated  Credit  Agreement  as  of
                    November  3,  1995  among  the Company; Wells Fargo Bank,
                    N.A.;  Societe Generale, Southwest Agency; Credit Suisse;
                    Caisse  National De Credit Agricole; Banque Paribas; CIBC
                    Inc.;  The  Bank  of  Nova Scotia; and The First National
                    Bank of Boston.

               99.2 Agreement  dated June 21, 1995 by and between the Company
                    and the International Union of Operating Engineers, Local
                    Union No. 9.

               99.3 Agreement  dated  October  27,  1994  by  and between the
                    Company and Teamster Local No. 420, 495, 692 and 986C.

(b)            Reports on Form 8-K
             
               No  reports  on  Form  8-K were filed during the quarter ended
               September 30, 1995.




<PAGE>
                                  SIGNATURES

             Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of
   1934,  the  Registrant  has  duly caused this report to be signed on its
   behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.


                   
                                             
                                                    SOUTHDOWN, INC.        
                                             ------------------------------
                                                       (Registrant)


   Date:  November 10, 1995              By:     JAMES L. PERSKY       
                                             ------------------------------
                                                     James L. Persky
                                                 Executive Vice President -
                                                 Finance & Administration
                                              (Principal Financial Officer)




   Date:  November 10, 1995                  By:     ALLAN KORSAKOV        
                                             ------------------------------
                                                     Allan Korsakov
                                                  Corporate Controller
                                             (Principal Accounting Officer)






<PAGE>

   Exhibit 11
                   SOUTHDOWN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

            STATEMENT OF COMPUTATION OF PER SHARE EARNINGS
         (In millions, except per share amounts - Unaudited)

   <TABLE>
   <CAPTION>


                                                                        Three Months      Nine Months
                                                                            Ended            Ended
                                                                        September 30,     September 30,
                                                                      ---------------   ---------------
                                                                        1995    1994     1995     1994
                                                                      ------- -------   ------  -------
   <S>                                                                <C>     <C>      <C>      <C>
   Earnings (loss) for primary earnings per share:
     Earnings from continuing operations before
       preferred stock dividends                                      $ 14.5  $  8.6   $ 34.2   $  19.4
     Preferred stock dividends                                          (2.4)   (2.5)    (7.3)     (7.0)
                                                                      ------- -------  -------  --------
     Earnings from continuing operations                                12.1     6.1     26.9      12.4
     Loss from discontinued operations, net of income taxes               -     (2.1)      -       (4.1)
                                                                      ------- -------  -------  --------

   Net earnings for primary earnings per share                        $ 12.1  $  4.0   $ 26.9   $   8.3
                                                                      ------- -------  -------  --------
                                                                      ------- -------  -------  --------

   Earnings (loss) for fully diluted earnings per share:
     Earnings from continuing operations before
       preferred stock dividends                                      $ 14.5  $  8.6   $ 34.2   $  19.4
     Antidilutive preferred stock dividends                               -     (2.5)      -       (7.0)
                                                                      ------- -------  -------  --------
     Earnings from continuing operations                                14.5     6.1     34.2      12.4
     Loss from discontinued operations, net of income taxes               -     (2.1)      -       (4.1)
                                                                      ------- -------  -------  --------
   Net earnings for fully diluted earnings per share                  $ 14.5  $  4.0   $ 34.2   $   8.3
                                                                      ------- -------  -------  --------
                                                                      ------- -------  -------  --------

   Average shares outstanding:
     Common stock                                                       17.3    17.2     17.3      17.2
       Common stock equivalents from assumed exercise of stock
         options and warrants (treasury stock method)                    0.3     0.5      0.2       0.6
                                                                      ------- -------  -------  --------
     Total for primary earnings per share                               17.6    17.7     17.5      17.8 


     Other potentially dilutive securities:
        - assumed conversion of Series A convertible
           preferred stock at one-half share of common stock             1.0     1.0      1.0       1.0
        - assumed conversion of Series B convertible
           preferred stock at 2.5 shares of common stock                 2.3     2.3      2.3       2.3
        - assumed conversion of the Series D convertible
           preferred stock at 1.51 shares of common stock                2.6     2.6      2.6       2.4
                                                                      ------- -------  -------  --------
     Total for fully diluted earnings per share                         23.5    23.6     23.4      23.5

     Less:  Antidilutive securities
              Series A preferred stock                                    -     (1.0)      -       (1.0)
              Series B preferred stock                                    -     (2.3)      -       (2.3)
              Series D preferred stock                                    -     (2.6)      -       (2.4)
                                                                      ------- -------  -------  --------
                                                                        23.5    17.7     23.4      17.8
                                                                      ------- -------  -------  --------
                                                                      ------- -------  -------  --------
   Earnings (loss) per share:
   Primary
       Earnings from continuing operations                            $ 0.68  $ 0.35   $ 1.53   $  0.69
       Loss from discontinued operations, net of income taxes             -    (0.12)     -       (0.23)
                                                                      ------- -------  -------  --------
                                                                      $ 0.68  $ 0.23   $ 1.53   $  0.46
                                                                      ------- -------  -------  --------
                                                                      ------- -------  -------  --------
   Fully diluted
       Earnings from continuing operations                            $ 0.62  $ 0.35   $ 1.46   $  0.69
       Loss from discontinued operations, net of income taxes             -    (0.12)     -       (0.23)
                                                                      ------- -------  -------  --------
                                                                      ------- -------  -------  --------
                                                                      $ 0.62  $ 0.23   $ 1.46   $  0.46
                                                                      ------- -------  -------  --------
                                                                      ------- -------  -------  --------
   </TABLE>


<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 5
<LEGEND>
This schedule contains summary financial information extracted from the
Company's consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 1995 and the
related statement of consolidated earnings and is qualified in its
entirety by reference to such statements.
</LEGEND>
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000,000
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   9-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1995
<PERIOD-END>                               SEP-30-1995
<CASH>                                              11
<SECURITIES>                                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                                       98
<ALLOWANCES>                                        10
<INVENTORY>                                         72
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                   186
<PP&E>                                             890
<DEPRECIATION>                                     328
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                     900
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                               96
<BONDS>                                            200
<COMMON>                                            22
                                0
                                        152
<OTHER-SE>                                         191
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                       908
<SALES>                                            445
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                                   445
<CGS>                                              332 
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                      374
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                     0
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                  20 
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                     51
<INCOME-TAX>                                        17 
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                                 34 
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                        34 
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                     1.53
<EPS-DILUTED>                                     1.46
        

</TABLE>



Exhibit 99.1
- ------------






                 THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT


                         dated as of November 3, 1995


                                    among


                               SOUTHDOWN, INC.,
                                 as Borrower,


                 THE FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS SIGNATORY HERETO,
                                  as Banks,

                                     and

                            WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A.,
                                   as Agent




                                 $200,000,000 <PAGE>
 








     This  THIRD  AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT is entered into as of
N o v e m ber  3,  1995,  among  SOUTHDOWN,  INC.,  a  Louisiana  corporation
("Borrower"),  on  the  one  hand,  and,  on  the  other  hand, the financial
institutions  which  either  now  or  in  the  future  are signatories hereto
(collectively referred to as "Banks" and individually as a "Bank"), and WELLS
FARGO  BANK,  N.A., a national banking association, as agent (hereinafter, in
such  capacity,  together  with  any  successors  thereto  in  such capacity,
referred to as "Agent") for Banks hereunder.


                                   RECITALS

     WHEREAS,  Borrower, certain Banks, and Agent are parties to that certain
Credit Agreement dated as of April 5, 1988, that has been amended pursuant to
that  certain  Amendment  Number  One to Credit Agreement dated as of May 18,
1988,  that certain Amendment Number Two to Credit Agreement dated as of June
17, 1988, that certain Amendment Number Three to Credit Agreement dated as of
August 25, 1988, that certain Amendment Number Four to Credit Agreement dated
as  of  September  23,  1988,  that  certain  Amendment Number Five to Credit
Agreement dated as of December 31, 1988, that certain Amendment Number Six to
Credit Agreement dated as of December 31, 1988, that certain Amendment Number
Seven  to Credit Agreement dated as of April 28, 1989, that certain Amendment
Number  Eight  to  Credit  Agreement  dated  as of May 22, 1989, that certain
Amendment Number Nine to Credit Agreement dated as of September 1, 1989, that
certain  Amendment  Number  Ten  to  Credit Agreement dated as of October 31,
1989,  that  certain  Amendment Number Eleven to Credit Agreement dated as of
May  11, 1990, that certain Amendment Number Twelve to Credit Agreement dated
as  of  June  27,  1990, and that certain Amendment Number Thirteen to Credit
Agreement  dated  as  of  March  28,  1991  (as  amended,  the  "1988  Credit
Agreement");

     WHEREAS,  Borrower, certain Banks, and Agent are parties to that certain
Amended  and  Restated  Credit  Agreement,  dated as of April 30, 1991, which
amended  and  restated the 1988 Credit Agreement in its entirety and that has
been  amended  pursuant  to  that  certain  Amendment  Number  One  to Credit
Agreement  dated  as  of  June 14, 1991, that certain Amendment Number Two to
Credit  Agreement  dated  as  of  September  27, 1991, that certain Amendment
Number  Three  to Credit Agreement dated as of October 31, 1991, that certain
Amendment  Number  Four  to  Credit Agreement dated as of March 6, 1992, that
certain  Amendment  Number  Five to Credit Agreement dated as of December 18,
1992,  that certain Amendment Number Six to Credit Agreement dated as of June
8, 1993, and that certain Amendment Number Seven to Credit Agreement dated as
of September 8, 1993 (as amended, the "1991 Credit Agreement");

     WHEREAS,  Borrower, certain Banks, and Agent are parties to that certain
Second  Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of November 19, 1993,
which amended and restated the 1991 Credit Agreement in its entirety and that
has  been  amended  pursuant  to  that certain Amendment Number One to Credit
Agreement dated as of February 18, 1994 and that certain Amendment Number Two
to  Credit  Agreement  dated  as  of December 20, 1994 (as amended, the "1993
Credit Agreement");

     WHEREAS,  Borrower  has requested from Banks and Agent the restructuring
of  the  credit  facilities  provided  pursuant to the 1993 Credit Agreement.
Banks and Agent have agreed to restructure the credit facilities on the terms
and conditions set forth herein; and 

     WHEREAS, Borrower, Banks, and Agent have agreed to amend and restate the
1993 Credit Agreement in its entirety as set forth herein.

     In  consideration of the foregoing and the mutual covenants, conditions,
and  provisions  hereinafter  set  forth, the parties hereto amend and, as so
amended,  restate  in  its  entirety  the 1993 Credit Agreement, and agree as
follows:


                                  ARTICLE 1.

                       DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS

     1.1            Definitions.     For  purposes  of  this  Agreement,  the
following capitalized terms shall have the following meanings:

                    "ABN-AMRO  Letter  of  Credit"  means  and refers to that
certain  letter of credit issued by ABN-AMRO Bank for the account of Borrower
in  a  face amount equal to approximately Nine Million Three Hundred Thousand
Dollars ($9,300,000).

                    "Acquired  Indebtedness"  means Debt of a Person existing
at  the  time  such Person becomes a Subsidiary or assumed in connection with
the  acquisition  of  Assets from such Person, and not incurred in connection
with,  or  in  anticipation  of,  such  Person  becoming a Subsidiary or such
acquisition.

                    "Affiliate"  means  and  refers  to,  as  applied  to any
Person,  any  other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by,
or  under  common  control  with,  that  Person.    For  the purposes of this
definition,  the  terms  "controlling,"  "controlled  by,"  and "under common
control  with",  as  applied to any Person, means the possession, directly or
indirectly,  of  the power to direct or cause the direction of the management
and  policies  of  that  Person,  whether  through  the  ownership  of voting
securities, by contract, or otherwise.

                    " A gent"  shall  have  the  meaning  set  forth  in  the
introduction to this Agreement.

                    "Agent's  Fees"  shall  mean  those  fees  that have been
separately  agreed  upon  between Borrower and Agent, which fees shall be for
the sole account of Agent.

                    "Agent's  Fee  Letter"  shall  mean  that certain letter,
dated  as of September 18, 1995, from Agent to Borrower, setting forth, among
other items, the Agent's Fees.

                    "Agreement"  means  and  refers to this Third Amended and
Restated  Credit  Agreement  between Borrower, on the one hand, and Agent and
Banks, on the other hand, together with all exhibits and schedules hereto.

                    "Ancillary  Documents"  means  and  refers  to  the  Loan
Documents.

                    "Applicable  Base  Rate Margin" means and refers to, with
respect to Base Rate Loans,

Leverage Ratio                     Applicable Base Rate Margin

greater than or                    1.00 percentage points
equal to 2.75:1.0

less than 2.75:1.0 but             0.50 percentage points
greater than or
equal to 2.25:1.0

less than 2.25:1.0,                0.25 percentage points
but greater than or
equal to 1.75:1.0

less than 1.75:1.0,                0.00 percentage points
but greater than or
equal to 1.25:1.0

less than 1.25:1.0,                0.00 percentage points
but greater than or
equal to .75:1.0

less than .75:1.0                  0.00 percentage point


                    The  Applicable  Base Rate Margin shall be based upon the
Borrower's Leverage Ratio which will be calculated quarterly as at the end of
each  fiscal  quarter  of  the  Borrower  based upon the four (4) immediately
preceding  fiscal quarters, including the quarter then ended.  The applicable
margin  shall  be redetermined quarterly on the date Agent receives quarterly
financial  statements  pursuant to Section 5.2(a) hereof, (or, in the case of
the  fourth  fiscal quarter in each fiscal year, a certification by the chief
financial officer or treasurer of Borrower).

                    "Applicable Commercial Letter of Credit Margin" means and
refers to, with respect to Commercial Letters of Credit,

Leverage Ratio                     Applicable  Commercial  Letter
                                   of Credit Margin

greater than or
equal to 2.75:1.0                  .35 percentage points

less than 2.75:1.0,
but greater than or
equal to 2.25:1.0                  .30 percentage points

less than 2.25:1.0,
but greater than or
equal to 1.75:1.0                  .25 percentage points

less than 1.75:1.0,
but greater than or
equal to 1.25:1.0                  .20 percentage points

less than 1.25:1.0,
but greater than or
equal to .75:1.0                   .15 percentage points

less than .75:1.0                  .125 percentage points


                    The  Applicable  Commercial Letter of Credit Margin shall
be  based  upon  the  Borrower's  Leverage  Ratio  which  will  be calculated
quarterly as at the end of each fiscal quarter of the Borrower based upon the
four  (4)  immediately  preceding fiscal quarters, including the quarter then
ended.    The  applicable  margin shall be redetermined quarterly on the date
Agent  receives  quarterly  financial  statements  pursuant to Section 5.2(a)
hereof,  (or, in the case of the fourth fiscal quarter in each fiscal year, a
certification  by  the  chief  financial  officer  or treasurer of Borrower).
Anything to the contrary contained herein notwithstanding, there shall not be
any  increase to, or refund of, any letter of credit fee previously paid with
respect  to  a  Commercial Letter of Credit that is outstanding on the day on
which the Applicable Commercial Letter of Credit Margin changes.

                    "Applicable  Commitment  Fee Percentage" means and refers
to,  with  respect  to  the calculation of the Commitment Fee provided for in
Section 2.13 hereof,

Leverage Ratio                     Applicable    Commitment   Fee
                                   Percentage

greater than or                    0.50 percentage points
equal to 2.75:1.0

less than 2.75:1.0,                0.375 percentage points
but greater than or
equal to 2.25:1.0

less than 2.25:1.0,                0.300 percentage points
but greater than or
equal to 1.75:1.0

less than 1.75:1.0,                0.250 percentage points
but greater than or
equal to 1.25:1.0

less than 1.25:1.0,                0.250 percentage points
but greater than or
equal to .75:1.0

less than .75:1.0                  0.225 percentage points


                    The  Applicable  Commitment Fee Percentage shall be based
upon  Borrower's  Leverage Ratio which will be calculated quarterly as at the
end  of  each  fiscal quarter of Borrower based upon the four (4) immediately
preceding  fiscal quarters, including the quarter then ended.  The applicable
percentage  shall  be  redetermined  quarterly  on  the  date  Agent receives
quarterly financial statements pursuant to Section 5.2(a) hereof, (or, in the
case of the fourth fiscal quarter in each fiscal year, a certification by the
chief financial officer or treasurer of Borrower).

                    "Applicable LIBOR Rate Margin" means and refers to,

Leverage Ratio                     Applicable LIBOR Rate Margin


greater than or                    2.125 percentage points
equal to 2.75:1.0

less than 2.75:1.0,
but greater than or                1.625 percentage points
equal to 2.25:1.0

less than 2.25:1.0,
but greater than or                1.25 percentage points
equal to 1.75:1.0

less than 1.75:1.0,
but greater than or                1.00 percentage points
equal to 1.25:1.0

less than 1.25:1.0,
but greater than or                .75 percentage points
equal to .75:1.0

less than .75:1.0                  .50 percentage points


                    The  Applicable LIBOR Rate Margin shall be based upon the
Borrower's Leverage Ratio which will be calculated quarterly as at the end of
each  fiscal  quarter  of  the  Borrower  based upon the four (4) immediately

preceding  fiscal quarters, including the quarter then ended.  The applicable
margin  shall  be redetermined quarterly on the date Agent receives quarterly
financial  statements  pursuant to Section 5.2(a) hereof, (or, in the case of
the  fourth  fiscal quarter in each fiscal year, a certification by the chief
financial  officer  or  treasurer  of  Borrower).    Anything to the contrary
contained herein notwithstanding, (a) any LIBOR Rate Loan that is outstanding
on  the  day  on which the Applicable LIBOR Rate Margin changes, shall, until
the  end of the Interest Period relating to such LIBOR Rate Loan, continue to
bear  interest  at the Applicable LIBOR Rate Margin that was in effect on the
date  such  LIBOR  Rate  Loan was made, and (b) the letter of credit fee with
respect  to  any  Letter of Credit (other than a Commercial Letter of Credit)
that  is  outstanding  on  the  day on which the Applicable LIBOR Rate Margin
changes,  automatically  shall  be  adjusted  as  of  the  date  on which the
Applicable LIBOR Rate Margin is adjusted.

                    "Asset"  means  and refers to any interest in any kind of
property or asset, whether real, personal, or mixed, tangible or intangible.

                    "Asset  Acquisition"  means and refers to the acquisition
of all or substantially all of the Assets of a Person.

                    "Assignment and Assumption Agreement" means an Assignment
and  Assumption  Agreement  among  an  assigning  Bank,  such Bank's assignee
thereunder,  Borrower,  and  Agent,  substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1
attached hereto.

                    "Bank" and "Banks" shall have the respective meanings set
forth in the introduction to this Agreement.

                    "Base LIBOR Rate" means the average of the rate per annum
at  which  Dollar  deposits  are  offered  to  Agent  in the London interbank
e u rocurrency  market  on  the  second  LIBOR  Business  Day  prior  to  the
commencement  of an Interest Period at or about 11:00 A.M. (London time), for
delivery  on  the first day of such Interest Period, for a term comparable to
the  number  of  days  in such Interest Period and in an amount approximately
equal to the principal amount to which such Interest Period shall apply.

                    "Base  Rate"  means,  for  any day, the higher of (a) the
Federal  Funds Rate in effect on such day plus 0.50%, and (b) the Prime Rate.
Each  change  in the interest rate on the Loans based on a change in the Base
Rate  shall  be effective as of the effective date of such change in the Base
Rate.

                    "Base  Rate  Borrowing" means and refers to any Borrowing
designated  by Borrower as a Base Rate Borrowing pursuant to Sections 2.8 and
2.9  of  this  Agreement  or  any  Loans  deemed  to be a Base Rate Borrowing
pursuant to Section 2.9 of this Agreement.

                    "Base  Rate  Loan"  means  each portion of a Loan bearing
interest at a rate determined by reference to the Base Rate.

                    "Board  of  Directors"  means  the  Board of Directors of
Borrower  or  any  committee  thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of the
Board of Directors.

                    "Borrower"  shall  have  the  meaning  set  forth  in the
introduction to this Agreement.

                    "Borrower  Common  Stock"  means and refers to the common
stock of Borrower.

                    "Borrowing"  means  and  refers to a borrowing under this
Agreement consisting of Loans made severally by each Bank to Borrower.

                    "Brooksville  Plant"  means  and  refers  to that certain
cement  plant  of Borrower located at or near Brooksville, Florida, including
(a)  all  interests  and  estates  of Borrower in real property on which such
cement  plant  is  located, including improvements, buildings, and structures
located  thereon,  (b) all interests and estates of Borrower in real property
related  to  or  used  in connection with the operation of such cement plant,
such  as  related  quarries,  parking or storage areas, Related Terminals, or
rights  of  way,  including  improvements,  buildings, and structures located
thereon,  and  (c)  all  tangible  and  intangible  interests  of Borrower in
personal property constituting part of or integral to the use or operation of
such cement plant, such as fixtures, machinery, equipment, licenses, permits,
operating  and  maintenance  agreements,  and  related books and records (but
excluding accounts, inventory, and proceeds thereof).

                    "Capital  Expenditures" means and refers to, when used in
connection  with  any  Person  for any period, any expenditure by such Person
that,  in  conformity  with  GAAP,  has  been  or  should  be included in the
additions  to  property, plant, and equipment or in acquisitions, net of cash
acquired,   in  each  case,  as  reflected  in  such  Person's  statement  of
consolidated  cash  flows  for such period prepared on substantially the same
basis  as Borrower's statement of consolidated cash flows for its fiscal year
ended December 31, 1994.

                    "Capitalized  Lease"  means  and  refers  to any lease of
property  (whether real, personal, or mixed real and personal) by a Person as
lessee  that  should,  in conformity with GAAP, be accounted for as a capital
lease on the balance sheet of that Person.

                    "Capitalized  Lease  Obligations" means and refers to any
and  all  lease  obligations  that, in accordance with GAAP, have been or are
required to be capitalized on the books of a lessee.

                    "Capital  Stock"  of any Person means any and all shares,
interests,  participations,  or other equivalents (however designated) of, or
rights, warrants, or options to purchase, corporate stock or any other equity
interest (however designated) of or in such Person.

                    "Cash  Equivalents"  means and refers to:  (a) marketable
direct  obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States
Government  or  issued by any agency thereof and backed by the full faith and
credit  of  the United States, in each case maturing within one (1) year from
the  date of acquisition thereof; (b) marketable direct obligations issued by
any state of the United States of America or any political subdivision of any
such state or any public instrumentality thereof maturing within one (1) year
from  the date of acquisition thereof and, at the time of acquisition, having

the  highest  rating  obtainable  from  either S&P or Moody's; (c) commercial
paper maturing no more than one (1) year from the date of acquisition thereof
and,  at  the  time of acquisition, having a rating of A-2 or P-2, or better,
from  S&P  or  Moody's;  (d)  certificates of deposit or bankers' acceptances
maturing  within  one  (1)  year  from the date of acquisition thereof either
(i)  issued  by  any of the Banks or any bank organized under the laws of the
United  States  of  America  or any state thereof or the District of Columbia
which  Bank  or  other  bank  has a rating of A or A2, or better, from S&P or
Moody's,  or  (ii)  certificates of deposit less than or equal to One Hundred
Thousand Dollars ($100,000) in the aggregate issued by any other bank insured
by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

                    "Cement  Plants"  means  and  refers  to  the Brooksville
Plant,  the  Fairborn Plant, the Knoxville Plant, the Lyons Plant, the Odessa
Plant, and the Victorville Plant.

                    " C E R C LA"  means  and  refers  to  the  Comprehensive
Environmental  Response,  Compensation  and Liability Act of 1980, as amended
from   time  to  time  (by  SARA  or  otherwise),  set  forth  at  42  U.S.C.
Section  9601-9657, and all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder as of 
the date hereof.

                    "Change of Control" means and refers to the occurrence of
one  or more of the following events: (a) any sale, lease, exchange, or other
transfer  (in  one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all or
substantially  all  of  the Assets of Borrower to any Person or related group
for  purposes of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act (a "Group"), together with
any  Affiliates  thereof,  (b) the shareholders of Borrower shall approve any
plan  or  proposal  for  the  liquidation or dissolution of Borrower, (c) any
Person  or Group, together with any Affiliates thereof, shall, as a result of
a  tender  or exchange offer, a merger, consolidation or similar transaction,
open  market  purchases,  privately  negotiated purchases, or otherwise, have
become  the  beneficial  owner  (within  the  meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the
Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of Borrower representing
at  least  thirty  percent  (30%)  of  the Voting Stock of Borrower, or (d) a
majority  of  the  members  of  the  Board  of Directors shall not constitute
Continuing  Directors.  For purposes of this definition, "Board of Directors"
does not include any committee thereof.

                    "Closing  Date" means and refers to the date of the first
Borrowing under this Agreement.

                    "Code"  means  and refers to the Internal Revenue Code of
1986,  as amended from time to time, or any successor or superseding tax laws
of  the  United  States of America, together with all regulations promulgated
thereunder.

                    "Collateral"  means  and  refers  to (a) the interests of
Borrower in the capital stock of Mojave, (b) the interests of Borrower in and
to  the  Cement Plants (other than the Brooksville Plant) and the interest of
Borrower  in  KCC  (subject  to  any  exclusions  contained in the applicable
security  documents),  and  (c)  the  interests  of  Mojave in its equipment,
fixtures,  and  certain of its general intangibles (subject to any exclusions
contained in the applicable security agreement).

                    "Collateral  Release  Agreement"  means  and refers to an
agreement,  substantially  in  the form of Exhibit C-1 attached hereto, among
Agent,  Borrower,  and  each of the Specified Subsidiaries, pursuant to which
Agent  agrees to the release of (a) its Liens in the Capital Stock of each of
the Specified Subsidiaries (other than Mojave) and of City Concrete Products,
Inc.,  (b)  its  Liens  in  and  to  the  Assets  of  each  of  the Specified
Subsidiaries  (other  than  Mojave),  (c)  its  Liens in and to the accounts,
inventory,  chattel  paper,  instruments  (other  than  the  Capital Stock of
Mojave), and certain general intangibles (other than the interest of Borrower
in  and  to  KCC)  of  Borrower  and  Mojave,  (d)  its  Liens in the Florida
Collateral,  and (e) the guaranties previously executed and delivered by each
of the Specified Subsidiaries (other than the Mojave Guaranty).

                    "Commercial  Letter  of  Credit"  means and refers to any
sight  letter  of  credit  issued  hereunder  for  the  purpose of supporting
Borrower's  obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business and which
is conditioned upon the presentation of documents (as that term is defined in
Section 5103(b) of the UCC).

                    "Commercial Paper Letters of Credit" means and refers to,
depending on the context, any or all of the Letters of Credit issued pursuant
to  the  terms of Sections 2.1(b) or 2.2 of this Agreement for the purpose of
supporting commercial paper issued by Borrower.

                    "Commercial  Paper  Letter  of  Credit  Amount" means and
refers to an amount equal to Seventy-Five Million Dollars ($75,000,000).

                    "Commercial  Paper  Letter  of  Credit  Usage"  means and
refers  to,  as  of the date any determination thereof is to be made, the sum
of:    (a)  the  Stated Amount of each Commercial Paper Letter of Credit then
outstanding; and (b) the aggregate amount of all Unpaid Drawings with respect
to  Commercial Paper Letters of Credit.  For purposes of this definition, any
amount  described which is denominated in a currency other than Dollars shall
be  valued in Dollars based on the applicable Exchange Rate for such currency
as of the date of determination.

                    "Commitment  Fee"  shall  have  the  meaning set forth in
Section 2.13 of this Agreement.

                    "Consolidated  Current  Assets"  means  and refers to the
total  of  all  Assets  of  Borrower  and  its Subsidiaries that have been or
properly  should  be classified as current assets in accordance with GAAP and
determined on a consolidated basis.

                    "Consolidated  Current  Liabilities"  means and refers to
the  total  of  all  of the liabilities of Borrower and its Subsidiaries that
have  been  or  properly  should  be  classified  as  current  liabilities in
accordance with GAAP and determined on a consolidated basis.

                    "Consolidated  EBITDA"  means  and  refers  to,  for  any
period,  an  amount  for  Borrower  and  its  Subsidiaries  determined  on  a
consolidated  basis in accordance with GAAP, equal to (a) operating earnings,
plus  or minus, as applicable (b) consolidated non-cash charges to the extent
that such charges were included in the calculation of operating earnings.

                    "Consolidated  Net  Income"  means and refers to, for any
period, the net income (or deficit) of Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such
period (on a consolidated basis), after deducting portions of income properly
attributable  to minority interests, if any, in the stock and surplus of such
Subsidiaries;  provided,  however,  that  there  shall  be excluded:  (a) the
income  (or  deficit)  of  any  Person accrued prior to the date it becomes a
Subsidiary of Borrower or is merged into or consolidated with Borrower or any
of  its  Subsidiaries or such Person's Assets are acquired by Borrower or any
of  its Subsidiaries; (b) the income (or deficit) of any Person (other than a
Subsidiary  of  Borrower) in which Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries has an
ownership  interest,  except  to  the  extent  that  any such income has been
actually  received  by  Borrower or such Subsidiary in the form of dividends,
management  fees,  or  other  distributions,  loans,  or  other mechanisms to
achieve   the  economic  benefit  to  Borrower  of  dividends;  and  (c)  the
undistributed  earnings  of any Subsidiary of Borrower to the extent that the
declaration  or  payment of dividends or other distributions, loans, or other
mechanisms  to  achieve  the economic effect to Borrower of dividends by such
Subsidiary  is  not  at the time permitted by the terms of its charter or any
a g r e e ment,  instrument,  judgment,  decree,  order,  statute,  rule,  or
governmental regulation applicable to such Subsidiary.

                    "Consolidated Tangible Net Worth" means and refers to, on
the  date  of  determination  thereof,  the  amount  calculated  as:  (a) the
consolidated  stockholders'  equity of Borrower and its Subsidiaries plus the
aggregate  amount  of  Permitted  Preferred  Stock  to the extent not already
included  in  consolidated  stockholders'  equity, minus (b) the consolidated
aggregate amount of Intangible Assets of Borrower and its Subsidiaries.

                    "Contingent  Obligation"  means  and refers to, as to any
Person  and  without  duplication  of  amounts, any obligation of such Person
guaranteeing or intended to guarantee (whether guaranteed, endorsed, co-made,
discounted,  or  sold  with recourse to such Person) any Debt, Noncancellable
Lease,  dividend, reimbursement obligations relating to letters of credit, or
any  other  obligation  that  pertains  to  Debt,  a  Noncancellable Lease, a
dividend, or a reimbursement obligation related to letters of credit (each, a
"primary  obligation") of any other Person ("primary obligor") in any manner,
whether  directly  or  indirectly,  including  any obligation of such Person,
irrespective  of  whether  contingent,  (a)  to  purchase  any  such  primary
obligation,  (b)  to  advance or supply funds (whether in the form of a loan,
advance,  stock  purchase,  capital  contribution,  or otherwise) (i) for the
purchase,  repurchase, or payment of any such primary obligation or any Asset
constituting  direct  or  indirect  security  therefor,  or  (ii) to maintain
working  capital  or  equity  capital of the primary obligor, or otherwise to
maintain the net worth, solvency, or other financial condition of the primary
obligor, (c) to purchase or make payment for any Asset, securities, services,
or Noncancellable Lease if primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of
any  such  primary  obligation  of the ability of the primary obligor to make
payment  of  such  primary  obligation,  or  (d)  to otherwise assure or hold
harmless  the  owner  of  such  primary  obligation  against  loss in respect
thereof;  provided,  however,  that  the term Contingent Obligation shall not
include  (y)  trade  payables or accrued liabilities of the Person making the
Contingent  Obligation,  or  (z)  non-pension  post retirement benefits.  The
amount  of  any  Contingent Obligation of any Person shall be deemed to be an
amount  equal to the net present value of the maximum amount of such Person's

liability  with  respect  to the stated or determinable amount of the primary
obligation for which such Contingent Obligation is incurred or, if not stated
or  determinable, the net present value of the maximum reasonably anticipated
liability  in  respect  thereof  (assuming such Person is required to perform
thereunder) as determined, reasonably and in good faith, by Borrower.

                    "Continuing  Director" means and refers to (a) any member
of the Board of Directors who was a director of Borrower on the Closing Date,
and  (b)  any person who becomes a member of the Board of Directors after the
Closing  Date  if  such person was appointed or nominated for election to the
Board  of  Directors by a majority of the Continuing Directors, but excluding
any  such  person originally proposed for election in opposition to the Board
of  Directors  in  office  at  the  Closing  Date  in an actual or threatened
election  contest  relating  to the election of the directors of Borrower (as
such  terms are used in Rule 14a-11 under the Exchange Act) and whose initial
assumption of office resulted form such contest or the settlement thereof.

                    "Contractual  Obligation" means and refers to, as applied
to  any Person, any provision of any security issued by that Person or of any
m a t erial  indenture,  mortgage,  deed  of  trust,  contract,  undertaking,
agreement, or other instrument to which that Person is a party or by which it
or any of its owned Assets is bound or to which it or any of its owned Assets
is subject.

                    "Controlled  Group"  means and refers to all domestic and
foreign  members of a controlled group of corporations under Section 1563(a) of 
the Code (determined without regard to Section  1563(b)(2)(c) of the Code) and 
all trades  or  businesses  (irrespective of whether incorporated) under common
control of Borrower or its Subsidiaries.

                    "Damages"  means and refers to those damages set forth in
42 U.S.C.Section 9601, 42 U.S.C. Section 9607(a), and 42 U.S.C.Section 9611(b).

                    "Debt"  means  and refers to, with respect to any Person,
the  aggregate  amount  of,  without  duplication:   (a) all indebtedness for
borrowed  money;  (b) all indebtedness evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes,
or  other similar instruments; (c) all Capitalized Lease Obligations; (d) all
indebtedness  of  others  secured  by  a  Lien  on  any Asset of such Person,
irrespective  of whether such indebtedness is assumed; and (e) any obligation
owed for all or any part of the deferred purchase price of Assets or services
that  is  due more than twelve (12) months from the date of the incurrence of
the obligation in respect thereto.

                    "Defaulting Bank" shall have the meaning ascribed thereto
in Section 2.10(c).

                    " D i s closure  Statement"  means  and  refers  to  that
statement,  executed  and  delivered  by  a  Responsible  Officer of Borrower
pursuant to Section 3.1(b) hereof, as amended from time to time to the extent
permitted  hereby,  which  statement  sets  forth  information  regarding, or
exceptions  to,  the  representations,  warranties,  and  covenants  made  by
Borrower herein.  The Disclosure Statement may be amended, from time to time,
to  reflect  Borrower's formation or acquisition of new Subsidiaries or other
changes  so  long as the amendment contains the relevant information as would

have  been  required  hereunder  as  of  the Closing Date and so long as such
amendment  does  not  disclose  violations of the covenants contained in this
Agreement  and  so  long  as  Borrower, or the relevant Subsidiary, as and if
applicable, complies with the provisions of Section 5.11 hereof in connection
with such amendment.

                    "Dollars  and  $"  means  and  refers to United States of
America  dollars  or such coin or currency of the United States of America as
at  the  time  of payment shall be legal tender for the payment of public and
private debts in the United States of America.

                    "Domestic  Business Day" means and refers to a day (other
than  a  Saturday  or  Sunday)  on  which major commercial banks are open for
business  in  San  Francisco,  California,  Houston, Texas, and New York, New
York.

                    "Environment"  shall  have  the  meaning  set forth in 42
U.S.C. Section 9601(8).

                    "Environmental  Protection  Statute"  means and refers to
any  local,  state, or federal law, statute, regulation, or ordinance enacted
in  connection  with  or  relating  to  the  protection  or regulation of the
Environment,  including  those laws, statutes, and regulations regulating the
disposal,  removal,  production,  storing,  refining, handling, transferring,
p r o cessing,  discharge,  emission,  release,  investigation,  remediation,
cleanup,  use,  treatment,  or  transporting  of Hazardous Waste or Hazardous
S u b s tances,  regulating  the  discharge  or  emission  of  pollutants  or
contaminants  into water or air, regulating industrial health and safety, and
protecting  human  health,  and  any  regulations,  issued  or promulgated in
connection with such statutes by any governmental agency or instrumentality.

                    "EPA" means and refers to the United States Environmental
Protection Agency, or any successor thereto.

                    "ERISA"  means  and  refers  to  the  Employee Retirement
Income  Security Act of 1974, as the same may from time to time be amended or
supplemented,  including  any  rules  or  regulations  issued  in  connection
therewith.

                    "ERISA  Affiliate" means and refers to, as to any Person,
any trade or business (irrespective of whether incorporated) that is a member
of a group of which such Person is a member (determined immediately following
the  Closing Date and thereafter) and that is under common control within the
meaning of the regulations promulgated under Section 414 of the Code (except 
that such  rules  and  regulations  also  shall  be  deemed  to  apply  to 
foreign corporations).

                    "Event  of  Default"  shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 7.1 of this Agreement.

                    "Exchange   Act"  means  and  refers  to  the  Securities
Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as  amended  from  time  to time, and any successor
statute, and the rules and regulations thereunder.

                    "Exchange  Subordinated  Debt"  means  and  refers to the
Borrower's  7 1/2% Convertible  Subordinated  Debentures, due  2013, that are
issuable,  at  the option of Borrower, in exchange for the Series B Preferred
Stock.

                    "Exchange  Rate"  means and refers to the nominal rate of
exchange of Issuing Bank in a chosen foreign exchange market for the purchase
by  Issuing  Bank, by cable or transfer of any currency other than Dollars at
12:00  noon,  local  time,  one  Domestic  Business  Day prior to any date of
determination,  expressed as the number of units of such currency per one (1)
Dollar.

                    "Existing Subordinated Debt" means and refers to the Debt
of Borrower evidenced by the Senior Subordinated Notes.

                    "Fairborn  Plant" means and refers to that certain cement
plant  of  Borrower  located  at  or  near  Fairborn, Ohio, including (a) all
interests and estates of Borrower in real property on which such cement plant
is   located,  including  improvements,  buildings,  and  structures  located
thereon,  (b)  all interests and estates of Borrower in real property related
to  or  used  in  connection with the operation of such cement plant, such as
related  quarries,  parking or storage areas, Related Terminals, or rights of
way,  including  improvements, buildings, and structures located thereon, and
(c)  all  tangible  and intangible interests of Borrower in personal property
constituting  part  of  or  integral  to  the use or operation of such cement
plant,  such  as fixtures, machinery, equipment, licenses, permits, operating
and  maintenance  agreements,  and  related  books and records (but excluding
accounts, inventory, and proceeds thereof).

                    "Federal  Funds  Rate"  means,  for any day, the rate per
annum  (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest 1/100th of 1%) equal to
the  weighted  average  of  the rates on overnight federal funds transactions
with  members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by federal funds brokers
on  such  day  as  published  by  the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on the
Domestic Business Day immediately following such day; provided, however, that
(a)  if  the  day  for  which such rate is to be determined is not a Domestic
Business  Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be such rate on such
transactions  on the immediately preceding Domestic Business Day as published
on  the  immediately following Domestic Business Day, and (b) if such rate is
not  published  for  any  Domestic  Business Day, then the Federal Funds Rate
shall  be  the  average  of  the quotations for such day on such transactions
received by Agent from three (3) federal funds brokers of recognized standing
selected by Agent.

                    "Federal  Reserve Board" means and refers to the Board of
Governors of the Federal Reserve System or any successor thereto.

                    "Florida Collateral" means and refers to the interests of
Borrower  in  real  property, equipment, and fixtures situate in the State of
Florida, including the Brooksville Plant.

                    "Foreign  Bank" means and refers to any Bank other than a
Bank organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America or
any political subdivision thereof or therein.

                    "Free  Cash  Flow  Ratio"  means  and  refers to, for the
period  to  be determined, the ratio of (a) Consolidated EBITDA minus Capital
Expenditures,  to (b) the sum of cash Interest Expense, current provision for
income  taxes,  dividends,  and  the current portion of Funded Debt as of the
last  day  of  such  period  (exclusive  of  Debt  under  this Agreement, the
Subordinated Debt (to the extent that it is redeemed, repurchased, exchanged,
or  refinanced), and the Debt evidenced by the Pollution Control Bonds).  For
purposes  of calculating the Free Cash Flow Ratio, Capital Expenditures shall
be  calculated (a) as of December 31, 1996 exclusive of Capital Expenditures,
up  to  a  maximum  amount of $40,000,000, incurred or expended in connection
with  improvements  made  to  the Fairborn Plant, (b) as of December 31, 1997
exclusive of Capital Expenditures, up to a maximum amount of $40,000,000 less
the  amount  excluded  during  fiscal  year  1996,  incurred  or  expended in
connection  with  improvements  made  to the Fairborn Plant, (c) exclusive of
Capital Expenditures incurred or expended in connection with the consummation
of  a  Permitted  Acquisition  to  the  extent that Borrower consummates such
Permitted  Acquisition  with the Net Issuance Proceeds of Qualified Offerings
that  were  raised  for  the  express  purpose of consummating such Permitted
Acquisition,  (d)  exclusive  of Capital Expenditures incurred or expended to
the  extent  of  Net  Issuance  Proceeds  of  Qualified Offerings obtained by
Borrower  in  the  applicable  fiscal  year;  provided,  however,  that  such
exclusion  shall  not reduce Capital Expenditures to less than $25,000,000 in
any fiscal year and, if any balance thereof remains, such balance may be used
to  reduce  Capital  Expenditures in the next succeeding fiscal year (but not
any  subsequent  fiscal  year)  and the utilization of such balance shall not
reduce  Capital  Expenditures  in  such  succeeding  fiscal year to less than
$25,000,000,  and  (e)  as of any fiscal quarter ending March 31, June 30, or
September  30  of any fiscal year, as being equal to $25,000,000 for the four
(4) immediately preceding fiscal quarters (including the quarter then ended),
irrespective  of the actual amount of Capital Expenditures.  In order to take
advantage  of any of such exclusions, Borrower shall be required to designate
the  calculation  thereof  to  Agent  in  connection with the delivery of the
Officer's Compliance Certificate pursuant to Section 5.2(f).

                    "Fund," "Trust Fund," or "Super Fund" means and refers to
the  Hazardous  Substance  Response  Trust  Fund,  established pursuant to 42
U.S.C.  Section9631 and the Post-closure Liability Trust Fund, established 
pursuant to 42 U.S.C. Section 9641. The above provisions have been amended or
repealed by SARA  and  the  "Fund,"  "Trust  Fund,"  or  "Super  Fund" are now
maintained pursuant to Section 9507 of the Code.

                    "Funded  Debt"  means and refers to all consolidated Debt
of  Borrower  or  its Subsidiaries that matures one (1) year or more from the
date  of  issuance, or that is renewable or extendable, at the sole option of
Borrower  or its Subsidiaries, as applicable, by its terms or by the terms of
any  instrument  or agreement relating thereto to a date that is one (1) year
or  more from the date of issuance thereof, or that, under a revolving credit
or  similar agreement, obligates the lender to extend credit over a period of
one (1) year or more from the date of issuance.

                    "GAAP"  means and refers to generally accepted accounting
principles  recognized  as such by the American Institute of Certified Public
Accountants  in  the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles
Board and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards

Board  or in such other statements by such other entity as may be approved by
a  significant  segment  of the accounting profession, that are applicable to
the circumstances as of the date of determination.

                    "Governmental Authority" means and refers to any federal,
state,  local,  or  other governmental department, commission, board, bureau,
agency,  central bank, court, tribunal, or other instrumentality, domestic or
foreign.

                    "Hazardous  Substances"  shall have the meaning set forth
in  42  U.S.C.Section 9601(14); provided, however, that the exclusions set
forth therein shall not apply.

                    "Hazardous  Waste" shall have the meaning set forth in 42
U.S.C. Section 6903(5), and 40 C.F.R. Section 261.3.

                    "Hedge  Agreements" means and refers to any interest rate
swap  agreement,  interest  rate cap agreement, commodity or foreign currency
h e dge,  option,  or  future  contracts,  or  other  similar  agreements  or
arrangements entered into by Borrower.

                    "Highest  Lawful  Rate" means and refers to, with respect
to  any  Bank, the maximum non-usurious interest rate, as in effect from time
to  time,  that  may  be  charged,  contracted  for,  reserved,  received, or
collected by such Bank in connection with this Agreement or the Notes, or any
of the Loan Documents.

                    "Indemnified  Liabilities"  shall  have  the  meaning set
forth in Section 10.2 of this Agreement.

                    "Indemnitees" shall have the meaning set forth in Section
10.2 of this Agreement.

                    "Intangible  Assets" means and refers to, with respect to
any  Person,  that  portion  of the book value of all of such Person's Assets
that would be treated as intangibles under GAAP.

                    "Interest  Expense"  means and refers to, with respect to
any  period  of  determination,  the  total  consolidated  interest  expense,
determined in accordance with GAAP, of Borrower and its Subsidiaries.

                    "Interest Payment Date" means and refers to, with respect
to  any  LIBOR  Rate Loan, the last day of each Interest Period applicable to
such  Loan;  provided,  however,  that  in the case of any Interest Period in
excess  of  three  (3) months, "Interest Payment Date" also shall include the
end  of  each  three-month period following the commencement of that Interest
Period.

                    "Interest  Period" means, with respect to each LIBOR Rate
Borrowing, the period commencing on the date of such LIBOR Rate Borrowing and
ending one (1), two (2), three (3), or, subject to the availability of funds,
six  (6)  months thereafter, as Borrower may elect pursuant to the applicable
Notice  of Borrowing or Notice of Conversion/Continuation; provided, however,
that:

                         (a)  any Interest Period that would otherwise end on
     a  day  that  is  not a LIBOR Business Day shall be extended to the next
     succeeding  LIBOR  Business  Day unless such LIBOR Business Day falls in
     another  calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on
     the next preceding LIBOR Business Day;

                         (b)  any  Interest  Period  that  begins on the last
     LIBOR Business Day of the calendar month (or on a day for which there is
     no  numerically  corresponding  day  in the calendar month at the end of
     such  Interest  Period)  shall,  subject  to clause (c), end on the last
     LIBOR Business Day of the calendar month in which it would have ended if
     there were a numerically corresponding day in such calendar month; and

                         (c)  if any Interest Period includes a date on which
     a  payment  of  principal  of any Loan is required to be made under this
     Agreement,  but  does  not  begin  or  end  on  such  date, then (x) the
     principal  amount  of such LIBOR Rate Borrowing required to be repaid on
     such date shall have an Interest Period ending on such date; and (y) the
     remainder  (if  any) of such LIBOR Rate Borrowing shall have an Interest
     Period  determined  as  set  forth  in  the  lead-in to this definition;
     provided,  however,  that  the  foregoing shall not be deemed to relieve
     Borrower from any of its obligations under Section 2.15.

                    "Investment"  means  and  refers  to,  as  applied to any
Person,  any  direct or indirect purchase or other acquisition by that Person
of  stock  or other securities of any other Person or any beneficial interest
therein,  or any direct or indirect loan, advance, or capital contribution by
that  Person  to any other Person, including all Debt and accounts receivable
from  that  other  Person  that are not current assets and did not arise from
sales,  leases, or rendition of services to that other Person in the ordinary
and  usual  course  of  business.   The amount of any Investment shall be the
original  cost  of  such  Investment  plus the cost of all additions thereto,
without  any  adjustments  for increases or decreases in value, or write-ups,
write-downs  or write-offs with respect to such Investment, less, in the case
of any loan or advance, any repayment of the principal thereof.

                    "Issuing  Bank"  shall mean Wells Fargo or any other Bank
that, on behalf of all Banks, issues a Letter of Credit requested by Borrower
hereunder.  

                    "Junior  Payment  Amount"  means and refers to the sum of
(i)  Fifty Million Dollars ($50,000,000), plus (ii) the Net Issuance Proceeds
of Qualified Offerings.

                    "KCC"  means  and  refers  to  Kosmos  Cement  Company, a
Kentucky partnership.

                    "Keepwell  Agreement"  means and refers to, collectively,
that certain Keepwell Agreement dated December 29, 1983, between MMRI and the
Interlake  Steamship Company, a Delaware corporation, and that certain letter
agreement,  dated  March  23,  1987,  from MMRI addressed to the Secretary of
Transportation, in care of MARAD.

                    "Knoxville Plant" means and refers to that certain cement
plant  of Borrower located at or near Knoxville, Tennessee, including (a) all
interests and estates of Borrower in real property on which such cement plant
is   located,  including  improvements,  buildings,  and  structures  located
thereon,  (b)  all interests and estates of Borrower in real property related
to  or  used  in  connection with the operation of such cement plant, such as
related  quarries,  parking or storage areas, Related Terminals, or rights of
way,  including  improvements, buildings, and structures located thereon, and
(c)  all  tangible  and intangible interests of Borrower in personal property
constituting  part  of  or  integral  to  the use or operation of such cement
plant,  such  as fixtures, machinery, equipment, licenses, permits, operating
and  maintenance  agreements,  and  related  books and records (but excluding
accounts, inventory, and proceeds thereof).

                    "Lending  Office" shall have the meaning ascribed thereto
in Section 2.18 hereof.

                    "Letters of Credit" means and refers to, depending on the
context, any or all of the Commercial Paper Letters of Credit, the Commercial
Letters  of  Credit,  or the Standby Letters of Credit issued pursuant to the
terms  of Sections 2.1(b) or 2.2 of this Agreement or those letters of credit
described on Schedule L-1 attached hereto.

                    "Letter  of  Credit Amount" means and refers to an amount
equal to Ninety-Five Million Dollars ($95,000,000).

                    "Letter  of  Credit Usage" means and refers to, as of any
date  of  determination,  (a)  the  aggregate Stated Amount of the Letters of
Credit  then  outstanding,  plus  (b)  the  aggregate  amount  of  all Unpaid
Drawings.  For purposes of this definition, any amount that is denominated in
a  currency  other  than  Dollars  shall  be  valued  in Dollars based on the
applicable Exchange Rate for such currency as of the date of determination.

                    "Leverage  Ratio"  means and refers to, for the period to
be determined, the ratio of (a) the aggregate amount of Funded Debt as of the
last  day  of such period, provided, however, that in the event that the ABN-
AMRO  Letter  of  Credit  remains outstanding beyond January 31, 1996, Funded
Debt  shall  be  deemed  to  include  the  Stated  Amount  from  time to time
thereafter of such letter of credit, to (b) Consolidated EBITDA.

                    "LIBOR  Business  Day"  means  a  Business  Day  on which
dealings in Dollar deposits are carried on in the London interbank market.

                    "LIBOR  Rate"  means  for  each  Interest Period for each
LIBOR  Rate  Loan  owed  to  a  Bank  the  rate per annum (rounded upward, if
necessary,  to  the nearest whole 1/16 of 1%) determined by Agent pursuant to
the following formula:

                                     Base LIBOR Rate
               LIBOR Rate =   -------------------------------------- 
                              100% - Reserve Percentage of such Bank

                    "LIBOR  Rate Borrowing" means and refers to any Borrowing
designated  by Borrower as a LIBOR Rate Borrowing pursuant to Sections 2.8 or
2.9 of this Agreement. <PAGE>
 





                    "LIBOR  Rate  Loan"  means each portion of a Loan bearing
interest at a rate determined by reference to the LIBOR Rate.

                    "Lien"  means  and  refers to any lien, mortgage, pledge,
security  interest,  charge,  or  encumbrance  of  any  kind  (including  any
conditional  sale  or  other  title  retention  agreement or any lease in the
nature  thereof)  and  any agreement to give or refrain from giving any lien,
mortgage,  pledge,  security  interest,  charge,  or other encumbrance of any
kind.

                    "Loan"  and  "Loans"  means  and  refers  to  the  loans,
including drawings under Letters of Credit, to be made severally (not jointly
and  not jointly and severally) by Banks to Borrower pursuant to Article 2 of
this Agreement.

                    "Loan  Documents" shall mean the Real Property Collateral
D o cuments,  the  Agent's  Fee  Letter,  the  Personal  Property  Collateral
Documents,  and  all  other  written  documents,  agreements, or instruments,
including financing statements and fixture filings, other than this Agreement
and the Notes, that have been or are entered into by Borrower, Mojave, Agent,
or   Banks,  as  the  case  may  be,  in  connection  with  the  transactions
contemplated by this Agreement.

                    "Lyons  Plant"  means  and  refers to that certain cement
plant  of  Borrower  located  at  or  near Lyons, Colorado, including (a) all
interests and estates of Borrower in real property on which such cement plant
is   located,  including  improvements,  buildings,  and  structures  located
thereon,  (b)  all interests and estates of Borrower in real property related
to  or  used  in  connection with the operation of such cement plant, such as
related  quarries,  parking or storage areas, Related Terminals, or rights of
way,  including  improvements, buildings, and structures located thereon, and
(c)  all  tangible  and intangible interests of Borrower in personal property
constituting  part  of  or  integral  to  the use or operation of such cement
plant,  such  as fixtures, machinery, equipment, licenses, permits, operating
and  maintenance  agreements,  and  related  books and records (but excluding
accounts, inventory, and proceeds thereof).

                    "Majority  Banks"  means and refers to, as of the date of
determination  thereof,  Banks  having  at  least a majority of the aggregate
unpaid  principal  amount  then  outstanding of the Loans, or if no Loans are
outstanding at the date of determination, Banks having at least a majority of
the Revolving Credit Facility Commitment.

                    "MARAD"  means and refers to the United States Department
of Transportation acting by and through the Maritime Administration.

                    "MARAD  Reserve"  means  and refers to an amount equal to
the  lesser  of  Twenty Million Dollars ($20,000,000) or the then outstanding
obligation  of  Borrower (as successor to MMRI) under the Keepwell Agreement,
that,  so long as the Keepwell Agreement remains in effect, shall be reserved
under the Revolving Credit Facility Commitment and shall not be available for
borrowing  or  for  any other purpose other than payment of obligations under
the Keepwell Agreement.

                    "Material  Adverse Change" means and refers to a material
adverse  change  in  the business, Assets, operations, business prospects, or
condition (financial or otherwise) of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as
a  whole,  as  compared  with  the  business,  Assets,  operations,  business
prospects,  or  condition  (financial  or  otherwise)  of  Borrower  and  its
Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, as of December 31, 1994.

                    "Material  Adverse Effect" means and refers to a material
adverse  effect  on  the business, Assets, operations, business prospects, or
condition (financial or otherwise) of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as
a whole.

                    " M aterial  Subsidiaries"  means  and  refers  to  those
Subsidiaries  of  Borrower  owning  assets valued at greater than One Hundred
Thousand Dollars ($100,000).

                    "Maturity Date" means and refers to October 30, 2000.

                    "MMRI"  means  and  refers  to Moore McCormack Resources,
Inc.,  a  former Delaware corporation that was merged with and into Borrower,
with Borrower being the surviving entity in such merger.

                    "Mojave"  means  and  refers  to Mojave Northern Railroad
Company, a California corporation.

                    "Mojave Guaranty" means and refers to that certain Second
Amended  and  Restated  Continuing Guaranty, executed by Mojave, guaranteeing
Debt  of  Borrower  owing  to  Agent  and the Banks, and any modifications or
amendments thereto, substantially in the form of Exhibit M-1 attached hereto.

                    "Mojave  Security  Agreement"  means  and  refers to that
certain  Second  Amended and Restated Security Agreement, executed by Mojave,
as  debtor, in favor of Agent, on behalf of Banks, as secured party, securing
t h e    Mojave  Guaranty,  and  any  modifications  or  amendments  thereto,
substantially in the form of Exhibit M-2 attached hereto.

                    "Moody's"  means and refers to Moody's Investors Service,
Inc.

                    "Multiemployer Plan" means and refers to a "multiemployer
plan" as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA or a "multiemployer pension
plan" as defined  in  Section 3(37) of ERISA or Section 414 of the Code, or any
similar type of plan established  and  regulated  under  the  laws of any
foreign country, that is maintained  for  employees  of  such  Person  or  any
ERISA Affiliate of such Person.

                    "Net  Issuance  Proceeds" means and refers to, in respect
of  any  Qualified Offering, cash proceeds received by Borrower in connection
therewith,  net  of  out-of-pocket  costs  and  expenses  paid or incurred in
connection therewith.

                    "1988  Credit  Agreement" shall have the meaning ascribed
thereto in the recitals to this Agreement.

                    "1991  Credit  Agreement" shall have the meaning ascribed
thereto in the recitals to this Agreement.

                    "1993  Credit  Agreement" shall have the meaning ascribed
thereto in the recitals to this Agreement.

                    "Noncancellable Lease" means and refers to any lease of a
Person  that  is  not cancellable without penalty at any time pursuant to the
terms thereof or any lease of a Person the cancellation of which, pursuant to
the terms thereof, would not be economical.

                    "Notes"  means  and  refers  to  any  one  or more of the
promissory  notes, dated as of the Closing Date, substantially in the form of
Exhibit  N-1  attached hereto, issued by Borrower to the order of a Bank in a
face  amount  equal  to  such  Bank's  pro rata share of the Revolving Credit
Facility Commitment in effect on the Closing Date.

                    "Notice  of Borrowing" means and refers to an irrevocable
notice  from  Borrower  to Agent of Borrower's intention to borrow all or any
portion  of  the  Loans (or request the issuance of all or any portion of the
L e t ters  of  Credit)  that  Borrower  is  entitled  to  borrow  hereunder,
substantially  in  the  form  of  Exhibit  N-2 attached hereto, executed by a
Responsible  Officer  of  Borrower and delivered to Agent pursuant to Section
2.8 hereof.

                    "Notice  of  Conversion/Continuation" means and refers to
an irrevocable notice from Borrower to Agent of Borrower's request to convert
all  or any portion of such of the Loans bearing interest at one rate to that
of  another  rate  or  continue  Loans  at  a  particular  rate  of interest,
substantially  in  the  form of Exhibit N-3 hereto, executed by a Responsible
Officer of Borrower and delivered to Agent pursuant to Section 2.9 hereof.

                    "Odessa  Plant"  means  and refers to that certain cement
plant  of  Borrower  located  at  or  near  Odessa,  Texas, including (a) all
interests and estates of Borrower in real property on which such cement plant
is   located,  including  improvements,  buildings,  and  structures  located
thereon,  (b)  all interests and estates of Borrower in real property related
to  or  used  in  connection with the operation of such cement plant, such as
related  quarries,  parking or storage areas, Related Terminals, or rights of
way,  including  improvements, buildings, and structures located thereon, and
(c)  all  tangible  and intangible interests of Borrower in personal property
constituting  part  of  or  integral  to  the use or operation of such cement
plant,  such  as fixtures, machinery, equipment, licenses, permits, operating
and  maintenance  agreements,  and  related  books and records (but excluding
accounts, inventory, and proceeds thereof).

                    "Officer's  Compliance  Certificate"  means and refers to
that  certificate  of  a Responsible Officer of Borrower described in Section
3.1(k) of this Agreement.

                    "Operating  Lease" means and refers to, as applied to any
Person,  any  Noncancellable  Lease  of  any Asset, that is not a Capitalized
Lease, other than any such lease under which that Person is the lessor.

                    "Overdue  Rate"  shall  have  the  meaning  set  forth in
Section 2.6 hereof.

                    "PBGC"  means  and refers to the Pension Benefit Guaranty
Corporation as defined in Title IV of ERISA, or any successor thereto.

                    "Pension Plan" or "Plan" means and refers to any pension,
retirement,  disability,  health,  welfare,  life insurance or other employee
benefit plan, defined benefit, defined contribution, profit sharing, deferred
c o mpensation,  stock  option,  employee  stock  ownership,  employee  stock
purchase,  restricted stock, bonus or other incentive plan, vacation benefit,
fringe   benefit,  severance,  thrift  or  other  employee  benefit  plan  or
arrangement,  including  any Pension Plan (other than any Multiemployer Plan)
or any plan similar to any of those plans described above that is established
or  maintained  under the law of any foreign country, irrespective of whether
any  of  the  foregoing  is  funded,  that  was,  is, or will be sponsored or
maintained  by Borrower or its ERISA Affiliates (excluding any plans in which
personnel of Borrower or its ERISA Affiliates are not participating) in which
any  personnel  of Borrower or its ERISA Affiliates participate or from which
any such personnel may derive a benefit.

                    "Pension  Protection Act" means and refers to the Pension
Protection Act, Pub. L. No. 101-508, Title IX, Subtitle D, Part II, 101 Stat.
1330  et seq. (1987), as amended by Pub. L. No. 101-239, Title VII, 103 Stat.
2438 et seq. (1989), and any successor statute.

                    "Permitted  Acquisitions" means and refers to Investments
or  Asset Acquisitions that (a) are in an aggregate amount during the term of
this  Agreement  of not more than One Hundred Million Dollars ($100,000,000),
(b)  are  in  Persons,  or  of  Assets,  that  are  engaged  in, or useful in
connection  with,  businesses  that  are  substantially  the  same  as  those
conducted  by  Borrower  and its Subsidiaries on the Closing Date, (c) if the
consideration  paid  or payable for any such Investment or Asset Acquisition,
or  series  of  related  transactions,  is  in  excess of Ten Million Dollars
($10,000,000), are Investments in or Asset Acquisitions by a Person that is a
corporation, a limited liability company, or a limited liability partnership,
(d)  if  the  consideration  paid or payable for any such Investment or Asset
Acquisition, or series of related transactions, is in excess of Fifty Million
Dollars  ($50,000,000), result in (or continue) Borrower owning not less than
fifty  percent  (50%)  of  the  Voting  Stock  (or  membership  interests  or
partnership  interests  in the case of a limited liability company or limited
liability  partnership)  of the Person in which the Investment is made or the
Person  that is to acquire the Assets and with respect to which Borrower also
has  the  right,  whether  by  contract,  vote,  or  otherwise,  to  exercise
substantial  input  in  the  management  and  control of the business of such
Person,  (e)  are  not made utilizing Assets that compose the Collateral, and
(f)  are  not  made utilizing Assets that compose the Brooksville Plant.  For
purposes of the foregoing, a contribution of Dollars or Assets by Borrower to
a  newly  created  Subsidiary  of Borrower for the purpose of permitting such
Subsidiary  to  complete  an Investment or Asset Acquisition shall not itself
constitute  an  Investment  if  such  Dollars or Assets are, in fact, used to
complete the proposed Investment or Asset Acquisition.

                    "Permitted  Junior Payments" means and refers to, so long
as  at  each  time thereof, no Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default
has  occurred  and  is  continuing  and no such Event of Default or Unmatured
Event  of  Default  would  result  therefrom,  (a)  the  redemption, payment,
r e p u rchase,  retirement  for  value,  or  acquisition,  in  one  or  more
transactions, in an aggregate amount (excluding any consideration paid in the
form  of  Borrower  Common  Stock)  of up to the Junior Payment Amount of (i)
principal  amount  of  the  Senior  Subordinated Notes, (ii) Preferred Stock,
(iii)  Borrower  Common  Stock,  or  (iv)  any  combination of the foregoing;
provided,  however,  that the redemption, payment, or acquisition of Borrower
Common  Stock  shall constitute a Permitted Junior Payment only (y) if, after
g i ving  effect  to  such  proposed  redemption,  payment,  or  acquisition,
Borrower's  Leverage  Ratio (which will be calculated by utilizing the Funded
Debt  extant  as  of  the  date  of  such  redemption,  payment,  repurchase,
retirement for value, or acquisition after giving effect to the incurrence of
any Funded Debt incurred in connection with such transaction and by utilizing
the  Consolidated  EBITDA  for  the  four  (4)  immediately  preceding fiscal
quarters)  would  be  less  than  or  equal  to  2.00:1.00,  and (z) up to an
aggregate  amount  of  Twenty  Five  Million  Dollars  ($25,000,000), (b) the
incurrence  of the Exchange Subordinated Debt pursuant to Section 6.1(c), and
(c)  the  conversion of any Permitted Preferred Stock into, or the redemption
or  acquisition  of  any Permitted Preferred Stock for, Borrower Common Stock
and payments of immaterial amounts in lieu of fractional shares in connection
with  any  such conversion or redemption; provided, however, that if no Event
of  Default  or Unmatured Event of Default had occurred and was continuing on
the  date that Borrower gives notice of redemption or otherwise commences any
action  preliminary  to  making a Permitted Junior Payment, Borrower shall be
entitled to make such Permitted Junior Payment notwithstanding the occurrence
or  continuation  of an Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default (other
than  an  Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default under Section 7.1(a)
hereof) as of the date such Permitted Junior Payment is to be made.

                    "Permitted Liens" shall mean and refer to:

     (i)            Liens  for Taxes, assessments, or governmental charges or
     claims  the  payment  of  which  is  not,  at  such  time,  required  by
     Section 5.4 of this Agreement; 

     (ii)           statutory  Liens  of  landlords,  carriers, warehousemen,
     mechanics,  materialmen,  and other Liens imposed by law and incurred in
     the  ordinary  course  of  business for sums not yet delinquent or being
     contested in good faith, if reserves or other appropriate provisions, if
     any, as shall be required by GAAP shall have been made therefor; 

     (iii)          Liens  (other than any Lien imposed by ERISA) incurred or
     deposits  made  in  the  ordinary  course of business in connection with
     workers' compensation, unemployment insurance, and other types of social
     security,  or to secure the performance of statutory obligations, surety
     and  appeal  bonds,  bids, leases, government contracts, performance and
     return-of-money  bonds,  and  other  similar  obligations  (exclusive of
     obligations for the payment of borrowed money); 

     (iv)           any  attachment  or  judgment Lien in existence less than
     thirty  (30)  days  after  the  date of entry thereof or with respect to
     which execution has been stayed; 

     (v)            leases  or  subleases  granted  to others not interfering
     with the ordinary and usual course of business of Borrower or any of its
     Subsidiaries; 

     (vi)           easements,     rights-of-way,    mineral    reservations,
     restrictions,  and  other similar defects or irregularities of title not
     interfering  in  any material respect with the ordinary and usual course
     of business of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries; 

     (vii)          Liens granted by Borrower in favor of Agent, on behalf of
     Banks,  pursuant  to  the Personal Property Collateral Documents and the
     Real Property Collateral Documents; 

     (viii)         Liens  granted  by Mojave in favor of Agent, on behalf of
     Banks,  pursuant  to  the Personal Property Collateral Documents and the
     Real Property Collateral Documents; 

     (ix)           banker's  liens in the nature of rights of setoff arising
     in  the  ordinary and usual course of business of Borrower or any of its
     Subsidiaries and the Lien granted in favor of The Bank of Nova Scotia in
     the  deposit  account of Borrower maintained at The Bank of Nova Scotia,
     such  Lien  being  granted  solely  to  secure  Borrower's reimbursement
     obligations  respecting the letters of credit issued by The Bank of Nova
     Scotia that are outstanding on the Closing Date;

     (x)            the  Liens reflected in the Disclosure Statement securing
     Debt extant on the Closing Date; 

     (xi)           purchase  money  Liens  granted by Borrower or any of its
     Subsidiaries  in  Assets  acquired in the ordinary course of business to
     secure the payment of the purchase price of such Assets;

     (xii)          Liens, in the nature of agreements to refrain from giving
     any   lien,  mortgage,  pledge,  security  interest,  charge,  or  other
     encumbrance, with respect to Assets of Borrower and its Subsidiaries the
     value  of  which  is  immaterial  in relation to the value of all of the
     Assets of Borrower and its Subsidiaries;

     (xiii)         Liens  securing  Acquired  Indebtedness  permitted  to be
     incurred  under  Section  6.1(k)  if  such  Liens  secured such Acquired
     I n debtedness  at  the  time  such  Acquired  Indebtedness  becomes  an
     obligation  of  Borrower  or any of its Subsidiaries and such Liens were
     not  incurred  in  connection with, or in anticipation of, such Acquired
     I n debtedness  becoming  an  obligation  of  Borrower  or  one  of  its
     Subsidiaries;  provided, however, that such Liens shall not extend to or
     cover  any  Assets of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries other than the
     Assets  that  secured  the  Acquired Indebtedness prior to such Acquired
     I n debtedness  becoming  an  obligation  of  Borrower  or  one  of  its
     Subsidiaries;

     (xiv)          Liens securing up to Thirty Million Dollars ($30,000,000)
     of  the  principal  of the Indebtedness of Borrower and its Subsidiaries
     incurred  pursuant  to  Section  6.1(k)  of  this Agreement and interest
     thereon,  so  long  as  such  Liens  do  not  attach  or  extend  to the
     Collateral,  the  Brooksville  Plant,  or  the  accounts or inventory of
     Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries; 

     (xv)           Liens securing refinancing Indebtedness to the extent any
     such Lien replaces a Lien securing the Indebtedness so refinanced and is
     limited  to  the  Assets  that  were  subject  to  the Lien securing the
     Indebtedness so refinanced; and

     (xvi)          Liens  not  specified in clauses (i) through (xv) of this
     definition  and  granted  by  Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in the
     ordinary  and  usual  course  of  business  of, and consistent with past
     practices  of,  Borrower  or  any  of its Subsidiaries (other than Liens
     securing Debt permitted under clauses (b), (c), (d), (e), (j), (k), (l),
     and  (m)  of  Section  6.1)  and  Liens in the nature of deposits with a
     trustee  or  other  depository in connection with a redemption, payment,
     acquisition,  repurchase,  retirement  for  value,  or  conversion  that
     constitutes a Permitted Junior Payment. 

                    "Permitted  Preferred  Stock" means and refers to (a) the
Series  A Preferred Stock, (b) the Series B Preferred Stock, (c) the Series C
Preferred  Stock,  (d)  the Series D Preferred Stock, and (e) Preferred Stock
issued  by  Borrower (and not by one or more of its Subsidiaries) that is not
Prohibited Preferred Stock.

                    "Person"   means   and   refers   to   natural   persons,
c o rporations,  limited  partnerships,  general  partnerships,  joint  stock
companies,  joint  ventures,  associations,  companies,  trusts, banks, trust
c o m p anies,  land  trusts,  vehicle  trusts,  business  trusts,  or  other
o r ganizations,  irrespective  of  whether  they  are  legal  entities,  and
governments and agencies and political subdivisions thereof.

                    "Personal Property Collateral Documents" means and refers
to  the Stock Pledge, the Security Agreement, the Mojave Guaranty, the Mojave
Security   Agreement,  and  any  and  all  other  documents,  agreements,  or
instruments to be executed or delivered in connection herewith or therewith.

                    "Pollution  Control  Bonds" means and refers to means and
refers  to  (a)  those certain Floating Rate Monthly Demand Pollution Control
Revenue  Bonds (Southdown, Inc. Project) Series 1983 issued by the California
Pollution  Control  Financing  Authority  pursuant  to the Indenture of Trust
dated as of February 15, 1993, (b) those certain Floating Rate Monthly Demand
Industrial  Development  Revenue  Bonds (Southdown, Inc. Project) Series 1983
issued  by  the  California Pollution Control Financing Authority pursuant to
the  Indenture of Trust dated as of April 1, 1983, (c) those certain Floating
Rate Monthly Demand Pollution Control Revenue Bonds (Southdown, Inc. Project)
Series  1983B  issued by the California Pollution Control Financing Authority
pursuant  to  the Indenture of Trust dated as of September 1, 1983, (d) those
certain County of Jefferson, Kentucky, Pollution Control Revenue Bonds Series
1973  (The  Flintkote  Company  Project)  issued  by the County of Jefferson,
Kentucky  pursuant to the Indenture of Trust dated as of January 1, 1973, (e)

that  certain  Industrial Development Revenue Refunding Bond (Moore McCormack
Resources,  Inc.  Project)  Series  1988 issued by the Industrial Development
Board  of  the  County of Knox pursuant to the Trust Indenture dated June 30,
1988, and (f) those certain Pollution Control Revenue Bonds (Florida Mining &
Materials  Corp.  Project),  Series  C  issued  by  Hernando  County, Florida
pursuant to the Trust Indenture dated May 20, 1981, as supplemented.

                    "Preferred Stock" means and refers to any class or series
of  equity  securities of Borrower or its Subsidiaries that is entitled, upon
any  distribution  of Assets of Borrower or its Subsidiaries, as the case may
be, whether by dividend or by liquidation, to a preference over another class
or   series  of  equity  securities  of  Borrower  or  its  Subsidiaries,  as
applicable.

                    "Prime  Rate" means the rate of interest announced within
Wells  Fargo  at  its  principal office in San Francisco as its "prime rate",
with  the  understanding  that  the "prime rate" is one of Wells Fargo's base
rates (not necessarily the lowest of such rates) and serves as the basis upon
which  effective  rates  of  interest  are  calculated for those loans making
reference  thereto  and  is  evidenced  by  the  recording  thereof after its
announcement  in such internal publication or publications as Wells Fargo may
designate.

                    "Prohibited  Preferred  Stock"  means  and  refers to any
Preferred  Stock that by its terms (a) is mandatorily redeemable on or before
October  30,  2002  or,  on  or before October 30, 2002, is redeemable at the
option  of  the  holder  thereof for cash (or Assets or securities other than
distributions  in  kind of preferred stock of the same class and series or of
Borrower  Common  Stock)  of  Borrower  or any of its Subsidiaries; provided,
however,  that  Preferred  Stock  that  is not otherwise Prohibited Preferred
Stock  shall not be deemed to be Prohibited Preferred Stock by reason of this
clause  (a)  by virtue of the inclusion of a mandatory purchase or redemption
obligation  that  is  triggered  solely by a change of control so long as the
governing  definition  of  change of control is not more restrictive than the
definition  of  `Change  of  Control'  contained in this Agreement, or (b) is
convertible  or exchangeable on or before October 30, 2002, mandatorily or at
the  option  of  the  holder  thereof,  into  Debt  of Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries  unless  the Debt into which such Preferred Stock is convertible
or  exchangeable  does  not provide for the scheduled repayment of any of the
principal thereof on or prior to October 30, 2002.

                    "Qualified  Offerings"  means and refers to all offerings
(whether  one  or  more) by Borrower, on or after November 3, 1995, of equity
securities other than Prohibited Preferred Stock.

                    "Quarterly Payment Date" means and refers to the last day
of  each  December,  March, June, and September so long as any portion of the
Loans are outstanding.

                    "RCRA"  means and refers to the Resource Conservation and
Recovery  Act  of  1976,  as  amended,  set forth at 42 U.S.C.Section
6901-6991i, including any rules or regulations issued in connection
therewith.

                    "Real  Property Collateral Documents" means and refers to
t h ose  mortgages,  deeds  of  trust,  fixture  filings,  or  amendments  or
modifications  thereto,  executed and delivered by Borrower in favor of Agent
for  benefit  of the Banks in order to encumber the fee and leasehold estates
and  related  fixtures  that  compose  the  Cement  Plants  (other  than  the
Brooksville Plant).

                    "Regulatory  Change"  shall  have  the  meaning  ascribed
thereto in Section 2.15 hereof.

                    "Related  Terminals"  means  those  certain  terminals of
Borrower  located  at  the  locations specified in part R-1 of the Disclosure
Statement,  including  (a)  all  interests  and  estates  of Borrower in real
property  on  which  such  terminals  are  located,  including  improvements,
buildings,  and  structures located thereon, (b) all interests and estates of
Borrower in real property related to or used in connection with the operation
of  such  terminals,  such  as related parking or storage areas, or rights of
way,  including  improvements, buildings, and structures located thereon, and
(c)  all  tangible  and intangible interests of Borrower in personal property
constituting  part  of or integral to the use or operation of such terminals,
such  as  fixtures,  machinery,  equipment,  licenses, permits, operating and
maintenance   agreements,  and  related  books  and  records  (but  excluding
accounts, inventory, and proceeds thereof).

                    "Remedial  Action"  means  and  refers  to  all  response
actions  set  forth  in  42  U.S.C.Section 9601(23), (24), and (25), whether 
or not these activities are conducted under CERCLA.

                    " R eportable  Event"  means  and  refers  to  any  event
described in Section Section 4043 (excluding subsections(b)(7) and (9)) of
ERISA.

                    "Reserve  Percentage" means and refers to, as of the date
of  determination  thereof,  for  any  Bank,  the maximum percentage (rounded
upward,  if  necessary  to the nearest one-hundredth (1/100th) of one percent
(1%)),  as  determined  by  such Bank in accordance with its usual procedures
(which  determination  shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error),
that is in effect on such date as prescribed by the Federal Reserve Board for
determining  the  reserve requirements (including supplemental, marginal, and
e m ergency  reserve  requirements)  with  respect  to  eurocurrency  funding
(currently  referred  to  as "eurocurrency liabilities") of that Bank, but so
long  as  such  Bank  shall  not  be  required  or directed, under applicable
regulations  of  the  Federal  Reserve  Board, to maintain such reserves, the
Reserve Percentage shall be zero.

                    "Responsible  Officer" means and refers to the President,
Chief  Executive  Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer, Controller, or
Chief  Operating  Officer  of  Borrower,  or  such  other officer of Borrower
designated by a Responsible Officer in a writing delivered to Agent.

                    "Revolving  Credit  Facility"  means  and  refers  to the
revolving  loan  and letter of credit facility set forth in Article 2 of this
Agreement.

                    "Revolving  Credit  Facility Commitment" means and refers
to,  on  the  date of determination thereof, and subject to the effect of the
provisions  of Section 2.12 hereof, the total amount of Banks' commitments to
extend  credit  to  Borrower  under  the  Revolving  Credit  Facility,  which
commitment  for  any  Bank shall be the amount set forth opposite the name of
such  Bank under the appropriate heading on Schedule R-2 attached hereto, and
the  total  amount  of  which shall be the total of such amounts set forth on
such  schedule.    As  of  the  Closing  Date,  the Revolving Credit Facility
Commitment is $200,000,000.

                    "Revolving  Credit  Facility  LC  Subfacility"  means and
refers  to  the  letter  of  credit  facility  that  is  a subfacility of the
Revolving  Credit  Facility  and  is  set  forth  in  Section  2.1(b) of this
Agreement.

                    "Revolving Credit Facility Loans" means and refers to the
Loans made to Borrower under the Revolving Credit Facility.

                    "Revolving Credit Facility Usage" shall mean, on the date
any  determination  thereof  is  to be made, the sum of, without duplication:
(a)  the  outstanding  amount  of  the  Revolving Credit Facility Loans; plus
(b)  the  Letter  of  Credit  Usage; plus (c) the MARAD Reserve; plus (d) any
amounts reserved under Section 6.1(d).

                    "S&P"  means  and  refers  to  Standard  & Poor's Ratings
Group,  a  division of McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. on the date hereof, or any
successor.

                    "SARA"  means  and refers to the Superfund Amendments and
Reauthorization  Act  of  1986,  as  amended  from time to time, set forth in
Public  Law  99-499  et  seq.,  and  all  rules  and  regulations promulgated
thereunder.

                    "SEC"  means  and  refers to the United States Securities
and Exchange Commission, and any successor thereto.

                    "Securities  Act"  means and refers to the Securities Act
of  1933,  as  amended from time to time, including any rules and regulations
promulgated in connection therewith and any successor statue.

                    "Security  Agreement"  means  and  refers to that certain
Amended  and Restated Security Agreement, executed by Borrower, as debtor, in
favor  of  Agent,  on  behalf  of  Banks, as secured party, together with any
amendments or modifications thereto, substantially in the form of Exhibit S-1
attached hereto.

                    " S e n ior  Subordinated  Notes"  means  and  refers  to
Borrower's Series B 14% Senior Subordinated Notes, due 2001, issued under the
Subordinated  Indenture  of  which  One  Hundred  Twenty-Five Million Dollars
($125,000,000) were outstanding on the Closing Date.

                    "Series A Preferred Stock" means and refers to Borrower's
Preferred Stock, $.70 Cumulative Convertible Series A.

                    "Series B Preferred Stock" means and refers to Borrower's
Preferred Stock, $3.75 Convertible Exchangeable Series B.

                    "Series  C  Preferred  Stock"  means  and  refers  to the
Preferred Stock, Cumulative Junior Participating Series C that is issuable by
Borrower  on  the  terms  and  conditions,  and  entitled to the preferences,
limitations,  and  relative rights, set forth in Borrower's Restated Articles
of Incorporation, as amended.

                    "Series D Preferred Stock" means and refers to Borrower's
Preferred Stock, $2.875 Cumulative Convertible Series D.

                    " S p ecified  Subsidiaries"  means  and  refers  to  the
Subsidiaries of Borrower that are set forth on Schedule S-1 attached hereto.

                    "Standby  Letter  of  Credit" means any standby letter of
credit  issued  hereunder  for the purpose of supporting:  (a) any letters of
credit  or  any  obligations  or liabilities supported on the Closing Date by
letters  of  credit  to  be replaced or supported by letters of credit issued
u n der  this  Agreement  by  an  Issuing  Bank;  (b)  worker's  compensation
liabilities  of  Borrower  or any of its Subsidiaries; (c) the obligations of
third party insurers of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries; (d) performance,
p a yment,  deposit,  or  surety  obligations  of  Borrower  or  any  of  its
Subsidiaries; or (e) the Letters of Credit described on Schedule L-1 attached
hereto.

                    "Stated  Amount"  means  and refers to the maximum amount
available  to be drawn under each Letter of Credit, without regard to whether
any conditions to drawing could then be met.

                    "Stock  Pledge"  means and refers to that certain Amended
and  Restated  Security  Agreement-Stock  Pledge,  executed  by  Borrower, as
d e btor,  in  favor  of  Agent,  on  behalf  of  Banks,  as  secured  party,
hypothecating the capital stock of Mojave, together with any modifications or
amendments thereto, substantially in the form of Exhibit S-2 attached hereto.

                    "Subordinated  Debt" means and refers to (a) the Existing
Subordinated Debt, and (b) the Exchange Subordinated Debt.

                    "Subordinated Indenture" means and refers to that certain
Indenture,  dated  as  of October 15, 1991, entered into between Borrower and
State  Street  Bank  and  Trust  Company  of  Connecticut,  N.A., as trustee,
respecting  the Senior Subordinated Notes, as amended as of December 10, 1993
and as further amended from time to time in conformity with the terms hereof.

                    "Subsidiary"  means,  with respect to any Person: (a) any
corporation  in  which  such  Person,  directly  or  indirectly  through  its
Subsidiaries, owns more than fifty percent (50%) of the stock of any class or
classes  having  by  the  terms  thereof the ordinary voting power to elect a
majority  of  the  directors  of  such  corporation; and (b) any partnership,
association, joint venture, or other entity in which such Person, directly or
indirectly  through  its  Subsidiaries,  has  more than a fifty percent (50%)
equity interest at the time.

                    "Taxes"  means  and  refers  to any taxes, charges, fees,
levies  or  other  assessments based upon or measured by net or gross income,
gross  receipts,  sales,  use,  ad valorem, transfer, franchise, withholding,
payroll,  employment, excise, occupation, premium or property taxes, together
with  any  interest  and  penalties,  additions to tax and additional amounts
imposed  by  any  federal,  state, local or foreign taxing authority upon any
Person. 

                    " T ermination  Event"  means  and  refers  to:    (a)  a
Reportable  Event;  (b)  the  withdrawal  of  Borrower  or  any  of its ERISA
Affiliates  from  a  Pension  Plan  during  a  plan  year  in  which it was a
"substantial  employer" as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA; (c) the 
filing of a  notice of intent to terminate a Pension Plan or the treatment of
a Pension Plan  amendment as a termination under Section 4041 of ERISA
excluding, for purposes of this clause (c), any standard termination under
Section 4041(b) of ERISA;d) the institution  of  proceedings  to  terminate a
Pension Plan by the PBGC; or(e)any other event or condition which would likely
constitute grounds under Sect.4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the
appointment of a trustee to administer, any Pension Plan. 

                    "UCC"  shall mean the California Uniform Commercial Code,
as amended or supplemented from time to time, and any successor statute.

                    "Unmatured  Event  of  Default"  means  and  refers to an
event, act, or occurrence that, with solely the giving of notice or the lapse
of time (or both), would become an Event of Default.

                    "Unpaid  Drawings" means and refers to all drawings under
any Letter of Credit paid by the Issuing Bank with respect thereto, on behalf
of  Banks, for which such Issuing Bank has not been reimbursed by Borrower or
funded by Loans pursuant to Section 2.1 hereof.

                    "Victorville  Plant"  means  and  refers  to that certain
cement  plant  of  Borrower  located  at  or  near  Victorville,  California,
including (a) all interests and estates of Borrower in real property on which
such   cement  plant  is  located,  including  improvements,  buildings,  and
structures located thereon, (b) all interests and estates of Borrower in real
property  related  to or used in connection with the operation of such cement
plant, such as related quarries, parking or storage areas, Related Terminals,
or  rights  of way, including improvements, buildings, and structures located
thereon,  and  (c)  all  tangible  and  intangible  interests  of Borrower in
personal property constituting part of or integral to the use or operation of
such cement plant, such as fixtures, machinery, equipment, licenses, permits,
operating  and  maintenance  agreements,  and  related books and records (but
excluding accounts, inventory, and proceeds thereof).

                    "Voidable  Transfer"  has the meaning ascribed thereto in
Section 11.18.

                    "Voting Stock" means, with respect to any Person, Capital
Stock  of  any  class  or  classes  if  the holders of such Capital Stock are
ordinarily,  in  the  absence  of  contingencies,  entitled  to  vote for the
election  of the directors (or other persons performing similar functions) of

such  Person even if the right to so vote has been suspended by the happening
of such a contingency.

                    "Wells Fargo" means and refers to Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.,
a national banking association.

     1.2            Construction.    Unless  the  context  of  this Agreement
clearly requires otherwise, references to the plural include the singular and
to  the  singular  include the plural, the part includes the whole, the terms
"include"  and  "including"  are  not limiting, and the term "or" has, except
where  otherwise  indicated,  the inclusive meaning represented by the phrase
"and/or".    References  in  this  Agreement to a "determination" by Agent or
Majority  Banks,  as  applicable,  include  good  faith estimates by Agent or
Majority  Banks,  as  applicable, in the case of quantitative determinations,
and good faith beliefs by Agent or Majority Banks, as applicable, in the case
of  qualitative  determinations.    The  words  "hereof," "herein," "hereby,"
"hereunder," and similar terms in this Agreement refer to this Agreement as a
whole  and  not  to  any  particular  provision  of this Agreement.  Article,
section,  subsection,  exhibit, and schedule references are to this Agreement
unless  otherwise  specified.    Any  reference herein to this Agreement, the
Notes,  or  any  of  the  Loan  Documents  includes  any and all alterations,
amendments,  changes,  extensions,  modifications,  renewals,  or supplements
thereto  or  thereof,  as  applicable.    Any  terms used herein that are not
accounting  terms and that are not separately defined shall have the meanings
ascribed  thereto  in the UCC.  Any reference to the provision by Borrower of
cash  collateral  to  Agent, on behalf of Banks, to secure any obligations of
Borrower  arising  under  this  Agreement shall mean that Borrower shall have
entered  into  such  documents  as  Agent shall have required, and shall have
taken  such  actions  as  may  be  required, in order for Agent, on behalf of
Banks,  to possess a perfected, first priority security interest in such cash
collateral.

     1.3            Accounting  Terms.  All accounting terms not specifically
defined  herein  shall be construed in accordance with GAAP as in effect from
time to time, including applicable statements, bulletins, and interpretations
issued  by  the Financial Accounting Standards Board and bulletins, opinions,
interpretations, and statements issued by the American Institute of Certified
Public  Accountants or its committees.  When used herein, the term "financial
statements" shall include the notes and schedules thereto. 

     1.4            Disclosure   Statement,   Exhibits,   Schedules.      The
Disclosure  Statement  delivered  by  Borrower pursuant hereto and all of the
e x h ibits  and  schedules  attached  to  this  Agreement  shall  be  deemed
incorporated herein by reference.


                                  ARTICLE 2.

                          AMOUNT AND TERMS OF LOANS

     2.1            Revolving Credit Facility.

                    (a)  Revolving  Credit  Facility  Loans.   Subject to the
terms  and  conditions  hereof,  each Bank severally agrees to make Revolving

Credit Facility Loans to Borrower, pro rata in proportion of its share of the
Revolving  Credit  Facility  Commitment,  from  the  Closing  Date to but not
including  the  Maturity  Date, at such times and in such amounts as Borrower
may  request  in  accordance  with  Section  2.8 hereof, which amounts may be
borrowed,  repaid  without  penalty or premium, and reborrowed subject to the
limitations  set  forth  herein;  provided, however, that:  (i) the aggregate
principal  amount  at  any  time outstanding of all Revolving Credit Facility
Loans  made  by  any  Bank shall not exceed such Bank's pro rata share of the
Revolving  Credit  Facility Commitment then in effect; and (ii) the aggregate
principal  amount  of any Borrowing under the Revolving Credit Facility shall
not  exceed  the  positive  difference  between:    (x)  the Revolving Credit
Facility  Commitment  then  in  effect; minus (y) the amount of the Revolving
Credit  Facility  Usage  immediately prior to such Borrowing.  Subject to the
foregoing:    (i)  each  Base  Rate Borrowing shall be in a minimum principal
amount  of  One  Million Dollars ($1,000,000) or such lesser amount as is the
then  unfunded  balance  of  the  Revolving  Credit  Facility Commitment and,
thereafter, in integral multiples of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000);
and  (ii) each LIBOR Rate Borrowing shall be in a minimum principal amount of
Five  Million  Dollars ($5,000,000) and, thereafter, in integral multiples of
One  Million Dollars ($1,000,000).  No Bank shall have any obligation to make
Revolving Credit Facility Loans on or after the Maturity Date.

                    (b)  Revolving  Credit  Facility  Letters  of Credit.  As
part  of  Revolving  Credit  Facility and subject to the terms and conditions
hereof,  Borrower may request, in accordance with Section 2.2 hereof, that an
Issuing  Bank  issue  Letters  of  Credit  for  the account of Borrower, and,
subject  to  the terms and conditions hereof, the Banks agree that an Issuing
Bank  will  issue  such  Letters of Credit.  On the Closing Date, any and all
Letters of Credit set forth on Schedule L-1 shall be deemed issued under this
Section  2.1(b).    The  foregoing notwithstanding, (a) no Issuing Bank shall
issue  any  Commercial  Paper  Letter  of  Credit  under the Revolving Credit
Facility  if,  after  giving  effect  to  such issuance, the Commercial Paper
Letter  of  Credit  Usage  would exceed the Commercial Paper Letter of Credit
Amount, (b) no Issuing Bank shall issue any Letter of Credit if, after giving
effect  to  such issuance, the Letter of Credit Usage would exceed the Letter
of  Credit  Amount,  and (c) no Issuing Bank shall issue any Letter of Credit
if, after giving effect to such issuance, the Revolving Credit Facility Usage
would exceed the Revolving Credit Facility Commitment then in effect.

                    (c)  MARAD.    Subject to the terms and conditions hereof
and  so  long  as  a  Borrowing  under Revolving Credit Facility is otherwise
permitted,  in  the  event  MARAD  has  made  a  demand  provided for, and in
accordance  with  paragraph  5  of  the  Keepwell Agreement, and Borrower has
failed to comply therewith, each Bank severally agrees to make advances under
the  Revolving  Credit  Facility  to MARAD (for the benefit of Borrower), pro
rata  in  proportion  of  such  Bank's share of the Revolving Credit Facility
Commitment,  from the Closing Date to but not including the Maturity Date, in
such  amounts  that  in  the  aggregate  shall  not  exceed the lesser of (i)
Borrower's  obligation  that  is  then  due  and  payable  to MARAD under the
Keepwell  Agreement,  (ii)  the amount of the MARAD Reserve at such time, and
(iii)  the amount of Revolving Credit Facility Loans that are available to be
borrowed  under  this  Agreement, but only upon receipt by Agent of a written
request  from the United States Secretary of Transportation (the "Secretary")
for such an advance and after ten (10) Domestic Business Days prior notice by

the  Secretary to Borrower of such a request.  Any such advances requested by
MARAD  shall  be  advanced  to  such  account  of  MARAD  as requested by the
Secretary  and shall be deemed to be Revolving Credit Facility Loans and Base
Rate  Loans.    Borrower authorizes the making of such advances on its behalf
and  acknowledges  that  it  will  be obligated to repay any such advances to
MARAD  as if the same directly had been requested by Borrower.  The amount of
the  MARAD  Reserve  shall  be  reduced immediately by the amount of any such
Borrowing.

     2.2            Letters of Credit.

                         (a)  Immediately upon the issuance of each Letter of
Credit  hereunder,  each  Bank  shall  be deemed to and hereby agrees to have
irrevocably purchased from the Issuing Bank a participation in such Letter of
Credit  and any drawing thereunder in an amount equal to such Bank's pro rata
share of the Revolving Credit Facility Commitment to the same extent and with
the  same  effect  as  if  such  Bank  had  issued  such  Letter  of  Credit.
Accordingly,  each  Bank shall, pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.10(b)
hereof,  remit to Agent, in immediately available funds, an amount that is in
the  same  proportion  to the amount drawn under the Letter of Credit as such
Bank's  share  of  the Revolving Credit Facility Commitment, plus interest on
such  amount,  at  the rate set forth in Section 2.10(b) hereof, payable from
the  date  of  such  drawing  to the date such Bank initiates payment of such
amount  to Agent.  Borrower and Banks hereby agree that amounts paid by or on
behalf  of Banks under and pursuant to each Letter of Credit shall constitute
Base  Rate  Loans  made under Section 2.1(a).  Each Bank's obligation to make
the  Base  Rate  Loans referred to in this Section 2.2 shall continue despite
the  occurrence  of any Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default or any
inability  of  Borrower  to require that such Bank fund its pro rata share of
the  Revolving  Credit Facility Commitment, including any inability resulting
from  the  operation  of Sect.365(c)(2)of the  federal  Bankruptcy  Code or
otherwise.    Borrower  acknowledges  and agrees that, anything herein to the
contrary  notwithstanding,  in  the event of a bankruptcy of Borrower, should
Banks be precluded or restricted from making Loans to Borrower secured by the
Collateral  and  entitled  to  all  the  benefits and protections of the Loan
Documents,  then,  in  the  event of any draw under any Letter of Credit, the
reimbursement  claim of the Issuing Bank against Borrower for the amount paid
by  the  Issuing  Bank  with  respect  to  such  draw shall be treated in all
respects  as  if it were a Loan made by the Issuing Bank on the date that the
Issuing Bank honored such draw (including for purposes of accruing interest),
and,  upon paying to the Issuing Bank such Bank's share of the amount paid by
the  Issuing  Bank  in  connection  with  such  draw,  each Bank shall hold a
corresponding  participation  interest  in  the  Issuing Bank's reimbursement
claim against Borrower.

                         (b)  Borrower  shall  pay  a letter of credit fee to
Agent for the account of the  Banks, in an amount equal to (i) in the case of
Commercial Letters of Credit, the then extant Applicable Commercial Letter of
Credit  Margin times the Stated Amount of each requested Commercial Letter of
Credit, such letter of credit fee to be payable in advance at the time of the
issuance  of  each  such Commercial Letter of Credit, and (ii) in the case of
Commercial  Paper  Letters  of Credit and Standby Letters of Credit, the then
extant  Applicable  LIBOR Rate Margin, on a per annum basis, times the Stated
Amount  of each requested Commercial Paper Letter of Credit or Standby Letter

of  Credit,  such  letter of credit fee to be payable quarterly in arrears on
each Quarterly Payment Date.

                         (c)  Each Letter of Credit is to be issued only upon
satisfaction of the following conditions:

               (i)  Borrower  shall  be  entitled  under    Section  2.1 to a
     Borrowing  in  an amount equal to or greater than the face amount of the
     Letter of Credit on the date of the issuance thereof;

               (ii) all conditions to Loans specified in Sections 3.1 and 3.2
     hereof,  with  respect  to Letters of Credit to be issued on the Closing
     Date,  and  in Section 3.3, with respect to all Letters of Credit, shall
     have  been  satisfied  on  the  date  of  the issuance of each Letter of
     Credit; and

               (iii)     Borrower  shall  have  submitted  an application and
     executed  such  other  documents,  instruments, and agreements as may be
     required  by  the  Issuing  Bank,  all  in form and substance reasonably
     satisfactory to such Issuing Bank.

                    (d)  Each  Letter  of Credit shall be administered by the
Issuing  Bank  on  behalf of all Banks.  The letter of credit fees payable by
Borrower for the issuance of Letters of Credit shall be allocated by Agent to
Banks as follows:

                         (1)  Commercial Letters of Credit.

                         (y) to the Issuing Bank, an administrative fee equal
                         to  .10 percentage points times the Stated Amount of
                         the  Commercial  Letter  of  Credit,  such fee to be
                         payable at the time of issuance; and


                         (z)  to  all Banks (including the Issuing Bank), the
                         balance  of  the  letter  of credit fee payable with
                         respect  to  such  Commercial  Letter of Credit, pro
                         rata,  based upon each Bank's proportionate share of
                         the  Revolving  Credit Facility Commitment, such fee
                         to be payable at the time of issuance.

                         (2)  Standby  Letters of Credit and Commercial Paper
                              Letters of Credit.

                         (y) to the Issuing Bank, an administrative fee equal
                         to  .125  percentage  points,  per  annum, times the
                         Stated  Amount  of  the  Standby Letter of Credit or
                         Commercial  Paper  Letter  of Credit, such fee to be
                         payable  in  arrears on each Quarterly Payment Date;
                         and 

                         (z)  to  all Banks (including the Issuing Bank), the
                         balance  of  the  letter  of credit fee payable with
                         r e spect  to  such  Standby  Letter  of  Credit  or
                         Commercial  Paper  Letter of Credit, pro rata, based
                         u p o n  each  Bank's  proportionate  share  of  the
                         Revolving Credit Facility Commitment, such fee to be
                         payable in arrears, on each Quarterly Payment Date.

                    (e)  If,  for  any  reason,  a  Bank  fails  to  pay  its
liability  on  a  Letter  of Credit in accordance with the provisions of this
Section  2.2,  then the Issuing Bank automatically shall be subrogated to the
right  of  such  defaulting Bank to repayment, in full, of the Base Rate Loan
created by virtue of a drawing on a Letter of Credit prior to distribution of
any repayments to the defaulting Bank.

                    (f)  Each Commercial Letter of Credit shall be issued for
a  term  not  to  exceed one hundred eighty (180) days, each Commercial Paper
Letter  of  Credit shall be issued for a term not to exceed one (1) year, and
each  Standby  Letter  of Credit shall be issued for a term not to exceed one
(1)  year, in each case as designated by Borrower when requesting such Letter
of Credit.

                    (g)  Letters  of  Credit  issued pursuant to this Section
2.2 shall have an expiration date not later than the Maturity Date.

                    (h)  SUBJECT  TO  THE  UNIFORM  CUSTOMS  AND PRACTICE FOR
DOCUMENTARY  CREDITS,  IN  DETERMINING  WHETHER  TO  PAY  UNDER ANY LETTER OF
CREDIT,  THE  ISSUING  BANK  SHALL  BE RESPONSIBLE ONLY TO DETERMINE THAT THE
DOCUMENTS  AND  CERTIFICATES  REQUIRED  TO  BE DELIVERED UNDER THAT LETTER OF
CREDIT  HAVE  BEEN  DELIVERED  AND  THAT  THEY  COMPLY ON THEIR FACE WITH THE
REQUIREMENTS OF THAT LETTER OF CREDIT.

          2.3  Authorization  and Issuance of Notes.  Borrower has authorized
the  issuance  of  Notes  in  the  aggregate  principal amount of Two Hundred
Million  Dollars ($200,000,000).  On the Closing Date, Borrower shall issue a
Note, payable to the order of each Bank, substantially in the form of Exhibit
N-1, with appropriate insertions.  Each such Note shall be in an amount equal
to  such Bank's pro rata share of the Revolving Credit Facility Commitment in
effect on the Closing Date.

               Borrower shall deliver each such Note to Agent for delivery to
the  appropriate  Bank.   The Notes delivered to the Banks shall evidence the
aggregate  outstanding  principal  balance  of  the Revolving Credit Facility
Loans  made, from time to time, to Borrower and the obligation of Borrower to

repay  the amount of any drawings made under Letters of Credit, together with
interest accrued and unpaid thereon.

               Anything  herein  to  the  contrary notwithstanding, it is the
express  intent  of  the parties hereto to preserve the outstanding nature of
all  loans  and  letters  of  credit  made  or  issued  under the 1993 Credit
Agreement  and  outstanding  on  the  Closing  Date  immediately prior to the
closing  of  the  transactions  contemplated  hereby.    To that end, as more
specifically  delineated  in  Section  3.2,  all  such  outstanding loans and
letters of credit shall be converted on the Closing Date to Loans and Letters
of Credit hereunder as set forth in such Section 3.2, and shall not be deemed
to have been repaid or cancelled and reloaned or reissued, but rather, at all
times,  continuously  to  have  remained outstanding.  To the extent that the
shares  of  Banks  hereunder  differ from the shares of the "Banks" under the
1993  Credit  Agreement,  the  claims  of  such  old  "Banks"  that are being
replaced, or whose shares are being reduced, shall be considered to have been
assigned,  without  representation, warranty, or recourse by such old "Banks"
to  the  Banks  hereunder in such a manner as to achieve ratable outstandings
hereunder  immediately  following  the closing, and Agent and the Banks shall
cooperate to effect such adjustments and transfers at closing among the Banks
as  may  be  necessary  or  appropriate  to achieve such ratable outstandings
immediately after such closing.

          2.4  Rate  Designation.    Borrower  shall designate each Borrowing
requested  by  it  as  a Base Rate Borrowing or a LIBOR Rate Borrowing in the
Notice of Borrowing given to Agent in accordance with Section 2.8 hereof. 

          2.5  Interest Rates; Payment of Principal and Interest.

               (a)  (i)  The obligation of Borrower to repay all of the Loans
made under Revolving Credit Facility shall be evidenced by the Notes.

                    (ii) All  of  the  Notes shall be payable to the order of
each  Bank  at  Agent's  San  Francisco main branch located at 420 Montgomery
Street,  San Francisco, California 94163, or at such other office of Agent as
may be designated, from time to time, by Agent, for the account of each Bank,
not  later  than  9:00  a.m.,  California time, on the date of payment.  Upon
receipt by Agent of such payments as are made in compliance with the terms of
this  Section  2.5(a), payments made by Borrower shall be deemed made to each
Bank and shall constitute satisfaction of Borrower's obligations to each Bank
with  respect  to  the  Loans so repaid.  Agent shall, on either the Domestic
Business  Day  that  is  the  day  upon  which  Agent receives a payment from
Borrower  if  Agent  shall  have  received  such  payment  from  Borrower  by
9:00 a.m., California time, on that day, or on the next Domestic Business Day
following  the  Domestic  Business Day on which Agent receives a payment from
Borrower  if  such  payment  is  received  after  9:00 a.m., California time,
initiate  payment to each Bank of its pro rata share of the Loans repaid.  If
Agent  shall initiate such payment to a Bank later than the date set forth in
the  immediately  preceding  sentence,  then Agent shall pay to such Bank, in
addition  to  its pro rata share of the Loans repaid, interest on such amount
at  the  customary rate set by Agent for the correction of errors among banks
for  the  first three (3) Domestic Business Days and, thereafter, at the Base
Rate.

               (b)  Each  Base Rate Loan shall bear interest, upon the unpaid
principal  balance  thereof  from  the  date  advanced  or  converted,  at  a
fluctuating  rate, per annum, equal to the Base Rate plus the Applicable Base
Rate  Margin.   Interest due on the Base Rate Loans shall be due and payable,
in  arrears,  commencing  on  the  first Quarterly Payment Date following the
Closing  Date, and continuing thereafter on each Quarterly Payment Date up to
and  including  the Quarterly Payment Date immediately preceding the Maturity
Date, and on the Maturity Date.

               (c)  Each  LIBOR Rate Loan owed to a Bank shall bear interest,
upon  the  unpaid  principal  balance  thereof,  from  the  date  advanced or
converted,  at  a rate, per annum, equal to the LIBOR Rate for such Bank plus
the Applicable LIBOR Rate Margin.  Interest due on the LIBOR Rate Loans shall
be  due  and payable, in arrears, on each Interest Payment Date applicable to
that  LIBOR  Rate Loan.  Anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement
notwithstanding,  Borrower  shall  not  have  more  than  six  (6) LIBOR Rate
Borrowings outstanding at any one time. 

               (d)  The  aggregate  principal  amount of all Revolving Credit
Facility  Loans  outstanding as of the Maturity Date shall be due and payable
on the Maturity Date.

               (e)  Anything  to  the  contrary  contained  in this Agreement
notwithstanding,  Borrower shall not be obligated to pay, and Banks shall not
b e   entitled  to  charge,  collect,  receive,  reserve,  or  take  interest
("interest"  being  defined  as  the aggregate of all charges that constitute
interest  under  applicable  law  that are contracted for, charged, reserved,
received,  or  paid) in excess of the maximum rate allowed by applicable law.
During any period of time in which the interest rate specified herein exceeds
such maximum rate, interest shall accrue and be payable at such maximum rate;
provided,  however,  that,  if  the interest rate declines below such maximum
rate,  interest  shall continue to accrue and be payable at such maximum rate
(so  long  as  there  remains any unpaid principal with respect to the Loans)
until  the  interest  that has been paid hereunder and under the Notes equals
the amount of interest that would have been paid if interest had at all times
accrued  and  been payable at the interest rate specified in this Section 2.5
without being limited to the maximum rate specified in this Section 2.5. 

                    For purposes of this Section 2.5(e), the term "applicable
law"  shall  mean  that law in effect from time to time and applicable to the
loan  transaction  between  Borrower  and  Banks  that  lawfully  permits the
charging  and collection of the highest permissible, lawful non-usurious rate
of  interest  on  such loan transaction and this Agreement, including laws of
the  State  of  California and, to the extent controlling, laws of the United
States  of  America.  It is intended that, in the event that, notwithstanding
the  parties' express choice of other law to be applicable to this Agreement,
the  laws  of  the State of Texas are included in determining applicable law,
Chapter  One  ("Chapter  One")  of Title 79, Revised Civil Statutes of Texas,
1925,  as  amended  (the  "Texas Credit Code"), shall be included in any such
determination,  and  that,  for  the  purpose of applying Chapter One to this
Agreement,  the  maximum  interest rate shall be the "indicated rate ceiling"
(as  such term is used in Article 5069-1.04 of Chapter One) from time to time
in  effect.    Any  Bank  may,  from  time  to time, as to current and future
balances,  implement  any  other  ceiling  under  Chapter  One  by  notice to

Borrower,  if and to the extent permitted by Chapter One.  The parties hereto
expressly  agree,  pursuant  to  Article  5069-15.10(b)  of  Chapter  Fifteen
("Chapter  Fifteen") of the Texas Credit Code, that Chapter Fifteen shall not
apply  to  this  Agreement or to any Loan and that neither this Agreement nor
any Loan shall be governed by or subject to the provisions of Chapter Fifteen
in any manner whatsoever. 

               (f)  In  the  event  that, as a result of the operation of any
provision  of  this Agreement, Borrower repays a LIBOR Rate Loan prior to the
expiration  of  the  Interest  Period  applicable  thereto,  Borrower  shall,
concurrently with the repayment of any such Loan, pay any and all accrued and
unpaid interest on the amount repaid.

          2.6  Overdue  Rates.    Any  payment of principal or (to the extent
permitted by law and both before and after judgment) interest with respect to
the  Loans,  or  any  fees,  expenses,  or  other  amounts  not paid when due
hereunder  or declared due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by lapse of
time,  or otherwise, shall thereafter bear interest, without affecting any of
the  other rights and remedies provided for herein or in the Notes, at a rate
(the  "Overdue  Rate")  equal  to the lesser of:  (a) (i) for all amounts not
paid  when  due  other  than  LIBOR  Rate  Loans,  at  the Base Rate plus the
Applicable  Base  Rate  Margin plus two (2) percentage points; and (ii) as to
all LIBOR Rate Loans not paid when due, at the LIBOR Rate plus the Applicable
LIBOR  Rate Margin plus two (2) percentage points; and (b) the Highest Lawful
Rate.

          2.7  Computation  of  Interest  and  Fees.  All computations of the
Commitment  Fee,  computations  of  the letter of credit fees with respect to
Letters  of  Credit,  and  computations of interest with respect to Base Rate
Loans  for  any  period  shall  be calculated on the basis of a year of three
h u ndred  sixty-five  (365)  or  three  hundred  sixty-six  (366)  days,  as
applicable,  for  the  actual  number  of  days  elapsed in such period.  All
c o mputations  of  interest  with  respect  to  LIBOR  Rate  Loans  and  all
computations  of interest due under Section 2.6 hereof, for any period shall,
to  the fullest extent permitted by law, be calculated on the basis of a year
of  three  hundred  sixty (360) days for the actual number of days elapsed in
such  period.    Interest  shall accrue from the first day of the making of a
Loan  to the date of repayment of such Loan in accordance with the provisions
hereof; provided, however, that, if a Loan is repaid on the same day on which
it is made, then one (1) day's interest shall be paid on that Loan.

          2.8  Notice of Borrowing Requirements.

          (a)  Each  Base Rate Borrowing shall be made on a Domestic Business
Day and each LIBOR Rate Borrowing shall be made on a LIBOR Business Day. 

          (b)  Each  Borrowing (except a Borrowing pursuant to Section 2.1(c)
which shall be made upon the written notice provided for therein but shall be
subject  to the timing requirement set forth in clause (i) and subsection (c)
below) or Letter of Credit issuance shall be made upon written notice, by way
of  a  Notice  of  Borrowing,  in  the  form  of Exhibit N-2, given by telex,
telecopy,  mail,  or  personal  service, delivered to Agent at 420 Montgomery
Street, San Francisco, California 94163, as follows:

               (i)  For a Base Rate Borrowing, Agent shall be given notice on
the  day  on which such Borrowing is to be made and such notice shall specify
that  a  Base  Rate Borrowing is requested and shall state the amount thereof
(subject to the provisions of this Article 2); 

               (ii)   For a LIBOR Rate Borrowing, Agent shall be given notice
at  least  three  (3)  LIBOR  Business  Days  prior  to the day on which such
Borrowing  is  to  be  made  and  such notice shall specify that a LIBOR Rate
Borrowing  is  requested  and  shall  state  the amount and proposed Interest
Period thereof (subject to the provisions of this Article 2); 

               (iii)    For the issuance of a Letter of Credit, Agent and the
Issuing  Bank  shall be given notice at least four (4) Domestic Business Days
prior  to  the  day  on  which such Letter of Credit is to be issued, or such
shorter  period  of  time  as  is  acceptable  to the Issuing Bank; provided,
however,  that  any  such  notice  period  shall  be  sufficiently long as is
necessary  to satisfy the conditions set forth in Section 2.2, as applicable,
with  respect  to  such issuance.  Such notice shall specify that a Letter of
Credit  issuance  is requested and shall state the amount thereof (subject to
the provisions of this Article 2).

          (c)  If the notice required by clause (b) of this Section 2.8 shall
have  been  received  by Agent no later than 9:00 a.m., California time, on a
Domestic Business Day or LIBOR Business Day, as applicable, such day shall be
treated  as  the  first  Domestic  Business  Day  or  LIBOR  Business Day, as
applicable,  of  the required notice period.  In any other event, such notice
shall  be  treated  as  having  been  received  immediately before 9:00 a.m.,
California  time, of the next Domestic Business Day or LIBOR Business Day, as
applicable. 

          (d)  In lieu of delivering the above-described Notice of Borrowing,
Borrower,  by  one  of  its  Responsible  Officers  or  any  other individual
authorized  to act on its behalf, may give Agent telephonic notice requesting
a  Borrowing  to be disbursed pursuant to the terms of Section 2.21 hereof by
the required time of any proposed Borrowing under this Section 2.8; provided,
however,  that  such  notice  shall  be confirmed in writing by delivery of a
Notice  of  Borrowing  to  Agent  on  or  before  the  proposed  date of such
Borrowing.    Agent  and Banks shall incur no liability to Borrower and Agent
shall  incur  no  liability  to  Banks  in  acting upon any telephonic notice
referred  to above which Agent believes in good faith to have been given by a
Responsible  Officer  or  other  individual  authorized  to  act on behalf of
Borrower  or for otherwise acting in good faith under this Section 2.8 and in
making any Loans in accordance with this Agreement pursuant to any telephonic
notice.  Any Notice of Borrowing (or telephonic notice in lieu thereof) shall
be  irrevocable and Borrower shall be bound to make a Borrowing in accordance
therewith. 

          2.9  Conversion or Continuation.

               (a)  Subject to the provisions of Section 2.16, Borrower shall
have  the  option  to:   (a) convert all or any part of its outstanding Loans
equal  to  One  Million  Dollars  ($1,000,000)  and integral multiples of One
Hundred  Thousand Dollars ($100,000) in excess of such amount, to a Base Rate
Loan;  (b)  convert all or any portion of its outstanding Loans equal to Five

Million  Dollars  ($5,000,000), and integral multiples of One Million Dollars
($1,000,000)  in excess of such amount, to a LIBOR Rate Loan; or (c) upon the
expiration  of  any  Interest  Period  applicable  to  a  LIBOR Rate Loan, to
continue  all of such LIBOR Rate Loan as a LIBOR Rate Loan and the succeeding
Interest  Period of such continued Loan shall commence on the expiration date
of  the  Interest  Period  previously applicable thereto; provided, however ,
that  a  LIBOR  Rate  Loan  only  may  be  converted into a Base Rate Loan or
continued,  as the case may be, on the expiration date of the Interest Period
applicable  thereto;  provided further, however, that no outstanding Loan may
be  continued  as,  or be converted into, a LIBOR Rate Loan when any Event of
Default  has  occurred  and is continuing; provided further, however, that if
Borrower  fails  to deliver the appropriate Notice of Conversion/Continuation
or  the  telephonic  notice  in  respect thereof before the expiration of the
Interest  Period  of  a  LIBOR  Rate Loan, such LIBOR Rate Loan automatically
shall be converted to a Base Rate Loan. 

               (b)  Any provisions of the foregoing paragraph of this Section
2.9  to  the contrary notwithstanding, Borrower may convert a LIBOR Rate Loan
into  a  Base  Rate  Loan prior to the expiration date of the Interest Period
applicable  thereto  upon payment to each Bank, pursuant to the provisions of
Section  2.15  hereof, of all costs, expenses and losses incurred by any Bank
as a result of the timing of such conversion. 

               (c)  B o r r o w e r     shall    deliver    a    Notice    of
Conversion/Continuation,  in  the  form  of  Exhibit  N-3,  with respect to a
conversion  or  continuation  of  one  of  its  Loans  to Agent no later than
9:00 a.m., California time, on the Domestic Business Day that is the proposed
conversion  date in the case of a conversion to a Base Rate Loan and at least
t h r ee   (3)   LIBOR   Business   Days   in   advance   of   the   proposed
c o nversion/continuation  date  in  the  case  of  a  conversion  to,  or  a
continuation  of,  a  LIBOR  Rate  Loan.  A Notice of Conversion/Continuation
shall specify:  (i) the proposed conversion/continuation date (which shall be
a  Domestic  Business  Day  or a LIBOR Business Day, as applicable); (ii) the
amount  of  the  Loan  to  be  converted/continued;  (iii)  the nature of the
proposed conversion/continuation; and (iv) in the case of a conversion to, or
continuation of, a LIBOR Rate Loan, the requested Interest Period. 

               (d)  In  lieu  of  delivering  the  above-described  Notice of
Conversion/Continuation,  Borrower, by any of its Responsible Officers or any
other  individual  authorized  to  act  on behalf of Borrower, may give Agent
t e l e p h o nic   notice   by   the   required   time   of   any   proposed
conversion/continuation  under this Section 2.9; provided, however, that such
notice  shall  be  promptly  confirmed  in writing by delivery of a Notice of
C o n v e rsion/Continuation   to   Agent   on   or   before   the   proposed
conversion/continuation  date.    Agent and Banks shall incur no liability to
Borrower  in  acting  upon  any such telephonic notice that Agent believes in
good  faith  to  have been given by a Responsible Officer or other individual
authorized  to  act  on  behalf  of Borrower, or for otherwise acting in good
faith  under  this  Section  2.9 and in converting/continuing pursuant to any
telephonic  notice.    Any  Notice  of Conversion/Continuation (or telephonic
notice  in lieu thereof) shall be irrevocable and Borrower shall be obligated
to convert or continue in accordance therewith. 

          2.10 Loans by Banks. 

               (a)  Agent  promptly shall notify each Bank of that Bank's pro
rata  portion  of a Borrowing or Letter of Credit issuance requested pursuant
to  Section  2.8  hereof.  Not later than 10:00 a.m., California time, on the
date specified in such notice as the date on which the Borrowing so requested
is  to  be made, each Bank, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, shall
initiate  a  transfer  of funds to make its pro rata portion of the Borrowing
available  in immediately available funds, to Agent at its San Francisco main
branch located at 420 Montgomery Street, San Francisco, California 94163. 

               (b)  An  Issuing  Bank promptly shall notify each Bank of that
Bank's  pro  rata  portion  of  a drawing made under a Letter of Credit.  Not
later  than  9:00 a.m., California time, on the date specified in such notice
as  the  date  on which such drawing is to be paid, each Bank, subject to the
terms  and  conditions hereof, shall initiate a transfer of funds to make its
pro  rata  portion of such drawing available, in immediately available funds,
to  Agent.   In the event that Issuing Bank is unable to notify Banks in time
sufficient  to  permit  Banks to timely remit their portion of the drawing to
Issuing  Bank,  then  each  Bank  shall be required to initiate a transfer of
funds  to  make payment to Agent of its pro rata portion of the drawing under
the Letter of Credit, together with interest thereon accrued from the date of
the  drawing to the date on which such Bank initiates payment to Agent at the
rate  set  forth  in  the  following  sentence,  by  no  later than 9:00 a.m.
California  time, on the Domestic Business Day immediately following the date
of receipt of the notice from Issuing Bank.  In the event that any Bank fails
to  make  any  payment  to  Agent,  as specified above, Issuing Bank shall be
entitled  to  recover  such  amount  on  demand  from such Bank together with
interest  thereon  until  paid at the customary rate set by such Bank for the
correction  of  errors  among banks for the first three (3) Domestic Business
Days and, thereafter, at the Base Rate. 

               (c)  Each  Bank's  obligation to make any Loan pursuant hereto
is  several,  and not joint or joint and several, and is not conditioned upon
the  performance by each, any, or all of the other Banks of their obligations
to  make  Loans.    The failure by any Bank to perform its obligation to make
Loans  will  neither  increase  any  other  Bank's  pro  rata  portion of the
Revolving  Credit  Facility  Commitment  nor  relieve  any  other Bank of its
obligation  to  make  Loans  pursuant  to  its  share of the Revolving Credit
Facility  Commitment.  Agent shall notify Banks of the failure by any Bank (a
"Defaulting  Bank")  to  perform its obligation to make a Loan required to be
made  by  such  Defaulting  Bank  hereunder  and  any  Bank  (other than such
Defaulting  Bank)  may,  if  it  desires,  assume,  in such proportion as the
Majority  Banks  (calculated  without  inclusion  of the Defaulting Bank) may
agree,  the  obligation of the Defaulting Bank or Banks to make Loans, but no
Bank shall be obligated to do so.

          2.11 Mandatory Repayment.

               (a)  Subject  to the provisions of Section 2.12, the Revolving
Credit Facility Commitment shall terminate on the Maturity Date.  

               (b)  In  the  event  that,  at  any time, the Revolving Credit
Facility  Usage  exceeds  the  then  extant  amount  of  the Revolving Credit

Facility Commitment, then, and in each such event, Borrower immediately shall
repay  the  amount  of  such excess to Agent to be distributed to Banks based
upon their pro rata share of the Revolving Credit Facility Commitment.

          2.12 Voluntary   Prepayments  or  Reductions  of  Revolving  Credit
Facility Commitment.

               (a)  Subject  to  Section 2.15 hereof, Borrower shall have the
right, at any time and from time to time, to prepay the Loans without penalty
or  premium.    Borrower  shall give Agent notice of any such prepayment with
respect  to Base Rate Loans on the date of prepayment and not less than three
(3)  LIBOR  Business  Days  prior  written notice of any such prepayment with
respect  to  LIBOR  Rate  Loans.  In each case, such notice shall specify the
date  on  which  such  prepayment  is  to  be made (which shall be a Domestic
Business  Day  or  LIBOR Business Day, as applicable), and the amount of such
prepayment.    Each such prepayment on account of Base Rate Loans shall be in
an aggregate minimum amount of One Million Dollars ($1,000,000), and integral
multiples of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) in excess of such amount
and  shall  include  interest  accrued  on  the amount prepaid to the date of
payment.   Each such prepayment on account of LIBOR Rate Loans shall be in an
aggregate  minimum  amount of Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000), and integral
multiples  of  One  Million Dollars ($1,000,000) in excess of such amount and
shall include interest accrued on the amount prepaid to the date of payment.

               (b)  Borrower  shall  have the right at any time and from time
to  time  to permanently reduce, in whole or in part, the unfunded portion of
the Revolving Credit Facility Commitment.  Borrower shall give Agent not less
than  five  (5)  Domestic  Business Days prior written notice designating the
date  (which  shall  be  a  Domestic  Business Day) of such reduction and the
amount of such reduction.  Each such reduction shall be effective on the date
specified  in  Borrower's  notice  given  in compliance hereunder.  Each such
reduction  shall  be  in  an aggregate minimum amount of Five Million Dollars
($5,000,000),  and  integral multiples of One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) in
excess  thereof,  or,  if  less, the balance of the Revolving Credit Facility
Commitment.  Each such reduction shall not reduce any LIBOR Rate Borrowing to
an  amount  that  is  less than Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) but greater
than zero.

               (c)  Any reduction of the Revolving Credit Facility Commitment
pursuant to this Section 2.12 shall be without premium or penalty (other than
under  Section  2.15  hereof  and  other  than payment of any Commitment Fees
accrued under Section 2.13 hereof). 

               (d)  Any reduction of the Revolving Credit Facility Commitment
pursuant  to this Section 2.12 shall reduce each Bank's pro rata share of the
Revolving Credit Facility Commitment.

          2.13 Commitment  Fee.    Borrower  shall pay a fee (the "Commitment
Fee")  to  Agent,  to  be  distributed  by Agent to each Bank based upon such
Bank's  pro  rata  share  of  the  Revolving Credit Facility Commitment.  The
Commitment  Fee shall be payable quarterly in arrears, commencing on December
31,  1995, continuing on the last day of each September, December, March, and
June  thereafter  so  long  as  the  Revolving  Credit Facility Commitment is
outstanding,  and  on  the  date of final termination of the Revolving Credit

Facility  Commitment.  The Commitment Fee that is due and payable on December
31,  1995,  shall  cover the period of time from the Closing Date to December
31,  1995.    On  or before the Closing Date, Borrower shall pay to Agent the
Commitment  Fee  (as  defined  and  payable under the 1993 Credit Agreement),
covering the period of time from October 1, 1995 through the day prior to the
Closing  Date.    The  Commitment  Fee  shall  be  equal  to  the then extant
Applicable  Commitment  Fee  Percentage,  per  annum, times the average daily
amount  of  the  unfunded portion of the Revolving Credit Facility Commitment
(decreased  by  the average daily amount of the Letter of Credit Usage during
the  applicable  period) and shall be calculated, as set forth in Section 2.7
hereof,  on  the  basis  of a year of three hundred sixty-five (365) or three
hundred  sixty-six  (366)  days, as applicable, for the actual number of days
elapsed.

          2.14 Agent's  Fees.    As  and  when  agreed  to in the Agent's Fee
Letter,  Borrower  agrees  to  pay to Agent, for its own account, the Agent's
Fees.

          2.15 Increased  Costs.  If after the Closing Date, (a) the adoption
of,  or any change in, any applicable law, rule, or regulation, or any change
in the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority
charged  with  the interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance by
any  Bank  (or  its Lending Office) with any request, guideline, or directive
(irrespective  of  whether  having  the  force  of  law)  of any governmental
authority  (a  "Regulatory  Change") shall impose, modify, or deem applicable
any  reserve,  special  deposit,  or  similar requirement (including any such
requirement  imposed by the Federal Reserve Board, but excluding with respect
to  any  LIBOR  Rate Loan any such requirement included in the calculation of
the  LIBOR  Rate) against Assets of, deposits with, or for the account of, or
credit extended by, any Bank's Lending Office or shall impose on any Bank (or
its  Lending  Office) or the inter-bank eurodollar market any other condition
affecting its LIBOR Rate Loans or its obligation to make LIBOR Rate Loans, or
(b)  Borrower prepays or converts any LIBOR Rate Loan prior to the end of its
applicable  Interest  Period,  and  the  result of any of the foregoing is to
increase  the  cost  to  such  Bank  (or  its  Lending  Office)  of making or
maintaining  any LIBOR Rate Loan, or to reduce the amount of any sum received
or  receivable by such Bank (or its Lending Office) under this Agreement with
respect  thereto,  or  results  in any loss or expense (including any loss or
expense incurred by reason of the liquidation or re-employment of deposits or
other  funds  acquired  by  such Bank to fund or maintain outstanding its pro
rata  share  of the principal amount of the Loans, but not including any loss
of  profit)  by an amount deemed by such Bank to be material, then, such Bank
may,  by  written  notice  given to Borrower, require Borrower to pay to such
Bank such additional amounts as shall compensate such Bank for such increased
cost,  reduction,  loss,  or expense for the ninety (90) day period preceding
the  date  on  which  such  notice  is  given  and during each fiscal quarter
thereafter.    Any such request for compensation by a Bank under this Section
2.15  shall  set  forth  the  basis  of calculation thereof and shall, in the
absence  of  manifest  error, be conclusive and binding for all purposes.  In
determining  such  amount,  such  Bank  may  use  any reasonable averaging or
attribution methods.

          2.16 Illegality.    If  any Bank shall determine that it has become
unlawful,  as  a  result  of  any  Regulatory  Change, for such Bank to make,

convert  into,  or  maintain  a  LIBOR  Rate  Loan  as  contemplated  by this
Agreement,  such  Bank  promptly  shall  give notice of such determination to
Borrower (through the Agent) and, thereafter, (a) the obligation of such Bank
to  make, convert into, or maintain LIBOR Rate Loans shall be suspended until
such  Bank  gives  notice  that  the circumstances causing such suspension no
longer exist, and (b) each of such Bank's outstanding LIBOR Rate Loans shall,
if  requested by such Bank, be converted into a Base Rate Loan not later than
upon  the expiration of the Interest Period related to such LIBOR Rate Loans,
or,  if earlier, on such date as may be required by the applicable Regulatory
Change, as shall be specified in such request.  Any such determination shall,
in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding for all purposes.

          2.17 Taxes. 

               (a)  All  payments  made  by  Borrower in connection with this
Agreement  shall  be  made free and clear of, and without reduction for or on
account  of,  any  present  or  future  income, stamp or other Taxes, levies,
imposts,  duties, charges, fees, deductions or withholdings, now or hereafter
imposed,  levied,  collected,  withheld or assessed by any country (or by any
political  subdivision  or taxing authority thereof or therein) on any of the
Banks,  excluding  Taxes  on,  or measured by, or with respect to net income,
alternative minimum taxable income under Code Section 55, dividend equivalent
amount under Code Section 884, franchise, or capital stock imposed by (i) the
United States of  America  or  any  political  subdivision  or  taxing
authority thereof or therein  (including  Puerto Rico), or (ii) the countries
in which any Bank is organized  or its Lending Office or principal executive 
office may be located or  are  conducting business or any political
subdivision or taxing authority
thereof  or  therein  except  any  country  or state or political subdivision
thereof  that  imposes taxes on any Bank solely as a result of this Agreement
or  Borrower's  or any of its Subsidiaries' presence in that country.  If any
such non-excluded Taxes are required to be deducted or withheld from any such
payments  to any Bank, the amounts of such payments shall be increased to the
extent necessary in order that the amount of such payment to such Bank (after
payment  of  all Taxes) shall equal the amount which would have been received
by such Bank in the absence of such Taxes, or any such other amounts payable;
provided,  however,  that in the event that payments to any Bank are required
to  be increased as a result of any non-excluded Taxes imposed by any country
(excluding  the  United States), Borrower shall be entitled to substitute for
such  Bank  any  other bank or financial institution reasonably acceptable to
the  Majority  Banks.    Whenever  any such non-excluded Taxes are payable by
Borrower,  as  promptly as possible thereafter, Borrower shall send to Agent,
for  the  account  of  such  Bank,  a certified copy of the original official
receipt,  if  any, received by Borrower showing payment thereof.  If Borrower
fails  to pay non-excluded Taxes when due to the appropriate taxing authority
or  fails  to remit to Agent, for the account of Banks, the required receipts
or  other  required  documentary evidence, Borrower shall indemnify Banks for
any  incremental  non-excluded Taxes that may become payable by Banks and all
costs and expenses related thereto (including reasonable attorneys fees) as a
result of any such failure.

               (b)  Section  2.17(a)  hereof to the contrary notwithstanding,
in  the  event  that  a  Foreign  Bank becomes a signatory to this Agreement,
Borrower  shall withhold tax with respect to payments to such Foreign Bank in
accordance with the United States federal income tax laws in effect and shall

have  no  obligation  to make payments to such Foreign Bank that are free and
clear  of  such  withheld  amounts,  unless  such Foreign Bank promptly shall
deliver to Agent and Agent delivers to Borrower duly executed certificates in
duplicate to the effect that as of that date such Foreign Bank is entitled to
receive  all  payments  made  hereunder  without  deduction or withholding of
United States federal income tax:  (i) pursuant to the terms of an applicable
tax  treaty  in  effect with the United States of America (in which case such
certificates  shall be accompanied by two executed copies of Form 1001 of the
Internal Revenue Service),(ii) under Code Section 1441(c) (in which case such
certificates  shall be accompanied by two executed copies of Form 4224 of the
Internal  Revenue  Service),  or  (iii)  pursuant to an exemption certificate
received  from  the Internal Revenue Service (in which case such certificates
shall  be  accompanied  by a copy of said exemption certificate).  During the
term  of  this  Agreement, each Foreign Bank shall file such additional Forms
1001  or  4224  as  the  case may be, as may be required by law or reasonably
requested  by  Borrower.    Each  Foreign  Bank,  upon  becoming aware of the
occurrence of any event requiring a change in its prior certificate, promptly
shall deliver to Agent for delivery to Borrower duly executed certificates to
the  effect  that (as the case may be):  (y) such Foreign Bank is not capable
of  receiving  future  payments hereunder without deduction or withholding of
United  States  federal  income  tax;  or (z) such Foreign Bank is capable of
receiving  all  payments hereunder without deduction or withholding of United
States  federal  income  tax,  pursuant to a tax treaty of the United States,
pursuant  to  Code Section 1441(c), or pursuant to an exemption certificate
received from  the Internal Revenue Service, a copy of which shall be
attached to such certificate.

          In  the  event  that the Internal Revenue Service notifies Borrower
that  Borrower  improperly failed to withhold tax with respect to payments to
such  Foreign Bank:  (aa) Borrower timely and fully shall pay such tax to the
Internal  Revenue  Service  and such Foreign Bank immediately, upon notice of
such  payment by Borrower, shall pay to Borrower an amount necessary in order
that  the  amount of such payment to Borrower after payment of all Taxes with
respect  to such payment shall equal the amount that Borrower has paid to the
Internal  Revenue  Service  pursuant  to this clause; and (bb) Borrower shall
have  no  obligation  to make payments to such Foreign Bank that are free and
clear of such withheld amounts, until such Foreign Bank delivers to Agent for
delivery  to  Borrower  the  duly  executed  certificates  described  in this
subsection  that  entitle  such  Foreign  Bank  to  receive all payments made
hereunder  without  deduction  or withholding of United States federal income
tax.

          A n y t h i ng  to  the  contrary  contained  in  this  clause  (b)
notwithstanding, to the extent that a Bank is unable to deliver a certificate
or  form  required  hereunder as a result of a change in applicable law, such
inability  shall  not  adversely  affect  such Bank's rights to reimbursement
under clause (a) of this Section 2.17.

               (c)  The  Agent  agrees  with the Borrower that the Agent will
u s e   reasonable  efforts  to  (i)  solicit  relevant  federal  income  tax
documentation  (including  Form  4224  or Form 1001 as appropriate) from each
Bank  necessary  to  allow  the Agent properly to withhold and report federal
income  taxes on payments made hereunder, (ii) report to the Internal Revenue
Service all reportable income paid hereunder by the Agent to any Bank that is

not  a  domestic  corporation (as such term is defined in Section 7701 of the
Code)  for  federal  income  tax  purposes on Form 1042, Form 1042S, or other
appropriate  form,  (iii)  deliver  to  each  Bank  that  is  not  a domestic
corporation (as such term is defined in Section 7701 of the Code) for federal
income  tax purposes a Form 1042S or other appropriate form by the filing due
date,  including  any  extensions thereof obtained by the Agent, of such form
following  any  year  in which payment is made hereunder by the Agent to such
Bank,  and (iv) upon request of the Borrower, deliver copies of all forms and
documentation referred to in this sentence to the Borrower.

          2.18 Lending Offices.  The Loans made by each Bank may be made from
and  maintained  in  such  offices  of  such  Bank, or its Affiliates (each a
"Lending  Office")  as  such Bank may from time to time designate to Borrower
and  the  Agent (irrespective of whether such office is specified on Schedule
11.3  hereto).   A Bank shall not elect a Lending Office that, at the time of
the  making  of  such  election,  increases  the amounts that would have been
payable  by Borrower to such Bank under this Agreement in the absence of such
election.   With respect to LIBOR Rate Loans made from and maintained at such
Bank's  foreign  offices  or  Affiliates, the obligation of Borrower to repay
such  LIBOR  Rate Loans shall nevertheless be to such Bank and shall, for all
purposes  of  this Agreement (including for purposes of the definition of the
term  "Majority  Banks") be deemed made, or maintained by it, for the account
of such office or Affiliate.

          2.19 Funding  Sources.   Nothing herein shall be deemed to obligate
any  Bank  to  obtain  the funds to make any Loan hereunder in any particular
place  or  manner  and  nothing  herein  shall  be  deemed  to  constitute  a
representation  by any Bank that it has obtained or will obtain such funds in
any particular place or manner.

          2.20 Holidays.  Any principal or interest in respect of a Loan that
otherwise  would  become  due  on  a  day other than a Domestic Business Day,
instead  shall  become  due  on the next succeeding Domestic Business Day and
such  adjustment shall be reflected in the computation of interest; provided,
however, if any such extension shall cause a LIBOR Rate Loan to be due in the
next  calendar  month,  then  such  amount shall be due on the next preceding
LIBOR Business Day.

          2.21 Place  of  Borrowings.  All Borrowings made hereunder shall be
disbursed  by  credit  to Borrower's deposit account with Agent maintained by
Borrower   at  Agent's  office  at  420  Montgomery  Street,  San  Francisco,
California 94163, or as may otherwise be agreed to by Borrower and Agent.

          2.22 Time and Place of Payments.

               (a)  Borrower  shall  make  each  payment  hereunder or on the
Notes by making, or causing to be made, the amount thereof available to Agent
in  Dollars  in  immediately  available  funds  at Agent's main branch office
located  at 420 Montgomery Street, San Francisco, California, 94163 not later
than 9:00 a.m., California time, on the day of payment (except in the case of
(i)  compensation  pursuant to Section 2.15 hereof, and (ii) interest paid in
respect  of  a LIBOR Rate Borrowing as to which any Bank shall have requested
conversion  of  a  LIBOR  Rate Loan to a Base Rate Loan in a principal amount
equal  to  the  principal  amount  thereof  pursuant  to Section 2.16 hereof,

respectively).   In the absence of timely receipt, such funds shall be deemed
to have been paid by Borrower on the next succeeding Domestic Business Day.

               (b)  Without   limitation  of  any  Bank's  rights  of  setoff
provided  for and contemplated by Section 11.15 hereof or by law, Agent shall
have  the  right  to  charge (i.e., debit) any account of Borrower maintained
with  Agent  for  the  amount of any payment due hereunder or on the Notes by
Borrower.

          2.23 Increased  Risk-Based  Capital  Cost.   If any Bank determines
that the cost (including any additional cost attributable to any reduction of
a  Bank's rate of return on its equity or Assets) to such Bank of maintaining
its share of the Revolving Credit Facility Commitment is increased because of
the  adoption of, or any change in, any law or regulation (or increase in the
capital   reserve  requirements  imposed  thereby)  or  any  new  or  changed
interpretation,  directive,  or  request  (irrespective of whether having the
force  of  law), of any foreign or domestic court or governmental or monetary
authority,  with  respect to risk-based capital requirements for binding loan
commitments,  such  Bank  may,  by  written notice given to Borrower, require
Borrower  to  pay, on demand, an amount equal to such Bank's additional costs
incurred  during the ninety (90) days preceding the date on which such notice
is  given  and during each fiscal quarter thereafter; provided, however, that
in the event that payments to any Bank are required to be made hereunder as a
result of such additional costs, Borrower shall be entitled to substitute for
such  Bank  any  other bank or financial institution reasonably acceptable to
the  Majority  Banks.    Each such Bank shall state in the notice required by
this  Section  2.23,  in  reasonable  detail,  the  cause  and amount of such
additional  cost.    Within  thirty  (30) calendar days after receipt of such
notice,  Borrower  may, at its option, elect to terminate that portion of the
Revolving Credit Facility Commitment that is held by such Bank.

          2.24 Survivability.    Borrower's  obligations  under Sections 2.5,
2.6,  2.15,  2.17,  and  2.23 hereof shall survive repayment of the Loans and
termination of the Revolving Credit Facility Commitment hereunder.

          2.25 Interest  and  Fees.   On or before the Closing Date, Borrower
shall  pay  to Agent any and all accrued and unpaid letter of credit fees and
interest  with respect to Loans (as defined and payable under the 1993 Credit
Agreement),  covering the period of time from October 1, 1995 through the day
prior  to the Closing Date.  Such letter of credit fees and interest shall be
calculated as set forth in Section 2.7 of the 1993 Credit Agreement.

                                  ARTICLE 3.

                             CONDITIONS TO LOANS

          3.1  Conditions  Precedent  to Initial Loans and Letters of Credit.
The  obligation  of  each  Bank to make its initial Loan hereunder and of any
Issuing  Bank  to  issue  the  initial  Letter of Credit hereunder (including
without  limitation the conversion of loans and letters of credit outstanding
under  the  1993  Credit  Agreement  as  provided  for in Section 3.2) is, in
addition  to  the  condition  set forth in Section 3.3 hereof, subject to the
fulfillment,  to  the  satisfaction  of  Agent,  of  each  of  the  following
conditions on or before the Closing Date:

               (a)  the  Closing  Date  shall occur on or before November 30,
1995;

               (b)  Borrower  shall have executed and delivered to Agent this
Agreement, together with all exhibits and schedules hereto, and, at least one
(1) day prior to the Closing Date, the Disclosure Statement;

               (c)  Borrower  shall  have  completed, executed, and delivered
the Notes to Agent;

               (d)  Agent shall have received the written opinions, dated the
Closing  Date,  of counsel to Borrower, in form and substance satisfactory to
Agent  and its counsel, and also shall have received such written opinions of
local  counsel  to  Agent and Banks as Agent shall reasonably require, all in
form and substance satisfactory to Agent and its counsel;

               (e)  Agent  shall  have  received  a  certificate of corporate
status  with  respect  to Borrower, dated within five (5) days of the Closing
Date,  or  confirmed  by  telex,  if  telex confirmation is available, by the
Secretary  of  State  of  Louisiana,  such  certificate  to  be issued by the
Secretary  of  State  of  Louisiana,  which  certificate  shall indicate that
Borrower is in good standing in such state;

               (f)  Agent  shall  have  received  a  certificate of corporate
status  with  respect  to  Mojave,  dated within five (5) days of the Closing
Date,  or  confirmed  by  telex,  if  telex confirmation is available, by the
Secretary  of State of the state of its incorporation, such certificate to be
issued  by  the  Secretary  of  State (or other appropriate official) of such
state and shall indicate that Mojave is in good standing in such state;

               (g)  Agent  shall  have  received  certificates  of  corporate
status indicating that Borrower is in good standing as a foreign corporation,
dated within fifteen (15) days of the Closing Date, or confirmed by telex, if
telex  confirmation  is  available,  such  certificates  to be issued by each
Secretary  of  State  (or  other  appropriate  official)  of  the  States  of
California, Colorado, Florida, Ohio, Tennessee, and Texas;

               (h)  Agent  shall have received certified copies of Borrower's
and Mojave's articles of incorporation;

               (i)  Agent  shall  have  received  copies  of  the  by-laws of
Borrower  and  Mojave, certified by their respective Secretaries or Assistant
Secretaries;

               (j)  Agent   shall  have  received  signature  and  incumbency
certificates respecting the officers executing this Agreement, the Notes, and
the Loan Documents;

               (k)  A g ent  shall  have  received  an  Officer's  Compliance
Certificate  from  Borrower, dated as of the Closing Date, duly executed by a
Responsible  Officer of Borrower, substantially in the form of Exhibit 3.1(k)
attached hereto, certifying that neither an Event of Default nor an Unmatured
E v ent  of  Default  has  occurred  and  is  continuing  and  detailing  the
calculations  by  which  Borrower has determined it is in compliance with the

financial covenants contained herein;

               (l)  Agent  shall have received the duly executed originals of
the  Agent's Fee Letter and the Collateral Release Agreement and each of such
Loan  Documents  shall  be  in full force and effect.  By their execution and
delivery of this Agreement, each of the Banks authorizes Agent to execute and
deliver  the  Collateral  Release  Agreement  on their behalf and agrees that
Agent  shall  be  entitled  to  execute such releases, terminations, or other
documents and take such other actions as are reasonably requested by Borrower
to effectuate the agreements set forth in the Collateral Release Agreement;

               (m)  Borrower  shall have executed and delivered to Agent such
R e a l  Property  Collateral  Documents  and  Personal  Property  Collateral
Documents,  in  form  and  substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent and its
counsel,  as are necessary to grant or continue the grant to Agent, on behalf
of  Banks,  a  Lien  upon  all  of  the  Collateral  in which Borrower has an
interest;

               (n)  Mojave  shall  have  executed and delivered to Agent such
R e a l  Property  Collateral  Documents  and  Personal  Property  Collateral
Documents,  in  form  and  substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent and its
counsel,  as are necessary to grant or continue the grant to Agent, on behalf
of Banks, a Lien upon all of the Collateral in which Mojave has an interest;

               (o)  Agent  shall  have  received  the  benefit  of such title
policies  or  commitments for title insurance as Agent may request from title
c o m p anies  satisfactory  to  Agent,  in  form  and  substance  reasonably
satisfactory to Agent;

               (p)  Agent  shall  have  received  all  of Borrower's original
stock  certificates  representing  all  of the issued and outstanding capital
stock of Mojave, and the stock powers, duly executed, relating thereto;

               (q)  Agent  shall  have received a certificate from Borrower's
Secretary or Assistant Secretary attesting to the resolutions of the Board of
Directors  authorizing  the  execution  and  delivery  of this Agreement, the
Notes,  and  the Loan Documents to be executed and delivered by Borrower, and
authorizing officers to execute same;

               (r)  Agent  shall have received a certificate from a Secretary
or  Assistant  Secretary  of  Mojave attesting to the resolutions of Mojave's
board  of  directors  authorizing  the  execution  and  delivery  of the Loan
Documents  to  the  extent  that  Mojave  is a party thereto, and authorizing
officers to execute same;

               (s)  Agent  shall  have  received  full payment of the Agent's
Fees (to the extent payable on or before the Closing Date) and all of Agent's
fees,  costs,  and  expenses  (including  the  fees  and  expenses of Agent's
counsel,  including  allocated amounts for Agent's in-house counsel) incurred
in  connection  with the preparation, negotiation, execution, and delivery of
this Agreement, the Notes, and the Loan Documents;

               (t)  the  representations and warranties of Borrower set forth
in  Article  4  of this Agreement and in the Loan Documents shall be true and
correct in all material respects as of the Closing Date;

               (u)  Agent  shall have received originals or copies of each of
the  documents referred to in clauses (b), (d), (e), (f), (g), (h), (i), (j),
(k),  (l), (m), (n), (o),  (q), and (r) hereof in sufficient numbers so as to
enable Agent to provide a copy thereof to each Bank;

               (v)  the  incurrence  of the initial Loans under the Revolving
Credit  Facility,  and  the  application  of  the proceeds thereof, shall not
constitute  a  default  under  or  breach  of  any  term  or condition of any
Contractual Obligation of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries;

               (w)  no  Material  Adverse  Change  shall  have  occurred as a
result of one or more acts or occurrences;

               (x)  no injunction, writ, restraining order, or other order of
any  nature inconsistent with the making of the initial Loans or the issuance
of the initial Letters of Credit hereunder, shall have been issued and remain
in force by any governmental authority; and

               (y)  all  other documents and legal matters in connection with
the  transactions  contemplated  by this Agreement shall have been delivered,
executed,  recorded,  or  filed and shall be in form and substance reasonably
satisfactory to Agent and its counsel.

          3.2  Conditions  Concurrent to Initial Loans and Letters of Credit.
The  obligation  of  each  Bank to make its initial Loan hereunder and of any
Issuing  Bank to issue the initial Letter of Credit hereunder is, in addition
to  the  conditions  set forth in Sections 3.1 and 3.3 hereof, subject to the
fulfillment,  to  the  satisfaction  of  Agent,  of  each  of  the  following
conditions concurrent:

               (a)  all  of  the  loans  outstanding  under  the  1993 Credit
Agreement  shall  be  deemed  Revolving  Credit  Facility  Loans  outstanding
hereunder  and Borrower shall be deemed to have submitted a timely request to
Agent  that  Eighteen  Million Dollars ($18,000,000) of such Revolving Credit
Facility Loans bear interest at the LIBOR Rate plus the Applicable LIBOR Rate
Margin  for  an  Interest  Period  of  one  month and that the remaining Nine
Million  Five  Hundred Thousand Dollars ($9,500,000) of such Revolving Credit
Facility Loans bear interest at the Base Rate; and

               (b)  the  letters  of  credit  issued  under  the  1993 Credit
Agreement   that  are  outstanding  as  of  the  Closing  Date  shall  remain
outstanding and shall be deemed to be Stand-By Letters of Credit issued under
Article 2 of this Agreement.

          3.3  Conditions  Precedent  to  All  Loans.  The obligation of each
Bank  to make each Loan hereunder and of any Issuing Bank to issue any Letter
of  Credit  hereunder  is  subject to the fulfillment, to the satisfaction of
Agent,  at or prior to the time of the making of such Loan or the issuance of
such Letter of Credit, of each of the following further conditions:

               (a)  the representations and warranties of Borrower and Mojave
contained  in  this Agreement and the Loan Documents, to the extent that each
is a party thereto, shall be true and correct in all material respects at and
as of the date of such Loan, as though made on and as of such date (except to
the  extent  that such representations and warranties expressly relate solely
to an earlier date);

               (b)  neither  an  Event  of  Default nor an Unmatured Event of
Default  shall  have  occurred  and be continuing on the date of such Loan or
Letter  of  Credit,  nor  shall either or both result from the making of such
Loan or the issuance of such Letter of Credit;

               (c)  no  Material  Adverse  Change  shall  have occurred, as a
result of one or more acts or occurrences;

               (d)  Borrower  shall  have  delivered  to  Agent  a  Notice of
Borrowing pursuant to the terms of Section 2.8 hereof; and

               (e)  No injunction, writ, restraining order, or other order of
any  nature  preventing  any  Bank  from  funding any portion of the Loans or
issuing  a Letter of Credit shall have been issued and remain in force by any
governmental authority.


                                  ARTICLE 4.

                  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BORROWER

          In  order  to induce Agent and each of the Banks to enter into this
Agreement,  Borrower  makes  the  following  representations  and warranties,
which,  except  as  set  forth  in  the  Disclosure Statement with a specific
reference  to  the section of this Article 4 affected thereby, shall be true,
correct,  and complete in all material respects as of the Closing Date and at
and  as  of the date of each Loan made or Letter of Credit issued thereafter,
as though made on and as of the date of such Loan or Letter of Credit (except
to  the  extent  that  such  representations  and warranties expressly relate
solely  to  an  earlier date), such representations and warranties to survive
the  execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Notes and the making of
the Loans and the issuance of Letters of Credit:

          4.1  Organization, Powers, Good Standing, and Subsidiaries.

               (a)  Organization and Powers.  Each of Borrower and Borrower's
Subsidiaries  is  a corporation duly organized, validly existing, and in good
standing  under  the  laws  of  its jurisdiction of incorporation and has all
requisite  corporate  power  and authority to own and operate its properties,
and  to  carry on its business as now conducted and proposed to be conducted.
Borrower  has  all requisite corporate power and authority to enter into this
Agreement  and the Loan Documents to which it is a party, to issue the Notes,
and  to  carry  out the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.  Mojave
has  all  requisite  corporate  power  and  authority  to enter into the Loan
Documents  to  which  they  are  parties,  and  to carry out their respective
o b l igations  contemplated  thereby.    Each  of  Borrower  and  Borrower's
Subsidiaries  possesses  all franchises, certificates, licenses, permits, and

other  authorizations  from  governmental  or regulatory authorities that are
necessary in order to prevent the occurrence of a Material Adverse Effect and
Borrower  and  its  Subsidiaries are not in violation thereof in any material
respect.

               (b)  Good  Standing.  Each of Borrower and its Subsidiaries is
in  good  standing  in  each state where the absence to be so qualified would
have a Material Adverse Effect.

               (c)  Subsidiaries.    Borrower  has no Subsidiaries other than
those  that  are  identified  in  the  Disclosure  Statement.  The Disclosure
Statement  correctly  sets forth the number of shares of each class of common
and  preferred  stock authorized for each of Borrower's Subsidiaries, and the
number  outstanding and the percentage of the outstanding shares of each such
class  owned  (directly  or  indirectly)  by  Borrower or one or more of such
Subsidiaries.   The capital stock of Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries is
duly  authorized,  validly  issued, and fully paid and nonassessable.  Except
for  Investments permitted under Section 6.3, neither Borrower nor any of its
Subsidiaries,  individually  or  collectively,  owns  or  holds,  directly or
indirectly, in the aggregate, any capital stock or equity security of, or any
equity  interest  in  any  corporation  or  business,  other  than Borrower's
Subsidiaries. 

          4.2  Authorization of Borrowing, etc.

               (a)  Authorization  of Borrowing. The execution, delivery, and
performance  by Borrower of this Agreement, the Loan Documents to which it is
a  party,  and the Notes have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate
action.

               (b)  Authorization  of  Subsidiaries'  Loan  Documents.    The
execution, delivery, and performance by Mojave of the Loan Documents to which
it is a party have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action.

               (c)  No  Conflict  -  Borrower.   The execution, delivery, and
performance  by Borrower of this Agreement, the Loan Documents to which it is
a  party,  and  the  Notes do not and will not:  (a) violate any provision of
federal, state or local law or regulation (including Regulations G, T, U, and
X  of  the  Federal  Reserve  Board)  applicable to Borrower, the articles of
incorporation  or  bylaws  (or  other  charter documents) of Borrower, or any
order, judgment, or decree of any court or other agency of government binding
on Borrower; (b) conflict with, result in a breach of or constitute (with due
notice  or  lapse of time or both) a default under any Contractual Obligation
or  material  lease  of  Borrower;  (c)  result in or require the creation or
imposition  of any Lien of any nature whatsoever upon any Assets of Borrower,
other  than  Permitted  Liens; or (d) require any approval of stockholders or
any  approval  or  consent  of any Person under any Contractual Obligation of
Borrower.

               (d)  No  Conflict  -  Mojave.    The  execution, delivery, and
performance by Mojave of the Loan Documents to which it is a party do not and
will  not:    (a)  violate any provision of federal, state, or foreign law or
regulation applicable to Mojave, the articles of incorporation or by-laws (or
other  charter documents) of Mojave, or any order, judgment, or decree of any

court  or  other  agency  of government binding on Mojave; (b) conflict with,
result  in  a  breach  of  or constitute (with due notice or lapse of time or
both) a default under any Contractual Obligation or material lease of Mojave;
(c) result in or require the creation or imposition of any Lien of any nature
whatsoever  upon  any  of  Mojave's properties or assets other than Permitted
Liens; or (d) require any approval of stockholders or any approval or consent
of any Person under any Contractual Obligation of Mojave.

               (e)  Governmental  Consents.    Other  than such as shall have
previously  been  obtained,  the  execution,  delivery,  and  performance  by
Borrower  and  Borrower's  Subsidiaries of this Agreement, the Notes, and the
Loan  Documents,  to the extent that each is a party thereto, do not and will
not  require any registration with, consent, or approval of, or notice to, or
other  action  with or by, any federal, state, foreign, or other governmental
authority or regulatory body or other Person.

               (f)  Binding Obligations.

                    (i)  This  Agreement,  the Notes, the Loan Documents, and
all  other  documents  contemplated  hereby  and  thereby,  when executed and
delivered  by  Borrower  will be the legally valid and binding obligations of
Borrower,  enforceable  against  Borrower in accordance with their respective
terms,  except  as  enforcement  may be limited by equitable principles or by
bankruptcy,  insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, or similar laws relating
to or limiting creditors' rights generally.

                    (ii) T h e    Loan  Documents  and  all  other  documents
contemplated  hereby and thereby, when executed and delivered by Mojave, will
be the legally valid and binding obligations of Mojave, to the extent that it
is  a  party  thereto,  enforceable  against  it  in  accordance  with  their
respective   terms,  except  as  enforcement  may  be  limited  by  equitable
principles  or  by  bankruptcy,  insolvency,  reorganization,  moratorium, or
similar laws relating to or limiting creditors' rights generally.

               (g)  Lien  Priority.    Upon  the  proper  filing of financing
statements  and  recordation  of fixture filings, mortgages, trust deeds, and
other  applicable  Personal  Property  Collateral Documents and Real Property
Collateral  Documents  with  the  appropriate filing or recording officers in
e a ch  of  the  necessary  jurisdictions,  and  upon  delivery  of  original
instruments to Agent, as applicable, the Liens granted by Borrower and Mojave
to Agent, on behalf of Banks, in their respective Assets pursuant to the Loan
Documents  will  be  validly  created,  perfected,  and first priority Liens,
subject only to Permitted Liens.

          4.3  Financial  Condition.    Borrower  has  delivered to Agent its
consolidated  audited financial statements as of December 31, 1994, certified
by Deloitte & Touche, independent certified accountants.  All such statements
were  prepared  in  accordance  with GAAP and fairly present the consolidated
financial  position  of  Borrower  and  its Subsidiaries as at the respective
dates  thereof,  and  the  results  of  operations  and  changes in financial
position  of  Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the period then ended.  As of
the  Closing  Date,  neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries has, out of
the   ordinary  course  of  business,  any  Contingent  Obligation,  material
liability  for  taxes,  material  long-term  lease,  or  material  forward or

long-term  commitment that is not reflected in the foregoing statements or in
the notes thereto.

          4.4  Changes.  There has been no Material Adverse Change.

          4.5  Title  to  Properties; Liens; Properties.  Except as disclosed
in  Borrower's  annual report on Form 10-K for its fiscal year ended December
31, 1994, or on its Form 10-Q for its fiscal quarter ended June 30, 1995, and
except for the Permitted Liens, all of the Assets of Borrower and each of its
Subsidiaries  are free from all Liens of any nature whatsoever.  Borrower and
Mojave, taken as a whole, have good and indefeasible title to each and all of
the  material Assets reflected in Borrower's or Mojave's books and records as
being  owned  by them.  Borrower and Mojave, taken as a whole, have taken all
action necessary to maintain such good and indefeasible title with respect to
such Assets.

          4.6  Litigation;   Adverse  Facts.    There  is  no  action,  suit,
proceeding,  or arbitration (whether purportedly on behalf of Borrower or any
of  its Subsidiaries) at law or in equity or before or by any federal, state,
municipal,  or  other  governmental  department,  commission,  board, bureau,
agency, or instrumentality, domestic or foreign, pending or, to the knowledge
of  Borrower,  threatened  against  or  affecting  Borrower  or  any  of  its
Subsidiaries  that  would  have  a reasonable possibility of resulting in any
Material Adverse Effect or reasonably may be expected to materially adversely
affect Borrower's and its Subsidiaries' ability, taken as a whole, to perform
its obligations hereunder, under the Notes, and the Loan Documents, and there
is  no  basis  known  to  Borrower  for any such action, suit, or proceeding.
Neither  Borrower nor any Subsidiary of Borrower is:  (a) in violation of any
applicable  law,  rule, or regulation in a manner that has a Material Adverse
Effect  or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; or
(b)  subject  to  or  in  default  with  respect to any final judgment, writ,
injunction,  decree  of  any  court  or  federal,  state, municipal, or other
g o v ernmental   department,   commission,   board,   bureau,   agency,   or
instrumentality,  domestic  or foreign, in a manner which could reasonably be
expected  to  have  a  Material  Adverse  Effect.   There is no action, suit,
proceeding,  or  investigation  pending  or,  to  the  knowledge of Borrower,
threatened against Borrower or any Subsidiary of Borrower, that questions the
validity or the enforceability of this Agreement or the Notes.

          4.7  Payment of Taxes.  All tax returns and reports of Borrower and
its  Subsidiaries  (or  all  taxpayers  with  which  Borrower  or  any of its
Subsidiaries is or has been consolidated or combined) required to be filed by
any of them have been timely filed, and all Taxes, assessments, fees, amounts
required  to  be  withheld  and  paid  to a governmental agency or regulatory
authority, and other governmental charges upon Borrower and its Subsidiaries,
and  upon  their  respective  Assets, income, and franchises that are due and
payable  have  been  paid when due and payable, except to the extent that the
failure  to file returns and reports with respect to such Taxes, assessments,
fees, and other governmental charges or the failure to pay the same would not
be  material  to  the  condition (financial or otherwise) of Borrower and its
Subsidiaries,  taken  as  a  whole,  and  except  to  the  extent such Taxes,
assessments,  fees,  and  other  governmental  charges  are  being  contested
diligently  and  in  good  faith  by  appropriate  proceedings  with adequate
reserves or other appropriate provision, if any, having been made therefor as

required  to  be  in  conformity  with  GAAP.   Borrower does not know of any
proposed,  asserted,  or  assessed  tax  deficiency  against it or any of its
Subsidiaries that would be material to the condition (financial or otherwise)
of  Borrower  and  its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.  Neither Borrower, nor
any  of its Subsidiaries, is a party to, bound by, or obligated under any tax
sharing  or  similar agreement with any Person that is not Borrower or one of
its  Subsidiaries  and  that  is  reasonably  likely  to result in a Material
Adverse  Effect.    No Taxes, assessments, charges, or claims have become the
subject of a filed federal tax Lien on any of Borrower's or Mojave's Assets.

          4.8  Materially Adverse Agreements; Performance.

               (a)  Agreements.  Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries
is  a  party  to  or  is  subject  to any material agreement or instrument or
charter  or  other  internal  restriction  that  has  or  reasonably could be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

               (b)  P e r f o rmance.    Neither  Borrower  nor  any  of  its
Subsidiaries  is in default in the performance, observance, or fulfillment of
any  of  the  obligations,  covenants,  or conditions contained in any of its
Contractual  Obligations,  and  no  condition exists that, with the giving of
notice  or the lapse of time or both, would constitute such a default, except
where  the  consequences, direct or indirect, of such default or defaults, if
any, would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

          4.9  Governmental  Regulation.    Neither  Borrower  nor any of its
Subsidiaries  is  subject  to  regulation  under  the  Public Utility Holding
Company  Act  of 1935, the Federal Power Act, the Interstate Commerce Act (to
the  extent  it would limit its ability to incur Debt for money borrowed), or
the  Investment Company Act of 1940, or to any United States federal or state
statute or regulation limiting its ability to incur Debt for money borrowed.

          4.10 Securities  Activities.  Borrower and its Subsidiaries are not
engaged principally, or as one of their principal activities, in the business
of  extending,  or arranging for the extension of, credit, for the purpose of
" p urchasing"  or  "carrying"  any  margin  stock  (within  the  meaning  of
Regulations  G,  T, U, or X of the Federal Reserve Board) as now or from time
to  time  in  effect.    No part of any Borrowing will be used by Borrower to
purchase  or  carry  any such margin stock, or to extend credit to others for
the  purpose  of purchasing or carrying any such margin stock in violation of
Regulations G, T, U, or X of the Federal Reserve Board.

          4.11 Employee Benefit Plans.

               (a)  Borrower  and  its  ERISA Affiliates are in compliance in
all  material  respects with all applicable provisions of ERISA and published
i n t e r pretations  thereunder  with  respect  to  all  Pension  Plans  and
Multiemployer  Plans,  the failure to comply with which would have a Material
Adverse  Effect.    As  of  the  Closing  Date, with respect to each of their
Pension  Plans  and  Multiemployer  Plans,  Borrower  and  each  of its ERISA
Affiliates:    (a)  have fulfilled in all material respects their obligations
under  the  minimum  funding  standards  of  ERISA; (b) have not incurred any
material  and  past  due liability to the PBGC; and (c) have not had asserted
against   them  any  penalty  for  failure  to  meet  their  minimum  funding

requirements  under  ERISA,  and  each Pension Plan and Multiemployer Plan is
able to pay benefits thereunder when due under the Pension Plan documents.

               (b)  No  Termination  Event  has  occurred  or  is  reasonably
expected  to occur with respect to any Pension Plan administered by Borrower,
any  of  its ERISA Affiliates, or any administrator designated by Borrower or
any  of  its  ERISA  Affiliates  which  might  result  in  any obligations or
Contingent Obligations of Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates to the PBGC
or  any  other  Pension  Plan,  that  reasonably  would be expected to have a
Material Adverse Effect.

               (c)  Liabilities  (irrespective  of  whether vested) under all
Pension  Plans  (excluding unfunded deferred compensation agreements or other
arrangements  of  similar  nature  not subject to ERISA and welfare plans not
subject  to  the  funding  requirements  of ERISA) that have Assets less than
liabilities  (irrespective  of  whether  vested)  that  are  administered  by
Borrower  or  any  of its ERISA Affiliates or any administrator designated by
Borrower  or  any of its ERISA Affiliates do not exceed the Assets thereunder
by more than five percent (5%) of Consolidated Tangible Net Worth.

               (d)  Neither  Borrower  nor  any  of  its ERISA Affiliates has
incurred  or reasonably expects to incur any withdrawal liability under ERISA
to any Multiemployer Plan which would have a Material Adverse Effect.

               (e)  To  the  extent that any Pension Plan (that is a "welfare
plan" under Section3(1)of ERISA)is insured, Borrower and its Subsidiaries do
not have unpaid premiums in excess of Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000) that
are required to be paid for all periods through and including the ClosingDate.
To  the  extent  that  any  Pension Plan (that is a "welfare plan" as defined
above)  is  not or has not been funded with insurance, Borrower and its ERISA
Affiliates do not have unmade contributions in excess of Five Million Dollars
($5,000,000)  that  are  required  to  be  paid  for  all periods through and
including  the Closing Date, and such Pension Plans, to the extent that their
funding is based on actuarial principles, are based on reasonable and prudent
assumptions that are actuarially sound.

          4.12 Disclosure.  As of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date,
no  representation or warranty of Borrower contained in this Agreement or any
other  document,  certificate,  or  written  statement  furnished to Agent or
Banks,  or  any  of  them,  by  or  on behalf of Borrower with respect to the
business,  operations, Assets, business prospects, or condition (financial or
otherwise)  of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries for use in connection with
the   transactions  contemplated  by  this  Agreement,  contains  any  untrue
statement  of  a  material  fact  or omits to state a material fact (known to
Borrower  in the case of any document not furnished by it) necessary in order
to  make  the  statements  contained  herein  or  therein,  in  light  of the
circumstances  under  which they were made, not misleading.  There is no fact
known  to Borrower (other than matters of a general economic nature) that has
resulted  in  a Material Adverse Change that has not been disclosed herein or
in  any  other  documents,  certificates,  and statements furnished to Agent,
Banks,  or  any  of  them,  for  use  in  connection  with  the  transactions
contemplated  hereby.    Borrower  has  furnished or, under the terms of this
Agreement,  is  to  furnish  to  Agent, on behalf of Banks, certain financial
information concerning Borrower and its Subsidiaries, including estimates and

projections  of  Borrower's  and  its Subsidiaries' results of operations and
financial  position  for  and  as at the end of certain future periods.  Such
estimates, projections, valuations, and similar matters have been prepared by
Borrower  in  good faith on a basis it believes to be reasonable.  Other than
as  to  projections,  estimates, valuations, and similar matters (as to which
the  preceding  sentence  applies), and other than as to financial statements
and  other  financial  and  accounting  information (as to which Section 6.15
applies),  there  are no statements or conclusions contained in any document,
certificate, or written statement that Borrower is to furnish under the terms
of  this Agreement, including without limitation the Disclosure Statement, to
Agent,  on  behalf  of  Banks,  that,  when taken as a whole, in light of the
circumstances  under which they are or were made, to the knowledge and belief
of  Borrower  at  the  time  provided,  are  based  on  or include materially
misleading  information  or  fail  to  take into account material information
regarding the matters covered therein.

          4.13 Debt.    Neither  Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries has any
Debt  outstanding on the date of this Agreement other than the Debt disclosed
in  the  financial  statements  referred to in Section 4.3 hereof (other than
Debt  created  under  the 1993 Credit Agreement), set forth on the Disclosure
Statement, or permitted by Section 6.1 hereof.

          4.14 Trademarks,  etc.   Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries own,
or hold licenses in, all trademarks, trade names, copyrights, patents, patent
rights,  and licenses which are necessary in all material respects to conduct
their respective businesses and to operate their respective properties as now
conducted and operated.  The consummation of the transactions contemplated by
this  Agreement  and  the Loan Documents will not alter or impair any of such
rights  of  Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.  Neither Borrower nor any of
its  Subsidiaries  has  been  charged  or  is  overtly being threatened to be
charged  with  any  infringement  of,  nor  has  any of them infringed on any
unexpired  trademark,  trademark registration, trade name, patent, copyright,
copyright  registration, or other proprietary right of any Person, that could
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

          4.15 E x i sting  Defaults.    Neither  Borrower  nor  any  of  its
Subsidiaries  is  in  default  under  any  material  term  of  any  mortgage,
indenture, deed of trust, or any other agreement to which it is a party or by
which  it  or  any  of the properties owned by it may be bound, the effect of
which  would  be  a Material Adverse Effect.  Neither Borrower nor any of its
Subsidiaries  is  in  violation  of any law, ordinance, rule or regulation to
which  it  or  any  of  its properties is subject, the failure to comply with
which would have a Material Adverse Effect.

          4.16 Leases.   Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries enjoy peaceful
and  undisturbed  possession  under  all  leases  material  to  the business,
operations and financial condition of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as
a  whole,  to  which  any  of  them  is a party or under which any of them is
operating.    All  of  such leases are valid and subsisting and no default by
Borrower  or any of its Subsidiaries exists under any of them that reasonably
could be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

          4.17 Burdensome  Agreements,  etc.   Borrower and its Subsidiaries,
are  not,  individually  or  in  combination,  party to any unduly burdensome

agreement  or  undertaking,  or subject to any unduly burdensome court order,
writ,  injunction,  or  decree  of any court or governmental instrumentality,
domestic or foreign, which has a Material Adverse Effect.

          4.18 Fire, Explosion, and Labor Disputes.  Neither the business nor
the  properties  or  operations  of  Borrower  or any of its Subsidiaries are
currently affected by any fire, explosion, accident, strike, lockout or other
labor  dispute,  drought,  storm, hail, earthquake, embargo, act of God or of
the  public enemy or other casualty (whether covered by insurance), which has
a Material Adverse Effect.

          4.19 Location  of  Assets  and  Chief Executive Offices.  The chief
executive  offices  of  Borrower  and  Mojave  are  located  at the addresses
indicated  on  the  Disclosure  Statement.   Except as otherwise permitted by
Section  6.16,  the Collateral (other than Collateral that has been delivered
to  the  Agent)  is located at any one of the locations of Borrower or Mojave
identified on the Disclosure Statement.

          4.20 Environmental Condition.

               (a)  Except as specifically authorized by, or in compliance in
all material respects with, law or pursuant to valid and effective permits or
other  appropriate  forms  of  governmental  approval, none of the present or
previously-owned  real  property,  or  other Assets of Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries,  has,  to  the  best of Borrower's knowledge, ever been used by
previous  owners or operators in the disposal of or to generate, manufacture,
produce,  store,  handle, treat, transfer, release, process, or transport any
Hazardous  Waste or Hazardous Substance, and Borrower and its Subsidiaries do
not  now and have not in the past used such real property, or other Assets of
Borrower  or  any  of  its  Subsidiaries,  for  the  purpose  of disposal of,
generating,    manufacturing,   producing,   storing,   handling,   treating,
transferring,  releasing,  processing, or transporting any Hazardous Waste or
Hazardous Substance, except as permitted by law and subject to the proviso to
Section 5.9(a).

               (b)  (i)  To the best of Borrower's knowledge and belief after
due  inquiry,  none  of  the  present real property, or other Assets owned or
operated by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, has been designated, listed,
or  identified in any manner by the EPA or any other federal, state, or local
governmental agency charged with administering and enforcing an Environmental
Protection  Statute,  pursuant  to  RCRA or CERCLA or any other Environmental
Protection  Statute,  as  a  candidate  for  a  Hazardous  Waste or Hazardous
Substance  corrective  action  or  Remedial  Action.    (ii)  To  the best of
Borrower's knowledge and belief, based upon its reasonably available records,
it  has  received no notice that any of the previously owned real property or
other  Assets  of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries has been so designated,
listed, or identified.

               (c)  Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries has received
notice  that  it  has  been  identified  as  a potentially responsible party,
responsible  party,  or  liable  party  at  any  site  designated, listed, or
identified as a candidate for a Hazardous Substance investigation or Remedial
Action under CERCLA or any Environmental Protection Statute.

               (d)  Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries has received
notice of any Lien arising under or in connection with any Fund that attached
to  any revenues or to any real or personal property owned by Borrower or any
of its Subsidiaries.

               (e)  Neither   Borrower  nor  any  of  its  Subsidiaries  have
received,  during  the  prior three (3) years, any summons, citation, notice,
directive,  letter,  or  other communication, in writing, from the EPA or any
other  federal,  state,  or  local  governmental  agency  or instrumentality,
authorized pursuant to an Environmental Protection Statute, or from any other
Person  concerning  any  intentional  or  unintentional action or omission by
Borrower  or  any  of  its Subsidiaries resulting in the releasing, spilling,
l e aking,  pumping,  pouring,  emitting,  emptying,  dumping,  or  otherwise
disposing  of  Hazardous  Waste or Hazardous Substance or any other pollutant
into  the  Environment resulting in Damages thereto and that reasonably could
be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

               (f)  Subject  to the proviso to Section 5.9(a), all activities
and  operations  conducted by Borrower and its Subsidiaries are in compliance
in  all material respects with all Environmental Protection Statutes.  To the
best  of  Borrower's  knowledge, neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries
has  in  the  past  conducted  any  operations or activities that were not in
compliance with all Environmental Protection Statutes and that are reasonably
likely  to  result  in  present  or  future  liabilities  to  Borrower or its
Subsidiaries  under  any  Environmental  Protection  Statutes that reasonably
could be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

               (g)  None  of  the  real  property  or  other  Assets owned by
Borrower  or  its  Subsidiaries  is  affected  by  any  soil  or  groundwater
c o n t a m ination,  attributable  to  any  Hazardous  Substance,  that  the
investigation  and  clean  up of which reasonably could be expected to have a
Material  Adverse  Effect.   To the best of Borrower's knowledge, none of the
real property previously owned by Borrower or its Subsidiaries is affected by
any   soil  or  groundwater  contamination,  attributable  to  any  Hazardous
Substance,  that  the investigation and clean up of which reasonably could be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

          4.21 No Default.  No Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default
has occurred.

          4.22 Parties Intended to be Benefitted.  All of the representations
and  warranties contained in this Article 4 are solely for the benefit of the
Agent,  the  Banks,  and any Person receiving an interest in the Loans or the
Notes  as  permitted under Section 9.2 hereof, and there are no other Persons
that are intended to be benefitted, in any way, hereby.


                                  ARTICLE 5.

                      AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS OF BORROWER

          Borrower  covenants  and agrees that, so long as any portion of the
Revolving  Credit Facility Commitment under this Agreement shall be in effect
and  until  payment in full of the Loans and the Notes, and any other amounts

due  hereunder,  and  except  as  set  forth in the Disclosure Statement with
specific  reference  to  the  Section  of  this  Article  5  affected thereby
concerning  matters  which do not conform to the covenants of this Article 5,
Borrower shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, perform each and
all of the following covenants applicable to it:

          5.1  Accounting  Records.   Borrower shall, and shall cause each of
its  Subsidiaries  to, maintain adequate books and records in accordance with
sound business practices and GAAP, consistently applied.

          5.2  Financial  Statements  and  Notices.    Borrower shall furnish
Agent and each Bank:

               (a)  as  soon  as  practicable and, in any event, within fifty
(50)  days  after the close of each of the first three (3) fiscal quarters of
each  fiscal year of Borrower:  (i) a consolidated statement of stockholders'
equity and a consolidated statement of cash flows of Borrower and each of its
Subsidiaries  for  such quarterly period; (ii) consolidated and consolidating
(based  upon  business  segments)  income  statements  of  Borrower  and  its
S u b sidiaries  for  such  quarterly  period;  and  (iii)  consolidated  and
consolidating  (based  upon business segments) balance sheets of Borrower and
its  Subsidiaries  as of the end of such quarterly period, each setting forth
in  comparative  form,  if  applicable,  the  corresponding  figures  for the
corresponding  periods of the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail,
and  certified  by  the  chief  financial  officer  of  Borrower to have been
prepared  in  accordance  with  GAAP, consistently applied, subject to normal
year-end audit adjustments;

               (b)  as   soon  as  practicable  and,  in  any  event,  within
ninety-five (95) days after the close of each fiscal year of Borrower, a copy
of the annual audited report for such year for Borrower and its Subsidiaries,
including  therein:  (i) a consolidated statement of stockholders' equity and
a  consolidated  statement of cash flows of Borrower and its Subsidiaries for
such  fiscal  year; (ii) consolidated and unaudited consolidating (based upon
business  segments)  income  statements  of Borrower and its Subsidiaries for
such  fiscal  year; and (iii) consolidated and unaudited consolidating (based
upon business segments) balance sheets of Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of
the  end  of  such  fiscal  year,  each setting forth in comparative form, if
applicable,   the  corresponding  figures  for  the  previous  year,  all  in
reasonable  detail; the consolidated income statement and balance sheet to be
audited  by independent, nationally recognized, certified public accountants,
and certified, without a "going concern" qualification or other qualification
or exception of similar gravity or any qualification arising out of the scope
of  the  audit  (but  not  arising  out  of  changes  in financial accounting
standards),  by  such  accountants  to  have been prepared in accordance with
GAAP, consistently applied, together with a letter of such accounting firm to
Agent,   stating  that  its  audit  of  the  business  of  Borrower  and  its
Subsidiaries  was  conducted  by  such  accounting  firm  in  accordance with
generally accepted auditing standards;

               (c)  c o ntemporaneously  with  each  quarterly  and  year-end
financial  report  required  by  the  foregoing  subsections  (a)  and (b), a
certificate  of  the chief financial officer or treasurer of Borrower stating
that  he  or  she has individually reviewed the provisions of this Agreement,

the  Notes,  and  the  Loan Documents, and that a review of the activities of
Borrower  and  its  Subsidiaries during such year or quarterly period, as the
case  may be, has been made by or under such individual's supervision, with a
view  to determining whether Borrower and its Subsidiaries have fulfilled all
of their respective obligations under this Agreement, the Notes, and the Loan
Documents, and that Borrower and its Subsidiaries have observed and performed
each  undertaking  contained  in  this  Agreement,  the  Notes,  and the Loan
Documents,  to  the extent that each is a party thereto, and Borrower and its
Subsidiaries  are  not  in default in the observance or performance of any of
the  provisions  hereof or thereof, or if Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries
shall be so in default, specifying all such defaults and events of which such
individual may have knowledge or belief;

               (d)  promptly  after  sending or making available or filing of
the  same,  copies of all reports, proxy statements, and financial statements
that  Borrower  or  any  of  its Subsidiaries sends or makes available to the
shareholders of Borrower and all regular and periodic reports and all filings
pursuant  to  Sections  13  and  15(d)  of  the Exchange Act and registration
statements that such Persons file with the SEC, and of all press releases and
other statements made available generally by Borrower and its Subsidiaries to
the  public  concerning  material  developments  in  their  business  or  any
condition or event that would be required to be disclosed in a current report
filed  by  Borrower or its Subsidiaries with the SEC on Form 8-K (Items 1, 2,
3, 4, and 6 of such Form as in effect on the date hereof);

               (e)  notice,  as  soon  as  possible and, in any event, within
five  (5)  Domestic Business Days after any Responsible Officer has knowledge
of:    (i)  the  occurrence of any Event of Default or any Unmatured Event of
Default;  or  (ii) any default or event of default (subject to any applicable
notice or grace period) as defined in any evidence of Debt of Borrower or any
of  its  Subsidiaries  in excess of Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000) or under
any  agreement, indenture, or other instrument under which such Debt has been
issued,  irrespective  of  whether  such  Debt is accelerated or such default
waived.    In either event, Borrower shall also supply Banks with a statement
from  Borrower's  chief  financial  officer  or  treasurer  setting forth the
details and the action which Borrower proposes to take with respect thereto;

               (f)  as  soon as possible and, in any event, within fifty (50)
days  after  the  end  of  each  of  the first three (3) quarterly accounting
periods  of  Borrower  in  each  fiscal year and within ninety-five (95) days
after  the  end  of  each of Borrower's fiscal years, an Officer's Compliance
Certificate with respect to Borrower;

               (g)  upon the request of the Majority Banks, together with the
delivery for any fiscal year of consolidated financial statements of Borrower
and  its  Subsidiaries  pursuant  to  clause (b) above, if the Majority Banks
believe,  in  good  faith,  that  there  may  be Hazardous Waste or Hazardous
Substances  present on any of the real property constituting a portion of the
Collateral  that would have a Material Adverse Effect, a written report by an
expert  of  recognized standing evidencing a complete and thorough inspection
of  all  such  real  property,  including a geohydrological survey of soil or
subsurface  conditions as well as other tests to detect the presence, if any,
of Hazardous Waste or Hazardous Substances;

               (h)  prompt written notice of any condition or event which has
resulted  or  reasonably  may be expected to result in (i) a Material Adverse
Effect;  (ii)  a  breach  of  or  noncompliance  with  any term, condition or
covenant contained in this Agreement, the Notes, or the Loan Documents; (iii)
a  material  breach of or noncompliance with any material term, condition, or
covenant   of  any  material  contract  to  which  Borrower  or  any  of  its
Subsidiaries is a party or by which they or their properties may be bound; or
(iv) a transfer, sale, or other disposition of Assets, an incurrence of Debt,
or  any  other  transaction  permitted  under  Article  6  hereof  only  upon
c o mpliance  by  Borrower  and  its  Subsidiaries  with  the  provisions  of
Section  5.11  hereof to effect and continue the transactions contemplated by
this Agreement or the Loan Documents;

               (i)  prompt  written  notice  of  any  claims, proceedings, or
disputes  against,  or  to the knowledge or belief of Borrower threatened, or
affecting  Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that, if adversely determined,
would  have  a  reasonable  likelihood  of  having  a Material Adverse Effect
(without  in any way limiting the foregoing, claims, proceedings, or disputes
involving  monetary amounts of Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000), or more, in
excess of any insurance coverage therefor, shall be deemed to be material for
purposes  of  this  clause  (i)),  or any material labor controversy of which
Borrower  has  knowledge  resulting  in or, in the reasonable judgment of the
management of Borrower, that is reasonably likely, imminently, to result in a
strike  against  Borrower  or  any of its Subsidiaries that would threaten to
cease  operations at any one or more of the Cement Plants, or any proposal of
which  Borrower  has  knowledge by any public authority to acquire any of the
material Assets or business of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries;

               (j)  promptly, upon becoming aware of the occurrence of any of
the  following  events,  a written notice specifying the nature thereof, and,
when  known,  any action taken or threatened by the Internal Revenue Service,
D e p a r tment  of  Labor,  PBGC,  or  other  party  with  respect  thereto:
(i)  Reportable Event; (ii) "prohibited transaction," as such term is defined
in Sect.4975 of the Code, which prohibited transaction could subject Borrower
or any member of the  Controlled  Group  to a material civil penalty assessed
pursuant to Sect.502(i)of ERISA or a material tax imposed by Section 4975 of
the Code in connection with any of Borrower's or any of its ERISA Affiliates'
Pension Plans or any trust created thereunder; (iii) failure to timely pay the
required  annual payment or the full amount of a required installment for any
Pension  Plan  in any plan year by the due date as required under Sect.412 of
the Code; (iv)the liability for any additional premium that must be paid under
Section 4006(a)(3) of ERISA; or (v)any Lien on the Assets of any member of the
Controlled Group under the Pension Protection Act;

               (k)  promptly,  copies  of:    (i)  all  notices  received  by
Borrower  or  any  member of the Controlled Group of the PBGC's (or a foreign
country's)  intent  to  terminate  any  of  Borrower's  or  any  of its ERISA
Affiliates' Pension Plans or to have a trustee appointed to administer any of
Borrower's  or  any  of its ERISA Affiliates' Pension Plans, or of the PBCG's
demand for payment of liability under Section 4062, 4063, or 4064 of ERISA;
ii) at the request of Agent or any Bank, each annual report (IRS form 5500
series or similar  series  under  the  applicable  laws  of any foreign
country and all accompanying  schedules),  the most recent actuarial reports,
the most recent financial  information  concerning the financial status of
each of Borrower's and its ERISA Affiliates' Pension Plans or Multiemployer
Plans, and schedules showing  the  amounts  contributed to each of
Borrower's and any of its ERISA Affiliates'  Pension Plans or
Multiemployer Plans by or on behalf of Borrower
or  its  ERISA Affiliates in which any of their personnel participate or from
which  such  personnel  may  derive a benefit, and each Schedule B (Actuarial
Information) to the annual report (Form 5500 Series) filed by Borrower or any
member of the Controlled Group with the Internal Revenue Service with respect
to  each  Pension  Plan;  and  (iii)  all notices received by Borrower or any
member  of  the  Controlled  Group  concerning  the  imposition  or amount of
withdrawal  liability  pursuant  to Sect.4202 of ERISA or similar liability
under the laws of any foreign country; (iv)all notices required to be sent to
employees  for  failure  to  make  a  required  installment  or other payment
required  to  meet  the minimum funding standard under Section 302 of ERISA;
and (v) all  notifications  required  to  be  made  to the PBGC for failure
to make a required installment or other payment under Section 412(n) of
the Code;

               (l)  promptly  after  the end of each fiscal year of Borrower,
but  in  any  event  on or before ninety-five (95) days after the end of each
such  fiscal  year,  consolidating  plan and financial forecasts, including a
balance  sheet, income statement, and cash flow projections covering proposed
fundings,  repayments,  additional  advances,  investments,  and  other  cash
receipts  and disbursements for the forthcoming year, as customarily prepared
by  the management of Borrower for internal use and any other similar reports
customarily  prepared by management of Borrower pursuant to any provisions of
any  instrument  or  documents relating to any Debt of Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries;

               (m)  promptly  upon  becoming aware of any Person's seeking to
obtain  or  threatening  to  seek to obtain a decree or order for relief with
respect  to  Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in an involuntary case under
any  applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, or other similar law now or hereafter
in  effect,  a  written notice thereof specifying what action Borrower or any
such Subsidiary is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto;

               (n)  promptly,  copies  of  all  material  amendments  to  the
articles of incorporation of Borrower;

               (o)  contemporaneously  with  each  year-end  financial report
required by subsection (b) above, a certificate signed by the chief financial
officer  or  treasurer  of Borrower separately identifying and describing all
Contingent  Obligations  of  Borrower  and its Subsidiaries (other than those
provided for under Section 6.4(b));

               (p)  as  soon  as practicable under the circumstances, written
notice  of  any proposed Permitted Acquisition involving consideration of Ten
Million Dollars ($10,000,000) or more; and

               (q)  with  reasonable  promptness,  such other information and
data with respect to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries as from time to time
reasonably may be requested by any of the Banks.

          5.3  Corporate  Existence,  etc.  Except as permitted under Section
6.7  of  this  Agreement,  Borrower  shall, and shall cause Mojave to, at all

times  preserve  and  keep  in  full force and effect its and their corporate
existence and any rights and franchises material to Borrower's businesses.

          5.4  Payment  of Taxes and Claims.  Borrower shall, and shall cause
e a ch  of  its  Subsidiaries  to  pay  all  Taxes,  assessments,  and  other
governmental  charges  imposed upon them or any of their Assets or in respect
of  any  of  their  businesses,  incomes, or properties before any penalty or
interest  accrues  thereon,  and  all  claims  (including  claims  for labor,
services,  materials, and supplies) for sums that have become due and payable
and  that  by  law  have or may become a Lien upon any of their properties or
assets,  prior  to  the  time when any penalty or fine shall be incurred with
respect  thereto; provided, however, that no such Tax, assessment, charge, or
claim  need  be  paid  if  the  same  is  being  contested  in  good faith by
appropriate   actions  or  proceedings  promptly  instituted  and  diligently
conducted  and if an adequate reserve or other appropriate provision, if any,
shall  have  been made therefor as required in order to be in conformity with
GAAP;  provided  further,  however, that the foregoing shall not be deemed to
have  been breached with respect to Taxes, assessments, or other governmental
charges  imposed upon Borrower or its Subsidiaries or any of their Assets if,
at  the  time  of  the  imposition thereof, Borrower and its Subsidiaries are
unaware of such Taxes, assessments, or other governmental charges and so long
as,  promptly  after  Borrower  or  its  Subsidiaries,  as  applicable,  have
knowledge  of  the Tax, assessment, or other governmental charge, the same is
either  promptly  paid or contested in conformity with the foregoing proviso;
provided  further,  however, that the Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall not
be required to pay claims that are not material in the aggregate.

          5.5  Maintenance  of  Properties.   Borrower shall, and shall cause
each  of  its  Subsidiaries  to,  maintain  or cause to be maintained in good
repair,  working  order and condition all of those Assets useful or necessary
to  its  business  or  the  business  of its Subsidiaries or that are used in
connection  therewith  or  related  thereto,  except  for Assets that, in the
aggregate, are not material to the business or operations of Borrower and its
Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

          5.6  Insurance.    Borrower  shall,  and  shall  cause  each of its
Subsidiaries  to,  maintain or cause to be maintained, with insurers that are
financially  sound  and reputable at the time of the issuance (or reissuance)
of  such insurance, insurance with respect to its properties and business and
the properties and business of its Subsidiaries against loss or damage of the
kinds  customarily  insured against by corporations of established reputation
engaged  in  the  same  or similar businesses and similarly situated, of such
types   and  in  such  amounts  as  are  customarily  carried  under  similar
circumstances  by  such  other corporations, and Borrower shall, from time to
time,  or  as  otherwise  required by any of the Personal Property Collateral
Documents  or  the  Real  Property Collateral Documents, deliver to Agent, as
Agent  or any Bank reasonably may request, copies of policies or certificates
evidencing  or  describing  all  insurance then in effect, which certificates
shall  indicate  Agent,  on behalf of Banks, as an additional insured or as a
loss-payee,  as  may  be  required by any of the Personal Property Collateral
Documents.

          5.7  Inspection.    Borrower shall permit any Persons designated by
Agent  or  any Bank to visit and inspect any of the properties of Borrower or

any  of  its  Subsidiaries,  including its and their financial and accounting
records,  and  to make copies and take extracts therefrom, and to discuss its
and  their  affairs,  finances,  and accounts with its and their officers and
independent  public  accountants  with  respect  to any matters concerning or
relating   to  this  Agreement,  the  Loan  Documents,  or  the  transactions
contemplated  herein  or  therein, all upon reasonable notice and as often as
may  be  reasonably requested.  All reasonable costs and expenses incurred by
Agent in connection therewith shall be borne by Borrower.

          5.8  Compliance  with  Laws,  etc.  Borrower shall, and shall cause
its  Subsidiaries  to, exercise all due diligence in order to comply with the
requirements  of  all  applicable laws, rules, regulations, and orders of any
governmental  authority,  noncompliance  with  which  would  have  a Material
Adverse  Effect;  provided,  however, that this Section 5.8 shall not prevent
Borrower  or  any of its Subsidiaries from, in good faith and with reasonable
diligence,  contesting  the  validity  or  application  of  any  such laws or
regulations  by  appropriate  legal  proceedings  or  actions and pending the
outcome  of  such  legal proceedings Borrower shall not be required to comply
with  such  contested  law  or  regulation  so  long as the failure to comply
therewith reasonably could not be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

          5.9  Environmental Compliance and Reporting.

               (a)  Environmental Laws.  Borrower shall, and shall cause each
of  its Subsidiaries to comply, in all material respects, with all applicable
Environmental  Protection  Statutes  other  than any Environmental Protection
Statute the noncompliance with which could not reasonably be expected to have
a Material Adverse Effect; provided, however, that this Section 5.9 shall not
prevent  Borrower  or  any  of  its Subsidiaries from, in good faith and with
reasonable diligence, contesting the validity or application of any such laws
or  regulations  by  appropriate legal proceedings and pending the outcome of
such  legal  proceedings  Borrower  shall not be required to comply with such
contested  law  or  regulation  so  long  as  the failure to comply therewith
reasonably could not be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

               (b)  Indemnification.    Borrower shall, pursuant to the terms
of  Section 10.2 hereof, indemnify, pay and hold Agent and each Bank harmless
from  and  against  any and all losses, costs (including reasonable attorneys
fees and experts costs), claims, liabilities, injuries, expenses, and damages
whatsoever  incurred  by Agent or such Bank (i) by reason of any violation of
or  noncompliance  with  any applicable Environmental Protection Statutes for
which Borrower, or one of its Subsidiaries, as applicable, is liable or which
is related to any real property owned, leased, or operated by Borrower or its
Subsidiaries;  (ii)  by reason of the imposition of any Lien for the recovery
of  environmental  cleanup  or  response  costs  related to any real property
owned,  leased,  or operated by Borrower or its Subsidiaries; (iii) by reason
of  any  soil  or  groundwater  contamination,  attributable to any Hazardous
Substance, affecting any real property owned, leased, or operated by Borrower
or  any  of  its  Subsidiaries;  or (iv) by reason of any soil or groundwater
contamination,  attributable  to  any Hazardous Substance, affecting any real
property  in  connection  with which Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is a
potentially  responsible  party, responsible party, or liable party under any
Environmental Protection Statute.

               (c)  Remedial Action.  Borrower shall, and shall cause each of
its  Subsidiaries  to, promptly take any and all Remedial Actions required by
any  federal,  state,  or  local  governmental  agency  under  any applicable
Environmental  Protection  Statute;  provided, however, that this Section 5.9
(c)  shall  not  prevent  Borrower  and  its  Subsidiaries from in good faith
contesting  validity,  application,  or  liability or negotiating remediation
with regulatory agencies if appropriate reserves have been established to the
extent required by GAAP.

               (d)  Reporting.  Borrower promptly shall advise Agent and each
Bank  in  writing  and in reasonable detail of any administrative or judicial
proceeding subject to disclosure under 17 C.F.R. Section 229.103(5)(C) (1995). 

               (e)  Best  Efforts  To  Avoid Contamination.  Borrower and its
Subsidiaries  shall  use their reasonable best efforts to avoid creating soil
or  groundwater  contamination,  attributable to any Hazardous Substance.  If
B o r rower  reasonably  and  in  good  faith  estimates  that  the  cost  of
i n vestigating  and  cleaning  up  any  soil  or  groundwater  contamination
attributable  to  any  Hazardous  Substance  at  any  real  property owned or
operated by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (which occurs notwithstanding
the  previous  sentence)  reasonably  could  be  expected  to have a Material
Adverse  Effect,  Borrower  promptly  shall  advise  Agent  in writing and in
reasonable detail of the contamination and estimated costs, and, upon request
from  Agent,  promptly  shall  provide  and continue to provide all technical
e n v i r onmental  reports  and  similar  written  evaluations  relating  to
contamination at the site.  

          5.10 Compliance  with  ERISA.    Borrower shall, and shall take all
necessary  actions to ensure that each of its ERISA Affiliates, to the extent
that  Borrower  or any of its Subsidiaries have direct or indirect control or
can  direct or cause the direction of each of those ERISA Affiliates, take no
action  that  would  render  the  representations and warranties set forth in
Section 4.11 of this Agreement inaccurate in any material respect.

          5.11 Further  Assurances.   At any time as required under the terms
of  Section  5.2(h)  and Article 6 hereof or at any time or from time to time
upon  the  request  of Agent or any Bank, Borrower shall execute and deliver,
and  shall cause Mojave to execute and deliver, such further documents and do
such  other  acts  and  things as any Bank or Agent reasonably may request in
order  to effect fully the purpose of this Agreement, the Notes, and the Loan
Documents  and  to  provide  for  the  full  measure  of  collateral security
contemplated  under  the  Personal Property Collateral Documents and the Real
Property  Collateral  Documents.    In  this regard, Borrower shall, or shall
cause Mojave to, as promptly as possible (and in any event with ten (10) days
after  acquiring title thereto) deliver to Agent fully executed Real Property
Collateral Documents, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent,
together  with  title  insurance  policies  and  surveys, with respect to any
parcel of real property that is integrally related to the use or operation of
one  of  the  Cement  Plants  (other  than the Brooksville Plant) and that is
acquired by Borrower or Mojave after the Closing Date.

          5.12 Subordinated  Debt.   Borrower promptly shall provide to Agent
all  notices  respecting  the Subordinated Debt received by Borrower from any
holder (or trustee, agent or representative of any holder) thereof respecting

any  material  act, event, or omission, that are sent to Borrower pursuant to
the provisions of the Subordinated Indenture.

          5.13 Appraisals.    Borrower  shall  permit  Agent  to  cause to be
conducted,  at  the  expense of Borrower (a) upon the request of the Majority
Banks (which must include Agent), an appraisal with respect to each parcel of
real  property  of  Borrower  and  Mojave  that  constitutes  a  part  of the
Collateral  and  (b) any additional appraisals that are required under 12 CFR
Part 34.


                                  ARTICLE 6.

                        NEGATIVE COVENANTS OF BORROWER

          Borrower  covenants  and agrees that, so long as any portion of the
Revolving  Credit Facility Commitment under this Agreement shall be in effect
and  until  payment in full of the Loans and the Notes, and any other amounts
due  hereunder,  and  except  as  set  forth in the Disclosure Statement with
specific  reference  to  the  Section  of  this  Article  6  affected thereby
concerning  matters  that  do not conform to the covenants of this Article 6,
Borrower  shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries to, perform each and all of
the following covenants applicable to it: 

          6.1  Debt.    Borrower  shall  not, and shall not permit any of its
Subsidiaries  to,  create,  incur, assume, guarantee, or otherwise become, or
remain, directly or indirectly, liable with respect to any Debt, except:  

               (a)  Debt evidenced by the Notes and this Agreement; 

               (b)  the Existing Subordinated Debt; 

               (c)  So long as at the time of the incurrence thereof no Event
of  Default  or Unmatured Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and
so  long  as  no  Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default would result
from the incurrence thereof, the Exchange Subordinated Debt;

               (d)  Commercial paper in an aggregate amount not to exceed the
Commercial  Paper  Letter  of  Credit  Amount; provided, however, that to the
extent  Borrower  issues and has outstanding any commercial paper that is not
supported  by  Commercial  Paper Letters of Credit, the Dollar amount of such
commercial  paper  shall  be  reserved  under  the  Revolving Credit Facility
Commitment  and  shall  be  available  for  borrowing  solely  to  repay such
commercial paper;

               (e)  Contingent  Obligations  permitted  under  Section 6.4 of
this Agreement;

               (f)  Debt resulting from Capitalized Leases;

               (g)  Debt disclosed in the financial statements referred to in
Section  4.3 hereof (other than Debt created under the 1993 Credit Agreement)
or Debt set forth in the Disclosure Statement;

               (h)  Debt  owed  to Borrower by its Subsidiaries to the extent
permitted under Section 6.3 of this Agreement;

               (i)  Debt owed by Borrower to any of its Subsidiaries;

               (j)  Debt  secured by Permitted Liens under clause (xi) of the
definition of "Permitted Liens;" 

               (k)  Debt  (including  Acquired  Indebtedness)  not  otherwise
permitted  under  this  Section 6.1 in an aggregate amount outstanding at any
time less than or equal to Seventy-Five Million Dollars ($75,000,000); 

               (l)  Debt  owing  by  any of Borrower's Subsidiaries to any of
Borrower's Subsidiaries; and

               (m)  Borrower  or  its Subsidiaries, as applicable, may become
and  remain  liable  with respect to refinancings, renewals, or extensions of
the  Debt  permitted  under  clauses (b), (c), (f), (g), (j), (k), and (m) of
this   Section  6.1  so  long  as  (i)  the  terms  and  conditions  of  such
refinancings,  renewals, or extensions do not materially impair the prospects
of  repayment  of the Loans by Borrower, (ii) such refinancings, renewals, or
extensions  do not result in an increase in the aggregate principal amount of
the  Debt  so  refinanced,  renewed, or extended; provided, however, that the
foregoing shall not prohibit an increase in the aggregate principal amount of
the  Debt  so  refinanced, renewed, or extended to the extent of any required
prepayment  penalty or premium with respect thereto, (iii) such refinancings,
renewals, or extensions do not result in a shortening of the average weighted
maturity  of  the  Debt  so refinanced, renewed, or extended, and (iv) to the
e x tent  that  the  Debt  that  is  refinanced,  renewed,  or  extended  was
subordinated  in  right  of  payment to the Debt owed to Agent and the Banks,
then the subordination terms and conditions of the new Debt shall be at least
as  favorable  to  Agent and the Banks as those applicable to the refinanced,
renewed,  or  extended  Debt.   For purposes of hereof, it shall be deemed to
constitute  a  refinancing  if (a) Borrower issues new subordinated Debt (the
"New  Subordinated  Debt") in anticipation of prepaying Existing Subordinated
Debt  so  long  as  the proceeds of the New Subordinated Debt are utilized to
prepay  Existing  Subordinated  Debt  within  a  fifty  (50)  day period (the
"Refinancing  Period")  from  the  date on which the New Subordinated Debt is
first  incurred,  (b)  proceeds received by Borrower from the issuance of the
New  Subordinated  Debt  are applied to the repayment of the Loans during the
Refinancing Period and thereafter are borrowed hereunder in order to complete
the  prepayment  of Existing Subordinated Debt within the Refinancing Period,
or   (c)  proceeds  received  by  Borrower  from  the  issuance  of  the  New
Subordinated   Debt  are  utilized  to  acquire  Cash  Equivalents  that  are
thereafter  liquidated  in  order  to  complete  the  prepayment  of Existing
Subordinated Debt within the Refinancing Period.

          6.2  Liens.    Borrower  shall not, and shall not permit any of its
Subsidiaries  to,  create,  incur,  assume  or  permit  to exist, directly or
indirectly,  any Lien on or with respect to any Asset of any kind of Borrower
or  any  of its Subsidiaries, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, or any
income or profits therefrom, except Permitted Liens.

          6.3  Investments.   Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of
its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly make or own any Investment in any
Person, except: 

               (a)  Borrower  and  each  of its Subsidiaries may make and own
Investments in Cash Equivalents;

               (b)  Borrower  and  each  of its Subsidiaries may maintain any
Investment  extant on the date hereof in any of Borrower's Subsidiaries or in
any  other  Person  as  such  Investments  are  set  forth  in the Disclosure
Statement; 

               (c)  Borrower  and its Subsidiaries may make and own loans and
otherwise create Debt as permitted under Sections 6.1(l) and 6.1(i) hereof; 

               (d)  so  long  as  no  Event  of Default or Unmatured Event of
Default  has occurred and is continuing and so long as no Event of Default or
Unmatured   Event  of  Default  would  result  therefrom,  Borrower  and  its
Subsidiaries  may make and own Investments not otherwise permitted under this
Section  6.3  to  the  extent  that  such  Investments  constitute  Permitted
Acquisitions;

               (e)  Borrower  and  its Subsidiaries may make and own loans or
advances to any of their officers or employees;

               (f)  Borrower  and  each  of its Subsidiaries may make and own
Investments  in  any  debt  or  equity instrument (x) that matures within two
hundred  seventy  (270) days of the date of acquisition of the Investment and
is issued by a Person that on the date of acquisition of the Investment has a
commercial  paper  rating of P-1 by Moody's or A-1 by S&P, or better, or such
instrument  is  irrevocably  guaranteed or backed by an irrevocable letter of
credit  from  the date of acquisition of the Investment through maturity by a
Person  having  on the date of acquisition of the Investment a long-term debt
rating  of  no  less  than  Aa by Moody's or AA by S&P, or (y) matures within
thirty (30) days of the date of the Investment and is issued by a Person that
on the date of acquisition of the Investment has a commercial paper rating of
no  less  than P-2 by Moody's or A-2 by S&P or such instrument is irrevocably
guaranteed  or  backed  by  an  irrevocable letter of credit from the date of
acquisition of the Investment through maturity by a Person having on the date
of acquisition of the Investment a long-term debt rating of no less than A by
Moody's  or  A  by  S&P,  or  (z)  with  respect to Moore McCormack Insurance
Bermuda,  Ltd.,  only,  which  is  consistent  with  past practices and in an
aggregate  amount  not in excess of that required for collateral security and
capitalization purposes for the conduct of its business;

               (g)  Investments  in  respect of accounts receivable that have
become  delinquent,  including  the  acceptance  of securities of the account
debtor  obtained by Borrower or its Subsidiaries in connection with a plan of
reorganization  or  workout  of  the  indebtedness  of  such  account debtor,
together with the making of additional Investments in such account debtors so
long  as  the  maximum  amount of additional Investments made in any one such
account  debtor  under  this  clause  (g)  does not exceed Seven Million Five
Hundred  Thousand  Dollars  ($7,500,000) and so long as the maximum amount of

all such additional Investments in such account debtors under this clause (g)
does not exceed Twenty Five Million Dollars ($25,000,000) in the aggregate;

               (h)  Borrower  may  annually  make and own loans, advances, or
capital  contributions  to  The Southdown Employee Benefit Trust in an amount
a c t uarially  determined  as  the  amount  necessary  to  provide  for  the
satisfaction  of  Borrower's  and  its Subsidiaries' estimated health benefit
claims; 

               (i)  Borrower  may  make  and  own  loans  to  Moore-McCormack
Transport,  Inc.,  or  its  Affiliates,  not  otherwise  permitted under this
Section  6.3  in  an  aggregate  amount  not  to exceed Three Million Dollars
($3,000,000) outstanding at any one time; and

               (j)  Borrower  may  make  and  own  loans to KCC not otherwise
permitted  under  this  Section  6.3 in an aggregate amount not to exceed Ten
Million Dollars ($10,000,000) outstanding at any one time.

          6.4  Contingent  Obligations.    Borrower  shall not, and shall not
permit  any  of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or become
or be liable with respect to any Contingent Obligation, except: 

               (a)  C o n tingent  Obligations  disclosed  in  the  financial
statements  and related notes referred to in Section 4.3 of this Agreement or
reflected  in  the  Disclosure  Statement  and  any  refinancing, renewals or
extensions  of  such Contingent Obligations on terms substantially similar to
the original terms;

               (b)  Contingent Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of
business of Borrower and its Subsidiaries;

               (c)  Contingent Obligations not otherwise permitted under this
Section  6.4  in  an  aggregate  amount not to exceed Fifteen Million Dollars
($15,000,000) outstanding at any one time; and

               (d)  Mojave  may  become  and  remain  liable under the Mojave
Guaranty.

          6.5  Preferred Stock.  Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any
of its Subsidiaries to, create, issue, or suffer to exist any Preferred Stock
other  than Permitted Preferred Stock; provided, however, that Borrower shall
be entitled to issue or assume Prohibited Preferred Stock or acquire a Person
that previously has issued Preferred Stock that would not have been Permitted
Preferred  Stock  if  Borrower could have incurred Debt in an amount equal to
the amount of such Preferred Stock and so long as, thereafter, such Preferred
Stock is treated, for all purposes hereunder, as if it were Debt.

          6.6  Financial Covenants.

               (a)  Leverage  Ratio.  Borrower shall not permit, on the final
day  of  any fiscal quarter ending on or after the Closing Date, its Leverage
Ratio,  calculated  based  upon  the  four  (4)  immediately preceding fiscal
quarters,   including  the  quarter  then  ended,  to  be  greater  than  the
correlative amounts indicated below: 

Period                             Ratio

Closing Date through               3.00:1.00
March 31, 1999

June 30, 1999 through              2.75:1.00
December 31, 1999

March 31, 2000 through             2.50:1.00
the Maturity Date


               (b)  Consolidated  Tangible  Net  Worth.    Borrower shall not
permit,  as  of  the  Closing Date, its Consolidated Tangible Net Worth to be
less  than Two Hundred Twenty Million Dollars ($220,000,000).  Thereafter, as
of the last date of each fiscal quarter of Borrower beginning with Borrower's
fiscal  quarter  ended  December  31,  1995,  Borrower's minimum Consolidated
Tangible  Net  Worth requirement shall be the amount applicable to Borrower's
immediately preceding fiscal quarter (or in the case of such determination on
December  31,  1995,  Two  Hundred  Twenty Million Dollars ($220,000,000))(i)
increased,  as  of  the  last  day  of  each  of its second and fourth fiscal
quarters,   by  an  amount  equal  to  (y)  one  hundred  percent  (100%)  of
Consolidated  Net  Income  (solely to the extent that, for any such six-month
period,  such  number  is  a positive number) for such fiscal quarter and the
immediately  preceding  fiscal quarter; minus (z) the aggregate Dollar amount
of  dividends paid or accrued (without duplication of an accrual taken in any
fiscal quarter prior to the immediately preceding fiscal quarter) by Borrower
on account of its Capital Stock during such fiscal quarter or the immediately
preceding  fiscal  quarter, and (ii) decreased, as of the last day of each of
its  fiscal  quarters,  by  an amount equal to the aggregate Dollar amount of
Permitted  Junior Payments paid or accrued, without duplication of an accrual
taken  in a prior fiscal quarter, by Borrower on account of its Capital Stock
during such fiscal quarter.

               (c)  Minimum Current Ratio.  Borrower shall not permit, on the
last  day  of  any  fiscal  quarter,  the ratio of:  (i) Consolidated Current
Assets  to  (ii)  Consolidated  Current  Liabilities  (excluding  the current
portion  of  Funded  Debt  to  the  extent  included  in Consolidated Current
Liabilities) to be less than 1.25:1.00.

               (d)  Free  Cash Flow Ratio.  Borrower shall not permit, on the
final  day of any fiscal quarter ending after the Closing Date, its Free Cash
Flow  Ratio,  calculated based upon the four (4) immediately preceding fiscal
quarters,  including  the quarter then ended, to be less than the correlative
amounts indicated below: 


Period                             Ratio

Closing Date through               1.30:1.00
December 31, 1995

March 31, 1996 through             1.30:1.00
December 31, 1996

March 31, 1997 through             1.10:1.00
the Maturity Date


          6.7  Restriction  on  Fundamental Changes.  Borrower shall not, and
shall  not  permit  Mojave  to,  change  its  name,  enter into any merger or
consolidation,  enter into any reorganization or recapitalization of its Debt
in  connection  with a troubled debt restructuring, or liquidate, wind up, or
dissolve  itself (or suffer any liquidation or dissolution), or convey, sell,
assign,  lease,  transfer,  or  otherwise dispose of, in one transaction or a
series  of  transactions, all or substantially all of its Assets, whether now
owned or hereafter acquired, and Borrower shall not, and shall not permit its
Subsidiaries, to acquire by purchase or otherwise all or substantially all of
the  business,  Assets of, or stock or other evidence of beneficial ownership
of, any Person, except: 

               (a)  any  Specified  Subsidiary  may be merged or consolidated
with or into Borrower or any Specified Subsidiary or be liquidated, wound up,
or  dissolved, or all or any part of its business, property, or assets may be
conveyed,  sold,  assigned, leased, transferred, or otherwise disposed of, in
one  transaction  or  a  series of transactions, to Borrower or any Specified
S u b sidiary;  provided,  however,  that  in  the  case  of  its  merger  or
consolidation,  Borrower shall give prior written notice to Agent thereof and
cause  any  such  Specified  Subsidiary to comply with Section 5.11 hereof to
effect  and  continue the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the
Loan Documents; 

               (b)  Borrower  and  its  Subsidiaries  may make any Investment
permitted under Section 6.3 of this Agreement; 

               (c)  Borrower  and  its  Subsidiaries  may  sell  or otherwise
dispose  of  Assets  in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.9 of this
Agreement;

               (d)  upon  thirty  (30)  days  prior  written notice to Agent,
Borrower or Mojave may change its name;

               (e)  upon ten (10) days prior written notice to Agent, (i) any
of  the  Specified  Subsidiaries  may  merge  with  and into any of the other
Specified  Subsidiaries,  and (ii) any of Borrower's Subsidiaries, other than
S p e cified  Subsidiaries,  may  merge  with  and  into  any  of  Borrower's
Subsidiaries, other than Specified Subsidiaries; and

               (f)  so  long  as  no  Event  of Default or Unmatured Event of
Default  has occurred and is continuing and so long as no Event of Default or
Unmatured   Event  of  Default  would  result  therefrom,  Borrower  and  its
Subsidiaries may make and own Permitted Acquisitions.

          6.8  Sales  and  Lease-Backs.    Borrower  shall not, and shall not
permit  any  of  its  Subsidiaries  to  become  or remain liable, directly or
indirectly,  as  lessee  or  as guarantor or other surety with respect to any
lease,  whether  an  Operating or Capitalized Lease, of any property (whether
real,  personal,  or  mixed real and personal) whether now owned or hereafter
acquired:    (a)  which  Borrower  or  any  of  its  Subsidiaries has sold or
transferred  or  is  to  sell  or  transfer to any other Person, or (b) which
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries intends to use for substantially the same
purpose  as  any other property that has been or is to be sold or transferred
by  Borrower  or  any  such  Subsidiary to any Person in connection with such
lease,  unless  such  sale  or  transfer is permitted pursuant to Section 6.9
hereof  or  unless effected in compliance with the provisions of Section 5.11
hereof to effect and continue the transactions contemplated by this Agreement
and the Loan Documents. 

          6.9  Sale  of  Assets.    Borrower  shall not, and shall not permit
Mojave to, sell, assign, transfer, convey, or otherwise dispose of: 

               (a)  the Collateral;

               (b)  the Brooksville Plant; 

               (c)  any  other  Asset  the  absence of which would have had a
material  impact  upon  the  cash  flow projections that were provided to the
Banks in connection with the consummation of this Agreement; or

                (d) their  accounts,  general  intangibles for the payment of
money,  or other rights to payment of money, except that this provision shall
not  preclude  the  sale of accounts as part of a sale of the business out of
which  they  arose,  an  assignment  of  accounts  that is for the purpose of
collection  only,  a  transfer  of  a right to payment under a contract to an
assignee that is also to do the performance under the contract, a transfer of
a  single  account  to an assignee in whole or partial satisfaction of a pre-
existing indebtedness or any sale, discount or other disposition to Borrower.

     Anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the foregoing
shall not prohibit:

               (i)  the  sale  or  other  disposition  by  any  of Borrower's
Subsidiaries of Assets to Borrower; 

               (ii) the  sale  or  other  disposition  by  any  of Borrower's
Subsidiaries  of Assets to any of Borrower's Subsidiaries, in each case, upon
prior  written  notice  by  Borrower  to  Agent of same and compliance to the
extent  applicable,  at the request of Agent, with Section 5.11 to effect and
continue  the  transactions  contemplated  by  this  Agreement  or  the  Loan
Documents;

               (iii)     so long as no Event of Default or Unmatured Event of
Default  has occurred and is continuing and so long as no Event of Default or
Unmatured  Event  of  Default  would  result therefrom, the consummation of a
Permitted Acquisition; and

               (iv) the  sale  or  other  disposition of obsolete or worn out
equipment  in  the ordinary course of business, the sale or other disposition
of equipment in connection with the replacement thereof, or the sale or other
disposition  of equipment, general intangibles, or real estate, to the extent
such  equipment, general intangibles, or real estate is no longer integral to
the operation of any one or more Cement Plants.

          Upon  receipt  of  a  written  request  from Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries  with  respect  to any sale or other disposition permitted under
this  Section  6.9,  Agent  shall  execute  and  deliver  all  agreements and
documents  as  reasonably  may  be requested to effect a release of the Liens
held by Agent, on behalf of Banks, upon the assets or properties that are the
subject of such sale or other disposition permitted under this Section 6.9.

          6.10 Transactions with Shareholders and Affiliates.  Borrower shall
not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly,
enter  into or permit to exist any transaction (including the purchase, sale,
lease,  or exchange of any property or the rendering of any service) with any
holder  of  five  percent  (5%)  or more of any class of equity securities of
Borrower  or  with any Affiliate of Borrower on terms that are less favorable
to  Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, as the case may be, than those terms
which might be obtained at the time from Persons who are not such a holder or
Affiliate, or if such transaction is not one that could be obtained from such
other  Person,  on  terms  that  are not negotiated in good faith on an arm's
length basis.  

          6.11 Conduct of Business.  Borrower shall not, and shall not permit
any  of  its Subsidiaries to, engage in any business if, as a result thereof,
the business of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, would not be
substantially  the  same as that conducted on the Closing Date.  For purposes
of  this  Section  6.11  and  for  purposes  of  the  definition of Permitted
Acquisitions,  the  business  of the manufacture and distribution of building
products  shall  be  deemed to be within the types of businesses conducted by
Borrower and its Subsidiaries on the Closing Date.

          6.12 Amendments  or  Waivers  of Certain Documents.  Borrower shall
not,  and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, agree to any amendment
to,  or  waive  any  of  its  rights with respect to the terms and provisions
regarding  interest  rates,  principal  or  interest  payment  amounts, total
principal  amounts,  subordination  provisions, events of default, or similar
terms  and  provisions  (including  applicable  definitions) of the Debt, and
related indentures or agreements, referred to in subsections 6.1(b) or (c) of
this Agreement; provided, however, Borrower may agree to an amendment of such
Debt,  and  the  related  indentures or agreements, that extends the maturity
date of such Debt.

          6.13 Use  of  Proceeds.  Borrower shall not use the proceeds of the
Loans  for  any  purpose  other  than  for  its  general  corporate  purposes
consistent with the terms of this Agreement.

          6.14 ERISA.  Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any member of
the Controlled Group to: 

               (a)  engage  in any transaction that it knows or has reason to
know could subject it or any member of the Controlled Group to either a civil
penalty  assessed pursuant to Section 502(i) of ERISA or a tax imposed by
Section 4975 of the Code or any penalty, tax, or other form of financial
obligation under the laws  of  any  foreign  country,  that  would be material
to Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; or 

               (b)  permit the present value of all benefits on a termination
basis  (irrespective  of  whether  vested) under all Pension Plans (excluding
unfunded  deferred  compensation  agreements or other arrangements of similar
nature  not  subject  to  ERISA  and  welfare  plans  not  subject to funding
requirements  of  ERISA),  with  Assets  less  than benefits (irrespective of
whether  vested)  to  exceed  the current value of the Assets of such Pension
Plans  allocable  to  such benefits by an aggregate amount for the Controlled
Group  taken  together  of  more  than  the  greater  of five percent (5%) of
Consolidated Tangible Net Worth; or 

               (c)  fail  to make any payments to any Multiemployer Plan that
Borrower  or  any  of  its ERISA Affiliates may be required to make under any
agreement relating to such Multiemployer Plan, or any law pertaining thereto,
that would have a Material Adverse Effect; or 

               (d)  voluntarily  terminate  any  one or more of their Pension
Plans,  if  such  termination  would  result  in  the  imposition of liens on
Borrower  or  any  member of the Controlled Group under Sect.4068 of ERISA or
the applicable laws of any foreign country, in an amount that when aggregated
with  all  such  prior  liens imposed from previous Pension Plan terminations
(voluntary or involuntary) would have a Material Adverse Effect; or 

               (e)  fail  to  make required contributions to any Pension Plan
subject to Sect.412(n) of the Code that with the passage of time reasonably
could  result  in  a  lien  upon  the Assets of Borrower or any member of its
Controlled Group, that would have a Material Adverse Effect; or 

               (f)  except  as  required  by  law,  adopt an amendment to any
Pension  Plan  (i)  the  effect of which is to increase the current liability
under  that  Plan  for  the  plan  year,  and  (ii)  where the funded current
liability  percentage  for  that  plan year is less than sixty percent (60%),
after taking into account the effect of such an amendment. 

As  used  in  this  Section  6.14, the term "accrued benefit" has the meaning
specified  in Sect.3(23) of ERISA and the term "current value" has the meaning
specified in Sect.3(26)of ERISA; and the terms "current liability" and "funded
current  liability  percentage" have the meaning specified in
Sect.401(a)(29)(E) of the Code. 

          6.15 Misrepresentations.    Borrower shall not, nor shall it permit
any of its Subsidiaries to furnish Agent or any Bank any certificate or other
document  that,  to  its  or its Subsidiaries' knowledge, contains any untrue
statement  of  material fact or that omits to state a material fact necessary
to  make  it  not misleading in light of the circumstances under which it was
furnished. 

          6.16 Change  in  Location  of  Chief  Executive Offices and Assets.
Borrower  shall not, nor shall it permit Mojave to, relocate their respective
chief  executive  offices  without  first giving Agent thirty (30) days prior
written  notice of any proposed relocation.  Borrower shall not, nor shall it
permit  Mojave to, move any of their respective Collateral (except Collateral
delivered  to the Agent) to a location other than any one of their respective
locations  identified  in the Disclosure Statement without first giving Agent
fifteen  (15)  calendar  days  prior  written  notice  of  any  such proposed

relocation;  provided,  however,  that  Borrower  and  Mojave  shall  not  be
considered  to be in violation of this sentence to the extent that Collateral
having  an  aggregate  value  of  no  more than Five Hundred Thousand Dollars
($500,000)  is  located  at  a  location  other  than those identified in the
Disclosure  Statement.  To the extent that Borrower or Mojave, as applicable,
timely  comply with the notice provisions set forth in this Section 6.16, and
timely  comply  with the provisions of Section 5.11 of this Agreement and the
comparable  provisions  of  the  Loan Documents (to the extent that each is a
party  thereto), the Disclosure Statement automatically shall be deemed to be
amended  to include such new locations or to reflect a change in the location
of their chief executive offices, as applicable.

          6.17 Restrictive  Agreements.    Borrower  shall  not, and will not
permit  any  of  its Subsidiaries to, enter into any agreement that restricts
the  ability  of  such  Subsidiary  to  make  payments  to Borrower by way of
dividends,  advances,  reimbursements, or otherwise, other than (a) customary
restrictions  contained  in  purchase and sale agreements with respect to the
sale  of  Assets or Capital Stock that relate to such Assets or Capital Stock
for  the period from and after the date of the execution and delivery of such
purchase and sale agreement until the date of the closing thereunder, and (b)
restrictions  on  Subsidiaries not wholly-owned by Borrower that are acquired
or created after the Closing Date.

          6.18 Margin  Regulation.   No portion of the proceeds of any of the
Loans shall be used by Borrower in any manner that might cause the Borrowing,
the  application  of  such proceeds, or the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement  to  violate Regulations G, T, U, or X of the Federal Reserve Board
or any other regulation of such board or to violate the Exchange Act. 

          6.19 Subordinated Debt, Preferred Stock, and Borrower Common Stock.
Borrower shall not, and shall not cause or permit any of its Subsidiaries to:

               (a)  other than Permitted Junior Payments, pay, prepay, or set
aside   funds  for  the  payment  or  prepayment  of  the  principal  of  any
Subordinated  Debt,  other  than  in  connection with a permitted refinancing
thereof;

               (b)  pay  any  amount with respect to any Subordinated Debt in
violation of the terms of the subordination provisions thereof;

               (c)  other than Permitted Junior Payments, redeem, repurchase,
or otherwise retire for value any Subordinated Debt, other than in connection
with a permitted refinancing thereof; or

               (d)  other than Permitted Junior Payments, redeem, repurchase,
or  otherwise  retire  for  value,  or  set  aside  funds for the redemption,
repurchase,  or  other  retirement for value of any of its Preferred Stock or
the Borrower Common Stock.

          6.20 Hedge  Agreements.    Borrower shall not, and shall not permit
any of its Subsidiaries to, become or remain liable with respect to any Hedge
Agreement unless such Hedge Agreement meets the following criteria:

               (a)  (i)  if  such  Hedge Agreement relates to interest rates,
s u c h  Hedge  Agreement  hedges  actual  outstanding  Debt  (or  an  amount
approximating  such  actual  outstanding  Debt)  of  Borrower  or  one of its
Subsidiaries,  and  (ii)  if  such  Hedge Agreement relates to commodities or
foreign  currency,  such  Hedge Agreement is not speculative in nature and is
entered  into  in  connection  with  the  conduct of Borrower's or any of its
Subsidiaries' business; and

               (b)  the  pricing  and spread under such Hedge Agreement is on
market terms.

          6.21 Dividends.  Borrower shall not and shall not permit any of its
Subsidiaries  to  make  or  declare, directly or indirectly, any dividend (in
cash,  return  of  capital,  or  any other form of Assets) or distribution on
account  of  any  shares  or  interest  of  any  class  of  Borrower's or its
Subsidiaries'  Capital  Stock,  whether now or hereafter outstanding, or make
any  other  distribution  in  respect thereof, either directly or indirectly,
whether  in  cash,  Assets,  or  obligations;  provided,  however,  that  the
foregoing shall not restrict the ability of:

               (a)  Borrower's  Subsidiaries  to  make  any dividend or other
distribution;

               (b)  Borrower  to  make  any dividend or other distribution to
its shareholders consisting of shares of Borrower Common Stock or warrants or
other rights to acquire Borrower Common Stock;

               (c)  Borrower  to  make  any dividend or other distribution to
the  holders  of  Borrower Common Stock of shares of Series C Preferred Stock
pursuant  to  the  terms  and  conditions  of Borrower's Restated Articles of
Incorporation, as amended;

               (d)  so  long  as  no  Event  of Default or Unmatured Event of
Default  has occurred and is continuing and so long as no Event of Default or
Unmatured Event of Default would result therefrom, the payment by Borrower of
any  cash  dividend  that  constitutes a regularly scheduled dividend payment
(and  not  a  redemption  or  partial  redemption) with respect to Borrower's
Permitted  Preferred  Stock  and any Prohibited Preferred Stock to the extent
that  it  is  acquired  or outstanding pursuant to the proviso to Section 6.5
hereof; and

               (e)  so  long  as  no  Event  of Default or Unmatured Event of
Default  has occurred and is continuing and so long as no Event of Default or
Unmatured  Event  of Default would result therefrom, Borrower may declare and
pay  dividends  with respect to the Borrower Common Stock; provided, however,
that  if  no  Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default had occurred and
was  continuing  on the date that Borrower declares any such dividend (or any
dividend  pursuant to Section 6.21(d)) Borrower shall be entitled to pay such
dividend  (or  any  dividend pursuant to Section 6.21(d)) notwithstanding the
occurrence  and  continuation  of  an  Event of Default or Unmatured Event of
Default  (other  than an Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default under
Section 7.1(a) hereof) as of the date such payment is to be made; and

               (f)  Borrower may make Permitted Junior Payments.


                                  ARTICLE 7.

                              EVENTS OF DEFAULT

          7.1  Events  of  Default.  The occurrence of any one or more of the
following  events,  acts, or occurrences shall constitute an event of default
(an "Event of Default") hereunder: 

               (a)  Failure to Make Payments When Due. 

                    (i)  B o rrower  shall  fail  to  pay  any  amount  owing
hereunder  or  under  any  of  the Notes with respect to the principal of any
Loans  when  such amount is due, whether at stated maturity, as a result of a
mandatory  prepayment  requirement, by acceleration, by notice of prepayment,
or otherwise; or

                    (ii) Borrower  shall fail to pay, within five (5) days of
the  date when due, any amount owing hereunder or under any of the Notes with
respect  to  interest  on  any of the Loans or with respect to the Commitment
Fee; or  

                    (iii)     Borrower  shall  fail  to  pay, within ten (10)
days  of  the  date  when  due, any other amounts (including fees, costs, and
expenses payable to Agent or the Banks) payable in connection herewith; or

               (b)  Default in Other Agreements. 

                    (i)  Borrower  or  any  of its Subsidiaries shall default
(as  principal or guarantor or other surety) in the payment when due (subject
to  any  applicable  notice  or  grace period), whether at stated maturity or
otherwise,  of  any  monetary  obligation on (howsoever designated) any Debt,
whether  such  Debt  now  exists  or  shall  hereafter  be created; provided,
however,  that  no default under this clause (i) shall occur or result from a
default  in  the  payment  of any monetary obligation on any Debt of, or Debt
guaranteed  by,  Borrower  or any of its Subsidiaries that, when added to the
amount of all other such Debt in default, does not exceed Ten Million Dollars
($10,000,000); or 

                    (ii) An  event  of  default, as defined in any agreement,
mortgage,  indenture,  instrument,  or other agreement relating thereto under
which there may be issued, or by which there may be secured or evidenced, any
Debt  of, or Debt guaranteed by, Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, whether
such  Debt now exists or shall hereafter be created, shall occur and Borrower
or  such Subsidiary shall permit such Debt to become or be declared due prior
to  its stated maturity or due date; provided, however, that no default under
this clause (ii) shall occur or result from a default in any Debt of, or Debt
guaranteed  by,  Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries which, when added to the
amount of all other such Debt in default, does not exceed Ten Million Dollars
($10,000,000); or 

                    (iii)     A    d e f ault  by  Borrower  or  any  of  its
Subsidiaries  in  the  payment  of  money  under any Hedge Agreement to which
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries are parties, whether such Hedge Agreement

now  exists or shall hereafter be created; provided, however, that no default
under  this  clause  (iii)  shall occur or result from a payment default in a
Hedge  Agreement  of  Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries the net obligations
under  which, when added to the aggregate amount of all net obligations under
other  Hedge  Agreements  as  to  which  Borrower  or  its  Subsidiaries have
defaulted in the payment of monetary obligations, and based upon a reasonable
estimation of the net obligations under each of such Hedge Agreements, do not
exceed Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000); or 

               (c)  Breach of Certain Covenants. 

               Borrower  or  any of its Subsidiaries shall fail to perform or
comply  with any covenant, term, or condition contained in Sections 5.2(e)(i)
or 5.12, or Article 6 of this Agreement; or 

               (d)  Breach of Warranty. 

               Except  to  the  extent qualified by the Disclosure Statement,
any  financial  statement, representation, warranty, or certification made or
furnished  by  Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries under this Agreement or in
any  statement, document, letter, or other writing or instrument furnished or
delivered  to  any  Bank  or  to Agent pursuant to or in connection with this
Agreement  or  as  an  inducement  to  Agent  or  any Bank to enter into this
Agreement,  shall,  at  any  time,  prove  to  have  been  materially  false,
incorrect, or incomplete when made, effective, or reaffirmed, as the case may
be;  provided,  however,  if  a Loan Document applicable to the Collateral or
Lien  affected by such occurrence provides Borrower or its Subsidiary, as the
case  may  be,  the  right to correct or remedy the same, which occurrence is
capable  of  being  corrected or remedied, and Borrower or its Subsidiary, as
the  case  may  be, diligently prosecutes such correction or remedy, then the
same  shall not be deemed to be an Event of Default hereunder so long as such
occurrence  could  not  reasonably  be  expected  to  have a Material Adverse
Effect; or 

               (e)  Other Defaults Under Agreement. 

               Borrower  shall  default  in  the performance of or compliance
with  any term contained in this Agreement other than those referred to above
in  Sections  7.1(a),  (c),  or  (d),  and  such  default shall not have been
remedied  or  waived within ten (10) Domestic Business Days after the earlier
of:    (i)  receipt  of  notice  from  Agent  to Borrower of such default; or
(ii)  the  date  upon  which  any  Responsible  Officer has knowledge of such
default; or 

               (f)  Default Under Loan Documents, etc.

               Borrower  or  any of its Subsidiaries shall fail to observe or
perform  any  term,  covenant,  condition,  agreement,  or  obligation  to be
observed  or performed by it or them as applicable, under the Loan Documents,
to  the  extent that each is a party thereto, and (i) such failure arises out
of  the  granting  by  Borrower  or  any of its Subsidiaries of a Lien or the
imposition  of  a  Lien upon any of the material Assets of Borrower or any of
its  Subsidiaries  in  favor  of  any  Person, except for Permitted Liens; or
(ii)  such  failure arises out of any other act or failure to act of Borrower

or  any  of  its Subsidiaries which act materially adversely affects any Lien
granted  in  favor of Banks by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries; provided,
however,  that  the  failure  to comply with any further assurance provisions
contained  in  the  Loan  Documents  shall,  per  se, be deemed to materially
adversely  affect  such  Liens; or (iii) such failure arises other than under
circumstances  set  forth in clauses (i) and (ii) above and continues for ten
(10)  Domestic  Business  Days  after notice to Borrower of such failure from
Agent;  or  (iv) such failure arises other than under circumstances set forth
in  clauses  (i)  and  (ii)  above  and  continues  for fifteen (15) Domestic
Business  Days  after  Agent  is  notified of such failure by Borrower or its
Subsidiary;  provided  further,  however, the provisions of clauses (iii) and
(iv)  above notwithstanding, if, under the applicable Loan Document, Borrower
or  any  of  its  Subsidiaries  has  the  right to cure such failure and such
failure  is  capable  of  being cured, and Borrower or its Subsidiary, as the
case may be, commences and diligently prosecutes such cure as required by the
terms  of  such Loan Document, then such failure shall not be deemed to be an
Event  of  Default  hereunder so long as such failure could not reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; or 

               (g)  Involuntary Bankruptcy; Appointment of Receiver, etc. 

                    (i)  An  involuntary  case  seeking  the  liquidation  or
reorganization  of  Borrower  or  any  of  its  Material  Subsidiaries  under
Chapter  7 or Chapter 11, respectively, of the federal Bankruptcy Code or any
similar proceeding shall be commenced against Borrower or any of its Material
Subsidiaries  under  any other applicable law and any of the following events
occur:    (v)  Borrower  or  any of its Material Subsidiaries, as applicable,
consents  to  the  institution  of  the  involuntary  case;  (w) the petition
commencing  the involuntary case is not timely controverted; (x) the petition
commencing  the  involuntary  case is not dismissed within sixty (60) days of
its  filing; provided, however, that, during the pendency of such period, the
Banks  shall  be relieved of the Revolving Credit Facility Commitment; (y) an
interim  trustee  is  appointed  to  take  possession of all or a substantial
portion  of  the property or to operate all or any substantial portion of the
business of Borrower or any of its Material Subsidiaries; or (z) an order for
relief shall have been issued or entered therein; or 

                    (ii) A  decree or order of a court having jurisdiction in
the  premises  for  the  appointment of a receiver, liquidator, sequestrator,
custodian, trustee, or other officer having similar powers of Borrower or any
of  its  Material  Subsidiaries  to  take  possession of all or a substantial
portion  of  the  property  or to operate all or a substantial portion of the
business  of  Borrower  or  any  of its Material Subsidiaries shall have been
entered  and, within thirty (30) days from the date of entry, is not vacated,
discharged, or bonded against, or any similar relief shall be granted against
Borrower  or any of its Material Subsidiaries under any applicable federal or
state  law  and,  within  thirty  (30)  days  from  the date of entry, is not
vacated,  discharged,  or bonded against; provided, however, that, during the
pendency  of such period, the Banks shall be relieved of the Revolving Credit
Facility Commitment; or 

               (h)  Voluntary Bankruptcy; Appointment of Receiver, etc. 

               Borrower or any of its Material Subsidiaries shall institute a
voluntary  case  seeking  liquidation  or  reorganization  under Chapter 7 or
Chapter  11, respectively, of the federal Bankruptcy Code; or Borrower or any
of  its  Material Subsidiaries shall file a petition, answer, or complaint or
shall  otherwise  institute any similar proceeding under any other applicable
law,   or  shall  consent  thereto;  or  Borrower  or  any  of  its  Material
Subsidiaries  shall  consent  to  the  conversion of an involuntary case to a
voluntary case; or Borrower or any of its Material Subsidiaries shall consent
or  acquiesce  to  the  appointment  of a receiver, liquidator, sequestrator,
custodian,  trustee,  or other officer with similar powers to take possession
of  all  or  a  substantial  portion  of  the property or to operate all or a
substantial  portion  of  the  business  of  Borrower  or any of its Material
Subsidiaries;  or  Borrower  or any of its Material Subsidiaries shall make a
general assignment for the benefit of creditors; or the board of directors of
Borrower  or  any  of  its  Material  Subsidiaries (or any committee thereof)
adopts  any  resolution  or otherwise authorizes action to approve any of the
foregoing; or 

               (i)  Judgments and Attachments. 

                    (i)  Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall suffer any
money  judgment, writ, or warrant of attachment, or similar process involving
payment  of  money  in  an  amount  in  excess  of Seven Million Five Hundred
Thousand  Dollars ($7,500,000) and shall not discharge, vacate, bond, or stay
the  same  within a period of nineteen (19) days or, in any event, within ten
(10) days of the date of any proposed sale thereunder; or

                    (ii) A  judgment  creditor  shall  obtain  possession  of
Assets  of  Borrower  or  any of its Subsidiaries having a value in excess of
Seven  Million  Five  Hundred  Thousand  Dollars  ($7,500,000)  by any means,
including levy, distraint, replevin, or self-help; or 

               (j)  Dissolution. 

               Any  order, judgment, or decree shall be entered decreeing the
dissolution  or  division of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, as the case
may  be, and such order shall remain undischarged or unstayed for a period in
excess of thirty (30) days; or 

               (k)  ERISA Liabilities. 

                    (i)  Any  Reportable  Event  (or similar occurrence under
the  applicable  laws  of  a  foreign  country) occurs that reasonably can be
expected  to  result  in  a  liability  by  Borrower,  or  any  of  its ERISA
Affiliates,  to  the  PBGC (or foreign regulatory authority), that reasonably
would  be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and that Majority Banks
determine,  in  good  faith,  constitutes  grounds for the termination of any
Pension  Plan  by  the  PBGC  (or  foreign  regulatory  authority) or for the
appointment of a trustee to administer any Pension Plan; or 

                    (ii) Any  Pension  Plan maintained by Borrower, or any of
its  ERISA  Affiliates,  shall  be  terminated  or  a trustee appointed by an

appropriate  United  States district court, or pursuant to the applicable law
of  a  foreign  country,  to  administer  any Pension Plan, or the PBGC shall
institute  proceedings  to terminate any Pension Plan or to appoint a trustee
to administer any Pension Plan if, as of the date thereof, Borrower's, or any
of its ERISA Affiliates' liability or the aggregate liability of Borrower, or
its  ERISA  Affiliates  (after giving effect to the tax consequences thereof)
for  unfunded vested benefits under the Pension Plans exceed the then current
value  of  Assets accumulated in such Pension Plans by more than five percent
(5%)  of  Consolidated  Tangible  Net  Worth (or in the case of a termination
involving  Borrower, or any of its ERISA Affiliates as a Substantial Employer
(within the meaning of ERISA), the withdrawing employer's proportionate share
of such excess shall exceed such amount); or 

                    (iii)   Failure  to  make  full  payment  (including  all
required installments) when due of all amounts which, under the provisions of
any Pension Plan or applicable law, Borrower, or any of its ERISA Affiliates,
is  required  to  pay  as  contributions  thereto, that would have a Material
Adverse Effect; or 

                    (iv) Borrower, or any of its ERISA Affiliates creates any
accumulated  funding  deficiency as defined by ERISA, irrespective of whether
waived,  with respect to any Pension Plan, that would have a Material Adverse
Effect; or 

                    (v)  Borrower,  or  any  of  its  ERISA Affiliates, as an
employer  under  a  Multiemployer Plan, shall have made a complete or partial
withdrawal  from  such  Multiemployer  Plan  and  the  plan  sponsor  of such
Multiemployer  Plan  shall  have notified such withdrawing employer that such
employer  has  incurred  a withdrawal liability in an annual amount exceeding
Seven  Million  Five  Hundred  Thousand Dollars ($7,500,000) or the aggregate
amount  of  such withdrawal liabilities for Borrower and its ERISA Affiliates
together exceeds Seven Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($7,500,000); or

                    (vi) Any  Lien  on  the Assets of Borrower, or any of its
Subsidiaries,  under  the  Pension  Protection Act shall exceed Seven Million
Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($7,500,000); or 

               (l)  Termination of Loan Documents. 

               Any  of the Loan Documents shall cease to be in full force and
effect  for  any  reason  other  than:  (i) any act or omission of Agent with
respect to the filing or recordation of any of such documents or other action
necessary  for  the  perfection  of  Liens in favor of Agent on behalf of the
Banks;  or  (ii)  a  release or termination thereof upon the full payment and
satisfaction  of  the  Debt  due  hereunder  and under the Notes to Banks; or
(iii) upon the written consent of the Majority Banks; or 

               (m)  Subordination Default. 

               The  subordination provisions with respect to the Subordinated
Debt, at any time after the execution and delivery thereof and for any reason
other  than satisfaction in full of all Debt incurred hereunder and under the
Notes,  cease  to  be in full force and effect or are declared to be null and
void;  or any holder of twenty-five percent (25%) or more of an issue thereof

denies  that  it  has  any  further  liability  or obligation, including with
respect  to  any future Loans by Banks, under such Subordinated Debt or gives
notice  to  such  effect;  provided,  however,  neither an Unmatured Event of
Default  nor  an  Event  of  Default  shall  be deemed to have occurred or be
continuing  under  this Section 7.1(m) by reason of any such denial or notice
if:    (a)  Borrower  promptly obtains an opinion of counsel, from a law firm
reasonably acceptable to the Majority Banks, addressed to Agent, on behalf of
Banks,  to  the effect that any such denial or notice is not founded upon any
reasonable  basis  at  law;  and  (b)  Borrower  immediately takes all action
necessary  to  obtain  appropriate  declaratory  and  injunctive  relief with
respect  to  such  denial  or  notice in order to preserve the full force and
effect of such subordination provisions; or 

               (n)  Change of Control.

               A Change of Control shall have occurred.

          7.2  Remedies.  Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default: 

               (i)  If  such Event of Default (x) arises under Section 7.1(b)
as  a  result  of a default under the Subordinated Indenture and the Existing
Subordinated Debt is declared due prior to its stated maturity as a result of
such  default  or  (y) arises and is continuing under Sections 7.1(g) or (h),
then  the  unpaid  principal  amount of and any accrued interest on the Loans
automatically  shall become immediately due and payable, without presentment,
demand,  protest, notice, or other requirements of any kind, all of which are
hereby  expressly  waived  by Borrower and the obligation of any Bank to make
any  Loan  hereunder  or issue any Letter of Credit hereunder shall thereupon
terminate; and 

               (ii) In  the  case  of  any  other  Event  of Default which is
continuing,  the  Majority  Banks  may  request  Agent to and Agent thereupon
shall,  by written notice to Borrower, declare all of the Loans to be and the
same  shall  forthwith  become,  due  and  payable, together with any and all
accrued  interest  thereon,  and  the  obligation  of  Banks to make any Loan
hereunder or issue any Letter of Credit hereunder shall thereupon terminate.

               T h e   foregoing  notwithstanding,  if,  at  any  time  after
acceleration  of  the maturity of any Note, Borrower shall pay all arrears of
interest and all payments on account of principal which shall have become due
other  than by acceleration (with interest on principal at the rate specified
herein) and all Events of Default and Unmatured Events of Default (other than
nonpayment of principal and accrued interest under the Notes, due and payable
solely  by  virtue  of acceleration) have been remedied or waived pursuant to
Section 11.1 of this Agreement, then the Majority Banks, by written notice to
Borrower,  may  rescind  and  annul  the  acceleration  and its consequences;
provided,  however, that such action shall not affect any subsequent Event of
Default or Unmatured Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

               Upon  acceleration,  Agent,  upon  the request of the Majority
Banks,  without notice to or demand upon Borrower, which are expressly waived
by  Borrower,  may proceed to protect, exercise, and enforce their rights and
remedies  hereunder  and under the Notes, or the Loan Documents and any other
rights and remedies as are provided by law or equity.  The Majority Banks may

determine,  in  their  sole  discretion,  the  order and manner in which each
Bank's  rights and remedies are to be exercised, and all payments received by
Agent  or  Banks,  or  any  one  or more of them, shall be applied as follows
(regardless  of  how  each Bank may treat the payments for the purpose of its
own  accounting):    first,  to  all costs and expenses (including reasonable
attorneys  fees, costs of maintaining, preserving, or disposing of any of the
real,  personal,  or  mixed  collateral  and costs of settlement) incurred by
Agent,  or  Banks, or any of them, in enforcing any Debt of, or in collecting
any  payments  due  from,  Borrower hereunder or under the Notes or under the
Loan  Documents  by  reason of such Event of Default; second, to all fees due
and owing to Banks or Agent, third, to accrued interest on the Loans; fourth,
to  principal amounts outstanding under the Loans; fifth, to Agent, on behalf
of  Banks, to be held as cash collateral, in an amount equal to the Letter of
Credit  Usage  in order to secure the obligations of Borrower with respect to
such  Letters of Credit; sixth, pro rata, to any other Debt of Borrower owing
to Agent or Banks, or any of them; and seventh, any remainder to Borrower.



                                  ARTICLE 8.

                           THE AGENT AND THE BANKS

          8.1  Appointment and Powers of Agent.  Each Bank hereby irrevocably
designates  and  appoints  Agent as its agent hereunder and hereby authorizes
Agent  to  execute and deliver or accept, on behalf of each of the Banks, the
Loan  Documents  and any other documents, instruments, and agreements related
thereto  or hereto and to take such action on its behalf and to exercise such
rights,  remedies,  powers,  and  privileges  hereunder  as  are specifically
authorized  to  be exercised by Agent by the terms hereof, together with such
rights,  remedies,  powers,  and  privileges  as  are  reasonably  incidental
thereto.    Agent may execute any of its respective duties as agent hereunder
by or through agents or employees and shall be entitled to retain counsel and
to  act in reasonable reliance upon the advice of such counsel concerning all
matters  pertaining  to the agencies hereby created and its duties hereunder,
and  Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken in
accordance with the advice of counsel selected by it.

          Except  as  required by the specific terms of this Agreement, Agent
shall have no duty to exercise any right, power, remedy, or privilege granted
to it hereby, or to ascertain whether any Event of Default or Unmatured Event
of  Default  has  occurred and is continuing or otherwise to inquire into the
performance  or  observance  on  the  part of Borrower of any term, covenant,
condition,  or  agreement on its part to be performed or observed, or to take
any  affirmative  action  hereunder, unless requested or directed to do so by
the  Majority  Banks or all Banks, as provided herein, and shall not, without
the  requisite  prior approval as provided in Section 11.1 hereof, consent to
any  departure  by  Borrower  from the terms hereof, waive any default on the
part  of  Borrower  hereunder  or amend, modify, supplement, or terminate, or
agree to any surrender of, this Agreement, the Notes, or the Loan Documents.

          Agent  has  and  shall  have  the same rights and powers under this
Agreement,  the  Notes,  and  the Loan Documents with respect to its pro rata
share  of  the  Revolving  Credit  Facility Commitment, Loans, and Letters of

Credit  hereunder  as  each other Bank and may exercise the same as though it
were  not  the agent; and the terms "Bank" or "Banks" include Wells Fargo, or
any  successor  agent,  in  its individual capacity hereunder.  Agent and its
Affiliates  may  accept deposits from, lend money to, and generally engage in
any  kind  of  business  with  Borrower, or any of Borrower's Subsidiaries or
Affiliates,  as  if  it  were not the agent hereunder and without any duty to
account therefor to Banks.

          Neither  Agent,  nor  any  of  its  directors, officers, agents, or
employees shall be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by them
hereunder or in connection herewith, except for their own gross negligence or
willful  misconduct;  nor  shall  Agent  be responsible to any Person for the
representations,  warranties, or other statements made by any other Person or
for  the  due  execution  or  delivery, validity, effectiveness, genuineness,
value,  sufficiency,  or  enforceability  against Borrower and Mojave of this
Agreement,  the  Notes,  the  Loan Documents, or any other document furnished
pursuant thereto or in connection herewith.

          Each  Bank  hereby  agrees,  in the ratio that such Bank's pro rata
share  of  the Revolving Credit Facility Commitment bears to the total of the
Revolving  Credit  Facility  Commitment, to indemnify, defend, and hold Agent
harmless,   as  agent  hereunder,  from  and  against  any  and  all  losses,
liabilities  (including  attorneys fees and expenses) incurred or suffered by
Agent in such capacity as a result of any action taken or omitted to be taken
by  Agent  in such capacity, or otherwise incurred or suffered by, made upon,
or  assessed  against Agent in such capacity; provided, however, that no Bank
shall  be  liable  for any portion of any such losses, liabilities (including
liabilities  for  penalties),  actions,  suits,  judgments, demands, damages,
costs,  or  expenses  resulting  from  or attributable to gross negligence or
willful misconduct on the part of Agent or its directors, officers, employees
or  agents.   Without limiting the generality of the foregoing and subject to
the  proviso  above,  each  Bank  hereby  agrees,  in the ratio aforesaid, to
reimburse  Agent promptly following its demand for any out-of-pocket expenses
(including  attorneys  fees and expenses) incurred by Agent hereunder and not
reimbursed  to  Agent  by  Borrower.    Each  Bank's  obligations  under this
paragraph  shall  survive the termination of this Agreement and the discharge
of Borrower's obligations hereunder.

          8.2  Nature  of  Duties;  Independent  Credit Investigation.  Agent
shall  have no duties or responsibilities except those expressly set forth in
this  Agreement.   The duties of Agent shall be mechanical and administrative
in nature and shall include a duty to distribute copies of this Agreement and
the  Loan Documents to each Bank promptly after the Closing Date; Agent shall
not  have  by reason of this Agreement a fiduciary relationship in respect of
any Bank; and nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, is intended to
or  shall  be so construed as to impose upon Agent any obligations in respect
of  this Agreement except as expressly set forth herein.  Each Bank expressly
acknowledges:   (a) that Agent has not made any representations or warranties
to  it  and that no act by Agent hereafter taken, including any review of the
affairs  of  Borrower,  shall  be  deemed to constitute any representation or
warranty  by  Agent  to  any Bank; (b) that it has made and will make its own
independent investigation of the financial condition and affairs, and its own
appraisal  of  the  creditworthiness,  of  Borrower  in  connection with this
Agreement;  and  (c)  that Agent shall have no duty or responsibility, either

initially  or  on  a continuing basis, to provide any Bank with any credit or
other  information  except  as  provided  herein,  whether  coming  into  its
possession  before  the making of any Loans hereunder or at any time or times
thereafter.

          8.3  Actions  in  Discretion  of  Agent;  Instructions  from Banks.
Agent agrees, upon the written request of the Majority Banks or all Banks, as
applicable,  to take any action of the type specified as being within Agent's
rights,  powers,  or  discretion  herein.  In the absence of a request by the
Majority  Banks  or  all Banks, as applicable, Agent shall have authority, in
its  sole  discretion,  to  take  or not to take any such action, unless this
Agreement  specifically  requires  the  consent  of the Majority Banks or all
Banks,  as  applicable.   Any action taken or failure to act pursuant to such
instructions  or  discretion shall be binding on all Banks and on all holders
of Notes.  No Bank shall have any right of action whatsoever against Agent as
a  result  of  Agent acting or refraining from acting hereunder in accordance
with  the  instructions of the Majority Banks or all Banks, as applicable, or
in  the  absence  of  such instructions, in the absolute discretion of Agent,
subject to the provisions of Section 8.1.

          8.4  Exculpatory Provisions.  Agent shall be under no obligation to
any  Bank  to  ascertain  the existence or possible existence of any Event of
Default  or  Unmatured Event of Default unless a required payment by Borrower
to Agent has not been made or unless Agent has received notice from a Bank or
Borrower  stating  that  such  notice is a "Notice of Default."  In the event
that  such  a  payment default occurs or that Agent receives such a notice of
the  occurrence  of  an Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default, Agent
shall  give  prompt  notice  thereof  to  Banks.    Agent  shall  (subject to
Section  11.1  hereof) take such action with respect to such Event of Default
or  Unmatured  Event  of  Default as shall be directed by the Majority Banks;
provided,  however,  that,  unless  and  until Agent shall have received such
directions,  Agent  may  (but shall not be obligated to) take such action, or
refrain  from  taking  such  action, with respect to such Event of Default or
Unmatured  Event  of  Default  as  it  shall  deem  advisable and in the best
interests of Banks.

          8.5  Reliance  by  Agent.  Agent shall be entitled to rely upon any
communication,  instrument,  paper,  writing,  telegram,  telex,  or teletype
m e ssage,  resolution,  notice,  consent,  certificate,  letter,  cablegram,
statement,  order,  other  document, conversation by telephone, or otherwise,
believed  by  it  to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent, or
made  by  the  proper  Person  or Persons.  Agent shall be fully justified in
failing  or  refusing  to  take any action hereunder unless it shall first be
indemnified   to  its  satisfaction  by  Banks  (in  the  ratio  provided  in
Section  8.1)  against any and all liability and expense that may be incurred
by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such actions.

          8.6  Excess  Payments.  If any Bank or other holder of a Note shall
obtain  any  payment  or  other  recovery (whether voluntary, involuntary, by
application  of  offset  or otherwise) on account of principal or interest on
any  Note  or  payment  of  Commitment Fee in excess of its pro rata share of
payments and other recoveries obtained by all Banks or holders of Notes, such
Bank  or  other  holder  shall  purchase from the other Banks or holders such
participations  in the Notes held by them as shall be necessary to cause such

purchasing  Bank  or  holder  to  share  the excess payment or other recovery
ratably  with  each of the other Banks or holders; provided, however, that if
all  or  any  portion  of  the excess payment or other recovery is thereafter
recovered  from  such  purchasing  Bank  or  holder,  the  purchase  shall be
rescinded and the purchase price restored to such Bank or other holder to the
extent of such recovery, but without interest.  Borrower agrees that any Bank
or  holder so purchasing a participation from another Bank or holder pursuant
to this Section 8.6 may, to the fullest extent permitted by law, exercise all
o f    its  rights  of  payment  (including  setoff)  with  respect  to  such
participation  as fully as if such Bank or holder were the direct creditor of
Borrower in the amount of such participation.

          8.7  Obligations  Several.   The obligations of Banks hereunder are
several,  and  neither  any  Bank  nor  Agent  shall  be  responsible for the
obligation of any other Person hereunder, nor will the failure of any Bank to
perform any of its obligations hereunder relieve Agent or any other Bank from
the  performance  of its respective obligations hereunder.  Nothing contained
in  this  Agreement, and no action taken by Banks or Agent pursuant hereto or
in connection herewith or pursuant to or in connection with the Notes, or the
Loan Documents shall be deemed to constitute Banks, together or with Agent, a
partnership, association, joint venture, or other entity.

          8.8  Resignation by Agent.  Agent may resign its agency at any time
by  giving at least thirty (30) days prior written notice of its intention to
do  so to each Bank and to Borrower.  Such resignation shall become effective
upon  the  earlier  of:    (a)  the  appointment  by  the Majority Banks of a
successor  Agent  (which  successor  Agent  shall  be  a  Bank  and  shall be
reasonably  acceptable  to  Borrower), or (b) the effective date set forth in
Agent's  notice  of  resignation.    After  any resigning Agent's resignation
hereunder  as Agent, the provisions of this Article 8 shall continue to inure
to  its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it
was  Agent  hereunder.  Upon such appointment, the term "Agent" shall for all
purposes of this Agreement thereafter mean such successor.

          8.9  Collateral  for  Benefit  of  the Banks; Application of Funds.
Agent  and,  to  the  extent any Bank receives the same, Banks shall hold all
Liens  upon  the Collateral, and any and all proceeds realized therefrom, for
the  pro  rata benefit of Banks in accordance with each Bank's pro rata share
of  the  Revolving Credit Facility Commitment.  While any Loans or Letters of
Credit  are  outstanding  hereunder  or  any  portion of the Revolving Credit
Facility Commitment exists under the terms of this Agreement, should any Bank
receive  (whether  by  voluntary  payment for the Loans, realization upon the
Collateral, exercise of offset or banker's lien, counter-claim, cross-action,
or  otherwise)  any  sums  from  Borrower  received  on account of principal,
interest,  or  other  amount  owed under this Agreement, any guarantor of the
Loans,  or any Subsidiary of Borrower, the sums so obtained shall be received
for the benefit of Banks in accordance with each Bank's pro rata share of the
Revolving Credit Facility Commitment.  If any right of offset is exercised by
any Bank, the entire amount of such offset shall be applied to the Loans made
pursuant  to  this  Agreement until paid in full, prior to application to any
other  Debt  of  Borrower,  any  guarantor  of the Loans or any Subsidiary of
Borrower owing to such Bank.


                                  ARTICLE 9.

                            BANKS' REPRESENTATIONS

          9.1  Investment  Representation.   Each Bank hereby represents that
it will acquire its Notes for its own account, for investment, and not with a
view  to  the  distribution or sale of any such Note; provided, however, that
the  disposition  of  any Note held by such Bank shall at all times be within
such  Bank's  exclusive  control  subject to Section 9.2 hereof.  Each Bank's
acquisition  of  any Note shall constitute its reaffirmation of the foregoing
representation as of the date of such acquisition.

          9.2  Participation  in  Notes; Compliance with Law.  The provisions
of  Section  9.1 hereof to the contrary notwithstanding, each Bank shall have
the  right  at  any  time  and  from time to time to do either or both of the
following without notice to any Person: (a) furnish one or more purchasers or
potential  purchasers of all or any portion of the Loans or the Notes or of a
participation  interest  therein,  with  any  and  all information concerning
Borrower  or  its Subsidiaries that has been supplied by Borrower to Agent or
any  Bank  or  obtained  by other means by Agent or any Bank; or (b) to sell,
a s sign,  pledge,  hypothecate,  syndicate,  transfer,  negotiate  or  grant
participations in all or any portion of such Bank's interests in the Loans or
the Notes in accordance with the terms and conditions of Section 11.5 hereof.

          9.3  Confidentiality.    Each Bank agrees that material, non-public
information  regarding  Borrower,  its  Subsidiaries, operations, Assets, and
existing  and  contemplated business plans shall be treated by such Bank in a
confidential  manner, and shall not be disclosed by it to entities or Persons
who  are not parties to this Agreement, except:  (a) to counsel for and other
advisors,  accountants,  and auditors to such Bank; (b) as may be required by
statute,  decision, or judicial or administrative order, rule, or regulation;
(c)  as  may  be  agreed  to  in  advance  by  Borrower;  (d)  as to any such
information  that is or becomes generally available to the public; and (e) in
connection  with  any  assignment,  prospective assignment, sale, prospective
sale,  participation  or  prospective participation, or pledge or prospective
pledge  of  a  Bank's  interests  hereunder, provided that any such assignee,
p r o s pective  assignee,  purchaser,  prospective  purchaser,  participant,
prospective participant, pledgee, or prospective pledgee shall have agreed in
writing to take its interest hereunder subject to the terms hereof, including
those  of  this  Section  9.3,  or  shall have entered into a confidentiality
agreement  with  Borrower  or for the benefit of Borrower substantiality upon
the terms of this Section 9.3.


                                 ARTICLE 10.

                           EXPENSES AND INDEMNITIES

          10.1 E x p e n ses.    Irrespective  of  whether  the  transactions
contemplated  hereby  are  consummated,  Borrower  agrees  to  pay on demand:
(a)  all of Agent's actual and reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses of
preparation  of  this Agreement, the Notes, the Loan Documents, and all other
agreements,  instruments,  and  documents  contemplated  hereby  and thereby;

(b)  the  cost of delivering the Notes to Banks pursuant to the provisions of
this  Agreement;  (c)  the  reasonable  fees,  expenses, and disbursements of
counsel (including in-house counsel to Agent) to Agent in connection with the
negotiation,  preparation,  printing,  reproduction, execution, delivery, and
administration  of  this  Agreement,  the  Notes, the Loan Documents, and all
other agreements, instruments, and documents contemplated hereby and thereby,
and  any  amendments  and  waivers  hereto or thereto; (d) filing, recording,
publication, search, and title fees paid or incurred by or on behalf of Agent
or  Banks in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement,
the  Notes,  and  the  Loan  Documents; (e) the reasonable costs and expenses
i n curred  by  Agent,  on  behalf  of  Banks,  in  connection  with  audits,
inspections,  and  appraisals  contemplated by this Agreement, the Notes, and
the  Loan  Documents;  (f)  all  other  actual  and  reasonable out-of-pocket
expenses  incurred  by Agent in connection with the negotiation, preparation,
and execution of this Agreement, the Notes, the Loan Documents, and all other
agreements,  instruments,  and documents contemplated hereby and thereby, and
the  making of the Loans and the issuance of the Letters of Credit hereunder;
and   (g)  all  costs  and  expenses  (including  reasonable  attorneys  fees
(including reasonable allocated costs of in-house counsel of Banks) and costs
of settlement) incurred by Agent and each Bank in enforcing or collecting any
Debt  of  Borrower  or defending the Loan Documents (including attorneys fees
and  expenses  incurred in connection with a "workout," a "restructuring," or
any  bankruptcy  or  insolvency  proceeding concerning Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries), irrespective of whether suit is brought.

          10.2 Indemnity.  In addition to the payment of expenses pursuant to
S e c t ion  10.1  hereof,  and  irrespective  of  whether  the  transactions
contemplated hereby are consummated, Borrower agrees to indemnify, exonerate,
defend,  pay,  and hold harmless Banks, Agent, and any holder of any interest
in  the  Notes,  and  the  officers,  directors, employees, and agents of and
counsel to Banks, Agent, and such holders (collectively the "Indemnitees" and
individually  as  "Indemnitee")  from  and  against  any and all liabilities,
o b l igations,  losses,  damages,  penalties,  actions,  causes  of  action,
judgments,  suits,  claims, costs, expenses, and disbursements of any kind or
nature  whatsoever  (including,  the  reasonable  fees  and  disbursements of
counsel  (including,  the  allocated  costs of in-house counsel to Agent) for
such  Indemnitees  in  connection  with any investigation, administrative, or
judicial  proceeding,  whether  such  Indemnitee  shall be designated a party
thereto),  that  may  be  imposed  on,  incurred by, or asserted against such
Indemnitee,  in any manner relating to or arising out of the Revolving Credit
Facility  Commitment, the use or intended use of the proceeds of the Loans or
Letters  of  Credit,  or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by
this Agreement, including any matter relating to or arising out of the filing
or  recordation  of  any of the Loan Documents which filing or recordation is
done  based  upon  information  supplied by Borrower to Agent and its counsel
(the  "Indemnified Liabilities"); provided, however, that Borrower shall have
no  obligation hereunder with respect to Indemnified Liabilities arising from
the  gross  negligence  or  willful  misconduct of any such Indemnitee.  Each
Indemnitee  will  promptly  notify  Borrower  of  each  event of which it has
knowledge which may give rise to a claim under the indemnification provisions
of  this  Section  10.2.    If any investigative, judicial, or administrative
proceeding  arising  from  any  of  the  foregoing  is  brought  against  any
Indemnitee indemnified or intended to be indemnified pursuant to this Section
10.2, Borrower, to the extent and in the manner directed by the Indemnitee or

intended  Indemnitee, will resist and defend such action, suit, or proceeding
or  cause  the  same  to  be  resisted  and defended by counsel designated by
Borrower (which counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnitee or
intended Indemnitee).  Each Indemnitee will use its best efforts to cooperate
in  the  defense of any such action, writ, or proceeding.  To the extent that
the  undertaking  to  indemnify,  pay,  and  hold  harmless  set forth in the
preceding sentence may be unenforceable because it is violative of any law or
public  policy,  Borrower  shall make the maximum contribution to the payment
and  satisfaction  of each of the Indemnified Liabilities that is permissible
under  applicable  law.   The obligations of Borrower under this Section 10.2
shall  survive  the  termination  of  this  Agreement  and  the  discharge of
Borrower's other obligations hereunder.


                                 ARTICLE 11.

                                MISCELLANEOUS

          11.1 M o difications  in  Writing.    No  amendment,  modification,
supplement,  termination,  or  waiver  of  or to, or consent to any departure
from, any provision of this Agreement, the Notes, or the Loan Documents shall
in  any  event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by
or  on  behalf  of  the  Majority  Banks  (or  Agent  acting upon the written
instructions  of the Majority Banks) and Borrower (or any of its Subsidiaries
to  the  extent  a party to an affected Loan Document), to the extent a party
thereto;  provided,  however,  that  no  amendment, modification, supplement,
termination,  waiver, or consent, as the case may be, that has the effect of:
(a)  reducing  the  rate  or  amount, or extending the stated maturity or due
date,  of  any sum payable by Borrower hereunder or under any of the Notes or
Loan  Documents,  including  any Commitment Fee, Letter of Credit fee, or any
payment or prepayment of principal or interest; or (b) increasing the amount,
or extending the stated expiration or termination date, of any Bank's portion
of  the  Revolving Credit Facility Commitment hereunder; or (c) releasing all
or  a  material portion of the Collateral or guaranties (except to the extent
expressly  provided  herein  or  in any of the Loan Documents) supporting the
Loans  hereunder; or (d) changing this Section 11.1 or Section 11.5 hereof or
the  definitions  of  the  terms  "Revolving  Credit Facility Commitment," or
"Majority Banks," shall be effective unless the same shall be signed by or on
behalf  of  all  Banks;  provided  further,  however, that no such amendment,
modification,  supplement,  termination,  waiver, or consent, as the case may
be, that has the effect of changing any provision of this Agreement requiring
the consent of Agent or some specified percentage of Banks shall be effective
unless  the  same  shall be signed by or on behalf of Agent or such specified
percentage  of  Banks, as the case may be; provided further, however, that no
such amendment, modification, supplement, termination, waiver, or consent, as
the  case  may  be,  that  has  the  effect  of (aa) increasing the duties or
obligations  of  Agent  or  an Issuing Bank hereunder; or (bb) increasing the
standard  of  care  or  performance  required  on the part of the Agent or an
Issuing  Bank  hereunder;  or (cc) reducing or eliminating the indemnities or
immunities to which Agent or an Issuing Bank is entitled hereunder (including
any  amendment  or  modification  of  this  Section 11.1), shall be effective
unless  the same shall be signed by or on behalf of Agent or an Issuing Bank,
as  applicable.  Any waiver of any provision of this Agreement, the Notes, or
the  Loan  Documents,  and any consent to any departure by Borrower or any of

its  Subsidiaries  from  the  terms  of any provisions of this Agreement, the
Notes, or the Loan Documents shall be effective only in the specific instance
and  for  the  specific  purpose  for which given.  No notice to or demand on
Borrower in any case shall entitle Borrower to any other or further notice or
demand  in  similar  or  other  circumstances.   Any amendment, modification,
supplement,  termination, waiver, or consent effected in accordance with this
Section 11.1 shall be binding upon each holder of a Note and Borrower (or any
of its Subsidiaries to the extent a party to an affected Loan Document).

          11.2 Waivers; Failure or Delay.  No failure or delay on the part of
Banks,  Agent, or any holder of any Note in the exercise of any power, right,
remedy,  or  privilege under this Agreement, the Notes, or the Loan Documents
shall  impair  such  power, right, remedy, or privilege or shall operate as a
waiver  thereof;  nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such power,
right,  or  privilege  preclude  any  other  or further exercise of any other
power,  right,  or privilege.  The waiver of any such right, power, or remedy
with  respect to particular facts and circumstances shall not be deemed to be
a  waiver  with  respect  to  other  facts  and  circumstances.  The remedies
provided  for  under  this Agreement, in the Notes, and in the Loan Documents
are cumulative and are not exclusive of any remedies that may be available to
Agent or any Bank at law, in equity, or otherwise.

          11.3 Notices,  etc.   Except to the extent provided in Sections 2.8
and  2.9 hereof, all notices, demands, instructions, and other communications
required  or  permitted to be given to or made upon any party hereto shall be
in  writing  and (except for financial statements and other information to be
furnished  pursuant  hereto  (but not inclusive of any notices required to be
provided  pursuant  hereto)  that  may  be  sent by first-class mail, postage
prepaid)  shall  be  personally  delivered or sent by registered or certified
mail,  postage  prepaid,  return receipt requested, or by prepaid telex, TWX,
telecopy, or telegram (with messenger delivery specified) and shall be deemed
to  be  given  for purposes of this Agreement on the day that such writing is
received by the Person to whom it is to be sent pursuant to the provisions of
this  Agreement.  Unless otherwise specified in a notice sent or delivered in
accordance  with  the  foregoing  provisions  of  this Section 11.3, notices,
demands,  instructions, and other communications in writing shall be given to
or  made upon the respective parties hereto at their respective addresses (or
to  their respective telex, TWX, or telecopier numbers) indicated on Schedule
11.3 attached hereto.

          11.4 Confirmations.  Borrower and each holder of a Note agree that,
upon  written  request  received  from time to time by one from another, each
will  confirm  to the other in writing (with a copy of each such confirmation
sent  to  the  Agent)  the  aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Loans or
Letters  of  Credit  then  outstanding  under any Note. Each holder of a Note
agrees  that,  upon  written  request  received  from time to time by it from
Borrower,  to  make  any  Note  held  by  it (including any schedule attached
thereto)  available  for  reasonable  inspection by Borrower at the office of
such holder.

          11.5 Benefit  of  Agreement.  (a) This Agreement and any amendments
hereto  shall  be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable
by  the  parties  hereto  and  their respective successors and assigns and no
other  Person is intended to be a beneficiary hereof; provided, however, that

Borrower  may not assign or transfer any interest hereunder without the prior
written  consent  of all Banks and, provided further, that, although any Bank
may  grant participations in its rights hereunder, (i) such Bank shall remain
a  "Bank" for all purposes hereunder and the participant shall not constitute
a  "Bank" hereunder, (ii) any such grant of a participation shall not require
Borrower  to  file a registration statement with the SEC or qualify the Loans
or  the Notes under the blue sky laws of any state, (iii) such Bank, together
with its Affiliates, shall continue at all times to hold beneficial interests
in  Loans and such Bank's portion of the Revolving Credit Facility Commitment
having  an  aggregate  principal  amount of not less than an amount equal to:
(y)  twenty  percent  (20%)  (or such lesser percentage as may be approved by
Borrower  and  Agent)  multiplied  by  (z)  that Bank's pro rata share of the
Revolving  Credit Facility Commitment in effect at the time it first acquired
its interests hereunder; provided, however, that such Bank's obligation shall
be  proportionately  reduced to the extent that Borrower elects to reduce the
Revolving Credit Facility Commitment pursuant to Section 2.12 hereof, (iv) no
Bank  shall grant any participation (other than to an Affiliate of such Bank)
under  which the participant shall have rights to approve any amendment to or
waiver  of  this Agreement or of any other agreement, instrument, or document
executed  in  connection  herewith, except to the extent such amendment to or
waiver  of  this Agreement or of any other agreement, instrument, or document
executed  in connection herewith would (aa) extend the final maturity date of
the  Loans  hereunder in which such participant is participating; (bb) reduce
the  interest rate applicable to Loans hereunder in which such participant is
participating;  (cc)  release  all or a material portion of the Collateral or
guaranties  (except  to the extent expressly provided herein or in any of the
Loan  Documents)  supporting the Loans hereunder in which such participant is
participating; (dd) postpone the payment of interest or the Commitment Fee or
Letter  of Credit Fee or reduce the amount of the Commitment Fee or Letter of
Credit  fee  payable to such participant; (ee) change the amount or due dates
of scheduled principal repayments or prepayments; and (v) no Bank shall grant
any  participation  (other  than  to an Affiliate of such Bank) unless either
(xx)  such participation is in an amount equal to or greater than Ten Million
Dollars  ($10,000,000), or (yy) the provisions of clause (iv) of this Section
11.5  to  the  contrary  notwithstanding,  such participation is granted upon
terms  under  which  the  participant  shall  have  no  rights to approve any
amendment  or  waiver  of  any  provision  hereof  or of any other agreement,
instrument,  or document executed in connection herewith.  In the case of any
participation, the participant shall not have any rights under this Agreement
or  any  of  the  other  documents  entered  into in connection herewith (the
participant's rights against such Bank in respect of such participation to be
those  set  forth  in  the  agreement  executed  by such Bank in favor of the
participant  relating  thereto) and all amounts payable to any Bank hereunder
shall be determined as if such Bank had not sold such participation.

          (b)  The  foregoing notwithstanding and subject to paragraph (d) of
this  Section  11.5,  any  Bank  may  assign  a  portion  of  its  rights and
obligations  hereunder to (i) one or more Banks upon the consent of Borrower,
which  consent  will  not  be  unreasonably  withheld, or (ii) with the prior
written consent of Borrower and Agent, which consent will not be unreasonably
withheld,  to  one or more commercial banks, insurance companies, savings and
loan associations, savings banks, other financial institutions, pension fund,
or  mutual  fund,  each  of  which  assignees  shall  become  a party to this
Agreement as a "Bank" after the Closing Date by the execution and delivery of

an Assignment and Assumption Agreement with the assigning Bank, Borrower, and
Agent; provided, however, that (v) each such assignment shall be an amount of
not  less than Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000) and shall be for a pro-rated
portion  of  the  Revolving  Credit Facility Commitment, (w) Agent shall have
received  an  assignment  processing  fee of $3,000 payable by such assignee,
(x)  any  such  assignment  shall not require Borrower to file a registration
statement  with  the SEC or qualify the Loans or the Notes under the blue sky
laws of any state, (y) at such time Schedule R-2 shall be modified to reflect
the  pro  rata  share of the Revolving Credit Facility Commitment of such new
Bank and of the pre-existing Banks, and (z) new Notes will be issued, against
delivery  of  the  Notes  being replaced thereby, to such new Bank and to the
assigning Bank in conformity with the requirements of Article 2 to the extent
needed  to  reflect  their  revised  pro  rata  share of the Revolving Credit
Facility  Commitment.    To  the  extent  of  any assignment pursuant to this
Section  11.5,  the  assigning  Bank  shall  be  relieved  of its obligations
hereunder  with  respect  to  its  assigned  portion  of the Revolving Credit
Facility Commitment.

               (c)     In  the  event  that  the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance
Corporation  or  its  successor  assumes  control  of  any Bank, as receiver,
Borrower  shall  be permitted to select a financial institution to assume the
Revolving Credit Facility Commitment of such Bank, subject to the approval of
Agent, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.

               (d)    In  addition  to  the  assignments  and  participations
permitted  under  subsections  (a) and (b) of this Section 11.5, any Bank may
assign,  as  collateral  or otherwise, any of its rights (including rights to
payments of principal of or interest on the Notes) under any Loan Document to
any  Federal Reserve Bank without notice to or consent of the Borrower or the
Agent;  provided,  however, that no such assignment under this subsection (d)
shall release the assigning Bank from its obligations hereunder.

          11.6 Availability  of Funds.  Unless Agent shall have been notified
by  a Bank prior to the date upon which any Loan is to be made that such Bank
does  not intend to make available to Agent such Bank's portion of such Loan,
Agent may assume that such Bank has made or will make such proceeds available
to  Agent  on  such date and Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption (but
shall not be required to), make available to Borrower a corresponding amount.
If  such  corresponding amount is not in fact made available to Agent by such
Bank, Agent shall be entitled to recover such amount on demand from such Bank
(or,  if  such Bank fails to pay such amount forthwith upon such demand, from
Borrower)  together  with  interest thereon from such Bank in respect of each
day  during  the period commencing on the date such amount was made available
to  such  Borrower  and  ending  on the date Agent recovers such amount, at a
rate,  per annum, equal to the customary rate set by Agent for the correction
of  errors  among  banks  for the first three (3) Domestic Business Days and,
thereafter,  the  applicable  interest  rate  in  respect  of such Loan.  The
provisions of this Section 11.6 are solely for the benefit of Agent and Banks
and  their  successors  and assigns and are not intended to benefit Borrower,
its Subsidiaries, its successors and assigns, or any other Person.

          11.7 Headings.  Article and Section headings used in this Agreement
and  the  table  of  contents preceding this Agreement are for convenience of

reference  only  and  shall  not  constitute a part of this Agreement for any
purpose or affect the construction of this Agreement.

          11.8 Execution  in  Counterparts;  Telefacsimile  Execution.   This
Agreement  may  be  executed  in  any number of counterparts and by different
parties  on  separate  counterparts,  each  of  which  counterparts,  when so
executed  and  delivered,  shall be deemed to be an original and all of which
counterparts,   taken  together,  shall  constitute  but  one  and  the  same
Agreement.    This  Agreement  shall become effective upon the execution of a
counterpart  hereof  by  each of the parties hereto.  Delivery of an executed
counterpart  of  the signature pages of this Agreement by telecopier shall be
equally  effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart.  Any party
delivering  an  executed counterpart of the signature pages of this Agreement
by  telecopier  shall  thereafter  also  promptly deliver a manually executed
counterpart  ,  but the failure to deliver such manually executed counterpart
shall  not  affect  the  validity, enforceability, and binding effect of this
Agreement.

          11.9 GOVERNING  LAW.   EXCEPT AS SPECIFICALLY SET FORTH IN ANY LOAN
DOCUMENT:    (A)  THIS  AGREEMENT, THE NOTES, AND THE LOAN DOCUMENTS SHALL BE
DEEMED  TO HAVE BEEN MADE IN THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA; AND (B) THE VALIDITY OF
THIS  AGREEMENT,  THE  NOTES,  AND  THE  LOAN  DOCUMENTS,  THE  CONSTRUCTION,
INTERPRETATION,  AND  ENFORCEABILITY  THEREOF,  AND THE RIGHTS OF THE PARTIES
THERETO  WITH  RESPECT  TO  ALL  ACTIONS OR PROCEEDINGS ARISING IN CONNECTION
THEREWITH,   SHALL  BE  DETERMINED  UNDER,  GOVERNED  BY,  AND  CONSTRUED  IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA. 

          11.10  JURISDICTION AND VENUE.  TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, THE
PARTIES  HERETO  AGREE  THAT ALL ACTIONS OR PROCEEDINGS ARISING IN CONNECTION
WITH  THIS  AGREEMENT,  THE  NOTES,  OR THE LOAN DOCUMENTS SHALL BE TRIED AND
LITIGATED  ONLY  IN THE STATE AND FEDERAL COURTS LOCATED IN THE COUNTY OF LOS
ANGELES,  STATE  OF  CALIFORNIA  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,  THAT  ANY  SUIT SEEKING
ENFORCEMENT  AGAINST  ANY COLLATERAL OR OTHER PROPERTY MAY BE BROUGHT, AT THE
AGENT'S OPTION, IN THE COURTS OF ANY JURISDICTION WHERE AGENT ELECTS TO BRING
SUCH  ACTION  OR  WHERE  SUCH  COLLATERAL  OR  OTHER  PROPERTY  MAY BE FOUND.
BORROWER,  BANKS,  AND AGENT, TO THE EXTENT THEY MAY LEGALLY DO SO, WAIVE ANY
RIGHT  EACH  MAY  HAVE  TO  ASSERT THE DOCTRINE OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS OR TO
OBJECT  TO  VENUE  TO THE EXTENT ANY PROCEEDING IS BROUGHT IN ACCORDANCE WITH
THIS SECTION 11.10 AND STIPULATE THAT THE STATE AND FEDERAL COURTS LOCATED IN
THE  COUNTY  OF  LOS  ANGELES,  STATE  OF  CALIFORNIA  SHALL HAVE IN PERSONAM
JURISDICTION AND VENUE OVER SUCH PARTY FOR THE PURPOSE OF LITIGATING ANY SUCH
DISPUTE, CONTROVERSY, OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT,
THE NOTES, OR THE LOAN DOCUMENTS.  TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, SERVICE OF
PROCESS,  SUFFICIENT FOR PERSONAL JURISDICTION IN ANY ACTION AGAINST BORROWER
MAY BE MADE BY REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL, RETURN RECEIPT REQUESTED, TO ITS
ADDRESS  INDICATED  IN SCHEDULE 11.3 HERETO.  TO THE EXTENT IT MAY LEGALLY DO
SO, BORROWER AGREES THAT ANY FINAL JUDGMENT RENDERED AGAINST IT IN ANY ACTION
OR  PROCEEDING  SHALL  BE CONCLUSIVE AS TO THE SUBJECT OF SUCH FINAL JUDGMENT
AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN OTHER JURISDICTIONS IN ANY MANNER PROVIDED BY LAW.

          11.11  WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY.  BORROWER, BANKS, AND AGENT, TO THE
EXTENT  THEY MAY LEGALLY DO SO, EXPRESSLY WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY OF
ANY  CLAIM,  DEMAND,  ACTION, CAUSE OF ACTION, OR PROCEEDING ARISING UNDER OR
WITH  RESPECT  TO THIS AGREEMENT, THE NOTES, OR THE LOAN DOCUMENTS, OR IN ANY

WAY  CONNECTED  WITH,  OR  RELATED  TO, OR INCIDENTAL TO, THE DEALINGS OF THE
PARTIES HERETO WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT, THE NOTES, THE LOAN DOCUMENTS,
OR  THE  TRANSACTIONS  RELATED  HERETO  OR  THERETO, IN EACH CASE WHETHER NOW
EXISTING  OR  HEREAFTER  ARISING,  AND  IRRESPECTIVE  OF  WHETHER SOUNDING IN
CONTRACT,  TORT,  OR  OTHERWISE.    TO  THE  EXTENT  THEY  MAY LEGALLY DO SO,
BORROWER,  BANKS,  AND AGENT AGREE THAT ANY SUCH CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION, CAUSE
OF ACTION, OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE DECIDED BY A COURT TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY AND
THAT  ANY  PARTY  HERETO  MAY  FILE AN ORIGINAL COUNTERPART OR A COPY OF THIS
SECTION  11.11 WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE CONSENT OF THE OTHER
PARTY OR PARTIES HERETO TO THE WAIVER OF ITS OR THEIR RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.

          11.12  Severability of Provisions.  Any provision of this Agreement
that  is  illegal,  invalid, prohibited, or unenforceable in any jurisdiction
shall,  as  to  such  jurisdiction,  be  ineffective  to  the  extent of such
illegality, invalidity, prohibition, or unenforceability without invalidating
or  impairing  the  remaining  provisions hereof or affecting the validity or
enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.

          11.13    Changes  in  Accounting Principles.  (a) If any changes in
accounting  principles  from  those  used in the preparation of the financial
statements  referred  to  in  this  Agreement are hereafter occasioned by the
promulgation  of  rules,  regulations,  pronouncements,  or  opinions  of, or
required  by,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  or  the American
Institute  of Certified Public Accountants (or successors thereto or agencies
with similar functions), or there shall occur any change in Borrower's or any
of  its  Subsidiaries'  fiscal  or  tax  years  and,  as a result of any such
changes,  there shall result a change in the method of calculating any of the
financial  covenants,  negative  covenants,  standards,  or  other  terms  or
conditions  found  in  this  Agreement,  or  (b)  if Borrower, for reasonable
business  purposes,  shall desire to change such accounting principles or the
application  thereof  (which  change  shall  be  consistent  with  accounting
principles  then in effect pursuant to rules, regulations, pronouncements, or
opinions  of  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  or  the  American
Institute  of  Certified  Public  Accountants)  and such desired change would
result  in  a  change  in  the  method  of  calculating  any of the financial
covenants, negative covenants, standards, or other terms and conditions found
in  this  Agreement, then the parties hereto agree to enter into negotiations
in  order  to amend such provisions and the definition of "GAAP" set forth in
Section  1.1  so as to equitably reflect such changes with the desired result
that  the criteria for evaluating the financial condition of Borrower and its
Subsidiaries  shall be the same after such changes as if such changes had not
been made.

          11.14  Survival of Agreements, Representations and Warranties.  All
agreements,  representations,  and  warranties  made herein shall survive the
execution  and delivery of this Agreement, the making of the Loans hereunder,
and the execution and delivery of the Notes.

          11.15   Setoff.  In addition to any rights now or hereafter granted
under  applicable  law  and not by way of limitation of any such rights, upon
the occurrence and during the continuation of any Event of Default, each Bank
and  each holder or transferee of any Note or any Person with any interest in
any  Note  is hereby authorized by Borrower at any time or from time to time,
without  notice  to  Borrower  or  to any other Person, any such notice being

hereby  expressly  waived,  to offset and to appropriate and to apply any and
all  deposits  (general  or  special,  time or demand, including indebtedness
evidenced  by  certificates of deposit, whether matured or unmatured, but not
including  trust  accounts)  and  any  other indebtedness at any time held or
owing  by  that  Bank  or  that subsequent holder to or for the credit or the
account  of  Borrower  against and on account of the Debt of Borrower to that
Bank  or that subsequent holder under this Agreement and the Notes, including
all claims of any nature of description arising out of or connected with this
Agreement,  the  Notes,  or  the Loan Documents, irrespective of whether that
Bank  or  that  subsequent  holder  shall  have  made  any  demand under this
Agreement;  provided, however, that Banks and the holder or transferee of any
Note  or  any Person with any interest in any Note expressly agree to refrain
from  exercising  such  rights  unless  authorized to do so in writing by the
Majority  Banks.   After the exercise by any Bank or any holder or transferee
of  any  Note  or  any  Person  with any interest in any Note of any right of
offset against deposit accounts of Borrower maintained with that Bank or that
subsequent  holder,  that  Bank or that subsequent holder shall give Borrower
written  notice  thereof, but without liability for the failure to do so, and
no such failure of notice shall affect the validity of such offset.

          11.16    Independence  of  Covenants.    All  covenants  under this
Agreement  shall  each  be  given  independent effect so that if a particular
action  or  condition is not permitted by any such covenant, the fact that it
would  be  permitted  by  another covenant, by an exception thereto, or would
otherwise  be  within the limitations thereof, shall not avoid the occurrence
of  an Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default if such action is taken
or condition exists.

          11.17    Complete  Agreement.    This  Agreement, together with the
exhibits  and  schedules  to  this  Agreement,  the Disclosure Statement, the
Notes,  and  the  Loan  Documents  is  intended  by  the  parties  as a final
expression  of their agreement and is intended as a complete statement of the
terms and conditions of their agreement, reflects the entire understanding of
the  parties  with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby, and shall
not  be  contradicted  or  qualified by any other agreement, oral or written.
The  foregoing  and  anything else contained in this Agreement, the Notes, or
the  Loan Documents to the contrary notwithstanding, any term or provision of
the  1993 Credit Agreement that, by the terms thereof, is intended to survive
the termination of the 1993 Credit Agreement shall continue in full force and
effect.

          11.18  Revival and Reinstatement of Obligations.  If the incurrence
or  payment  of  any  amount  due  hereunder  or  under the Notes or the Loan
Documents  by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or the transfer by Borrower
or  any  such  Subsidiaries  to  Agent,  on behalf of Banks, of any Assets of
Borrower   or  such  Subsidiaries,  as  applicable,  should  for  any  reason
subsequently  be  declared  to be void or voidable under any state or federal
law  relating  to  creditors'  rights, including provisions of the Bankruptcy
Code  relating  to fraudulent conveyances, preferences, and other voidable or
recoverable  payments  of  money  or  transfers  of property (collectively, a
"Voidable  Transfer"),  and  if  Agent  or the Banks are required to repay or
restore,  in  whole or in part, any such Voidable Transfer, or elect to do so
upon  the  reasonable  advice of their counsel, then, as to any such Voidable
Transfer,  or  the amount thereof that Agent or the Banks, as applicable, are

required  or  elect  to  repay  or  restore,  and as to all reasonable costs,
expenses,  and  attorneys  fees  of  Agent and the Banks related thereto, the
liability  of  Borrower  or  such  Subsidiary automatically shall be revived,
reinstated,  and  restored  and  shall exist as though such Voidable Transfer
never had been made.

          11.19    Ancillary  Documents.    Any  and  all  references  in the
Ancillary  Documents to the "Facility A Commitment" hereby are deemed to mean
and  refer  to  the  Revolving  Credit Facility Commitment as defined herein.
Furthermore,  as  set  forth  in  Section  4  of  the  Security Agreement and
Section  4  of  the  Mojave Security Agreement, various amounts pertaining to
adjustment  of  and  payments under insurance and reductions in the Revolving
Credit  Facility Commitment have been increased from the amounts set forth in
the  security  documents  in  effect  in  connection  with  the  1993  Credit
Agreement.    The corresponding amounts set forth in any insurance provisions
in any other Ancillary Document or any other document are hereby deemed to be
similarly  increased  to be the same as the amounts set forth in Section 4 of
the Security Agreement.

          IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement
to be executed and delivered as of the date first hereinabove set forth.

                                             SOUTHDOWN, INC.,
                                             a Louisiana corporation

                                              By____________________________
                                               Title:______________________


                                             WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A.,
                                             a  national banking association,
                                             in  its  individual capacity and
                                             as Agent

                                              By____________________________
                                               Title:______________________


                                             SOCIETE    GENERALE,   SOUTHWEST
                                             AGENCY

                                              By____________________________
                                               Title:______________________


                                             CREDIT SUISSE

                                              By____________________________
                                               Title:______________________

                                              By____________________________
                                               Title:______________________


                                             CAISSE   NATIONALE   DE   CREDIT
                                             AGRICOLE

                                              By____________________________
                                               Title:______________________

                                             BANQUE PARIBAS

                                              By____________________________
                                               Title:______________________
                                             
                                              By____________________________
                                               Title:______________________


                                             CIBC INC.

                                              By____________________________
                                               Title:______________________

                                             THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA

                                              By____________________________
                                               Title:______________________


                                             THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF
                                             BOSTON

                                              By____________________________
                                               Title:______________________

                              NOTICE INFORMATION


               Southdown, Inc.:              Southdown, Inc.
                                             1200 Smith Street, Suite 2400
                                             Houston, Texas  77002
                                             Attn:  Mr. James L. Persky
                                                  Executive Vice President-
                                                  Finance and Chief Financial
                                                  Officer
                                             Telephone:  (713) 650-6200
                                             Facsimile:  (713) 653-8010

                                             and with a separate notice to:

                                             Southdown, Inc.
                                             1200 Smith Street, Suite 2400
                                             Houston, Texas 77002
                                             Attn:  Treasurer
                                             Telephone:  (713) 650-6200
                                             Facsimile:  (713) 653-6950

               With a copy of notices        Bracewell & Patterson, L.L.P.
               to Southdown, Inc. to:        2900 South Tower
                                             Pennzoil Place
                                             711 Louisiana Street
                                             Houston, Texas 77002
                                             Attn:  William J. Hayes, Esq.
                                             Telephone:  (713) 221-1333
                                             Facsimile:  (713) 221-1212

               Agent:                        Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.
                                             420 Montgomery Street, 9th Floor
                                             San Francisco, California 94163
                                             Attn:  Ms. Teresa Croce
                                             Telephone:  (415) 396-3629
                                             Facsimile:  (415) 989-4319

               With a copy of notices        Wells Fargo Corporate Services,
               to Agent to:                    Inc.
                                             500 North Akard, Suite 3535
                                             Dallas, Texas 75201
                                             Attn:  Mr. Kirk M. Scoggins
                                                  Vice President
                                             Telephone:  (214) 740-2886
                                             Facsimile:  (214) 740-2815




               With a copy of notices        Brobeck, Phleger & Harrison
               to Agent to:                  550 South Hope Street,
                                             Suite 2100
                                             Los Angeles, California 90071
                                             Attn:  John Francis Hilson, Esq.
                                             Telephone:  (213) 489-4060
                                             Facsimile:  (213) 239-1324

               Societe Generale,            Societe Generale, Southwest
                                            Agency
               Southwest Agency:             Trammell Crow Center
                                             2001 Ross Avenue
                                             Suite 4800
                                             Dallas, Texas 75201
                                             Attn:  Ms. Tequlla English
                                             Telephone:  (214) 979-2767
                                             Facsimile:  (214) 754-0171
                                                           (214) 979-1104

                                             and with a separate notice to:

                                             Societe Generale, Southwest
                                             Agency
                                             1111 Bagby Street, Suite 2020
                                             Houston, Texas 77002
                                             Attn:  Mr. Richard A. Gould
                                                  Vice President 
                                             Telephone:  (713) 650-1777
                                             Facsimile:  (713) 650-0824

               Banque Paribas:               Banque Paribas
                                             1200 Smith Street, Suite 3100
                                             Houston, Texas 77002
                                             Attn:  Mr. Scott Clingan
                                             Telephone:  (713) 659-4811
                                             Facsimile:  (713) 659-5234

              The First National Bank       The First National Bank of Boston
               of Boston:                    Environmental Services Division
                                             100 Federal Street
                                             Mail Stop 01-08-05
                                             Boston, Massachusetts  02110
                                             Attn:  Mr. Arthur J. Oberheim
                                             Telephone:  (617) 434-1956
                                             Facsimile:  (617) 434-2160






            CIBC, Inc.:                   Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce,
                                             Inc.
                                             2 Houston Center, Suite 1200
                                             909 Fannin Street
                                             Houston, Texas 77010
                                             Attn:  Mr. David Balderach
                                             Telephone:  (713) 658-8400
                                             Facsimile:  (713) 658-9922

                                             and with a separate notice to:

                                          Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce,
                                             Inc.
                                             2 Paces West
                                            2727 Paces Ferry Road, Suite 1200
                                             Atlanta, Georgia  30339
                                             Attn:  Ms. Joan Moseley
                                             Telephone:  (404) 319-4828
                                             Facsimile:  (404) 319-4950




            Caisse Nationale de           Caisse Nationale de Credit Agricole
               Credit Agricole:              55 East Monroe Street
                                             Chicago, Illinois 60603
                                             Attn:  Ms. Karen McClung
                                             Telephone:  (312) 917-7469
                                             Facsimile:  (312) 372-4421

                                             and with a separate notice to:

                                          Caisse Nationale de Credit Agricole
                                             600 Travis Street
                                             Suite 2340
                                             Houston, Texas 77002
                                             Attn:  Mr. Kenneth Coulter
                                             Telephone:  (713) 223-7000
                                             Facsimile:  (713) 223-7029

               Credit Suisse                 Credit Suisse
                                             633 West Fifth Street, 64th Fl.
                                             Los Angeles, California 90017
                                             Attn:  Ms. Rita Asa
                                             Telephone:  (213) 955-8284
                                             Facsimile:  (713) 955-8245

                                             and with a separate notice to:

                                             Credit Suisse
                                             1100 Louisiana, Suite 4750
                                             Houston, Texas 77002
                                             Attn:  Mr. Donald Herrick
                                             Telephone:  (713) 751-0300
                                             Facsimile:  (713) 751-0702

               The Bank of Nova Scotia       The Bank of Nova Scotia
                                             Atlanta Agency 
                                             600 Peachtree Street N.E.
                                             Suite 4700
                                             Atlanta, Georgia 30308
                                             Attn:  Ms. Lauren Bianchi
                                             Telephone:  (404) 877-1500
                                             Facsimile:  (404) 888-8998

                                             and with a separate notice to:

                                             The Bank of Nova Scotia
                                             Houston Representative Office
                                             1100 Louisiana, Suite 3000
                                             Houston, Texas 77002
                                             Attn:  Ms. Rosine Matthews
                                             Telephone:  (713) 752-0900
                                             Facsimile:  (713) 752-2425











                              TABLE OF CONTENTS



RECITALS                                                      1

ARTICLE 1.  DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS                  2
     1.1  Definitions                                         2
     1.2  Construction                                       34
     1.3  Accounting Terms                                   35
     1.4  Disclosure Statement, Exhibits, Schedules          35

ARTICLE 2.  AMOUNT AND TERMS OF LOANS                        35
     2.1  Revolving Credit Facility                          35
          (a)  Revolving Credit Facility Loans               35
          (b)  Revolving Credit Facility Letters of Credit   36
          (c)  MARAD                                         36
     2.2  Letters of Credit                                  37
     2.3  Authorization and Issuance of Notes                39
     2.4  Rate Designation                                   40
     2.5  Interest Rates; Payment of Principal and Interest  40
     2.6  Overdue Rates                                      42
     2.7  Computation of Interest and Fees                   43
     2.8  Notice of Borrowing Requirements                   43
     2.9  Conversion or Continuation                         44
     2.10 Loans by Banks                                     45
     2.11 Mandatory Repayment                                46
     2.12 Voluntary Prepayments or Reductions of
          Revolving Credit Facility Commitment               47
     2.13 Commitment Fee                                     47
     2.14 Agent's Fees                                       48
     2.15 Increased Costs                                    48
     2.16 Illegality                                         49
     2.17 Taxes                                              49
     2.18 Lending Offices                                    51
     2.19 Funding Sources                                    51
     2.20 Holidays                                           52
     2.21 Place of Borrowings                                52
     2.22 Time and Place of Payments                         52
     2.23 Increased Risk-Based Capital Cost                  52
     2.24 Survivability                                      53
     2.25 Interest and Fees                                  53

ARTICLE 3.  CONDITIONS TO LOANS                              53
     3.1  Conditions Precedent to Initial Loans
          and Letters of Credit                              53
     3.2  Conditions Concurrent to Initial Loans
          and Letters of Credit                              56
     3.3  Conditions Precedent to All Loans                  57

ARTICLE 4.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BORROWER       57
     4.1  Organization, Powers, Good Standing,
          and Subsidiaries                                   58
          (a)  Organization and Powers                       58

          (b)  Good Standing                                 58
          (c)  Subsidiaries                                  58
     4.2  Authorization of Borrowing, etc.                   58
          (a)  Authorization of Borrowing                    58
          (b)  Authorization of Subsidiaries' Loan Documents 59
          (c)  No Conflict - Borrower                        59
          (d)  No Conflict - Mojave                          59
          (e)  Governmental Consents                         59
          (f)  Binding Obligations                           59
          (g)  Lien Priority                                 60
     4.3  Financial Condition                                60
     4.4  Changes                                            60
     4.5  Title to Properties; Liens; Properties             60
     4.6  Litigation; Adverse Facts                          61
     4.7  Payment of Taxes                                   61
     4.8  Materially Adverse Agreements; Performance         62
          (a)  Agreements                                    62
          (b)  Performance                                   62
     4.9  Governmental Regulation                            62
     4.10 Securities Activities                              62
     4.11 Employee Benefit Plans                             62
     4.12 Disclosure                                         63
     4.13 Debt                                               64
     4.14 Trademarks, etc.                                   64
     4.15 Existing Defaults                                  64
     4.16 Leases                                             65
     4.17 Burdensome Agreements, etc.                        65
     4.18 Fire, Explosion, and Labor Disputes                65
     4.19 Location of Assets and Chief Executive Offices     65
     4.20 Environmental Condition                            65
     4.21 No Default                                         67
     4.22 Parties Intended to be Benefitted                  67

ARTICLE 5.  AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS OF BORROWER                67
     5.1  Accounting Records                                 67
     5.2  Financial Statements and Notices                   67
     5.3  Corporate Existence, etc.                          71
     5.4  Payment of Taxes and Claims                        72
     5.5  Maintenance of Properties                          72
     5.6  Insurance                                          72
     5.7  Inspection                                         73
     5.8  Compliance with Laws, etc.                         73
     5.9  Environmental Compliance and Reporting             73
          (a)  Environmental Laws                            73
          (b)  Indemnification                               73
          (c)  Remedial Action                               74
          (d)  Reporting                                     74
          (e)  Best Efforts To Avoid Contamination           74
     5.10 Compliance with ERISA                              74
     5.11 Further Assurances                                 75
     5.12 Subordinated Debt                                  75
     5.13 Appraisals                                         75

ARTICLE 6.  NEGATIVE COVENANTS OF BORROWER                   75

     6.1  Debt  76
     6.2  Liens                                              77
     6.3  Investments                                        77
     6.4  Contingent Obligations                             79
     6.5  Preferred Stock                                    79
     6.6  Financial Covenants                                80
          (a)  Leverage Ratio                                80
          (b)  Consolidated Tangible Net Worth               80
          (c)  Minimum Current Ratio                         80
          (d)  Free Cash Flow Ratio                          81
     6.7  Restriction on Fundamental Changes                 81
     6.8  Sales and Lease-Backs                              82
     6.9  Sale of Assets                                     82
     6.10 Transactions with Shareholders and Affiliates      83
     6.11 Conduct of Business                                84
     6.12 Amendments or Waivers of Certain Documents         84
     6.13 Use of Proceeds                                    84
     6.14 ERISA                                              84
     6.15 Misrepresentations                                 85
     6.16 Change in Location of Chief Executive Offices
          and Assets                                         85
     6.17 Restrictive Agreements                             86
     6.18 Margin Regulation                                  86
     6.19 Subordinated Debt, Preferred Stock, and Borrower
          Common Stock                                       86
     6.20 Hedge Agreements                                   86
     6.21 Dividends                                          87

ARTICLE 7.  EVENTS OF DEFAULT                                88
     7.1  Events of Default                                  88
          (a)  Failure to Make Payments When Due             88
          (b)  Default in Other Agreements                   88
          (c)  Breach of Certain Covenants                   89
          (d)  Breach of Warranty                            89
          (e)  Other Defaults Under Agreement                90
          (f)  Default Under Loan Documents, etc.            90
          (g)  Involuntary Bankruptcy; Appointment of
               Receiver, etc.                                90
          (h)  Voluntary Bankruptcy; Appointment of
               Receiver, etc.                                91
          (i)  Judgments and Attachments                     92
          (j)  Dissolution                                   92
          (k)  ERISA Liabilities                             92
          (l)  Termination of Loan Documents                 93
          (m)  Subordination Default                         93
          (n)  Change of Control                             94
     7.2  Remedies                                           94

ARTICLE 8.  THE AGENT AND THE BANKS                          95
     8.1  Appointment and Powers of Agent                    95
     8.2  Nature of Duties; Independent Credit Investigation 96
     8.3  Actions in Discretion of Agent; Instructions from
          Banks                                              97
     8.4  Exculpatory Provisions                             97




     8.5  Reliance by Agent                                  98
     8.6  Excess Payments                                    98
     8.7  Obligations Several                                98
     8.8  Resignation by Agent                               98
     8.9  Collateral for Benefit of the Banks;
          Application of Funds                               99

ARTICLE 9.  BANKS' REPRESENTATIONS                           99
     9.1  Investment Representation                          99
     9.2  Participation in Notes; Compliance with Law        99
     9.3  Confidentiality                                   100

ARTICLE 10. EXPENSES AND INDEMNITIES                        100
     10.1 Expenses                                          100
     10.2 Indemnity                                         101

ARTICLE 11.  MISCELLANEOUS                                  102
     11.1 Modifications in Writing                          102
     11.2 Waivers; Failure or Delay                         103
     11.3 Notices, etc                                      103
     11.4 Confirmations                                     103
     11.5 Benefit of Agreement                              103
     11.6 Availability of Funds                             105
     11.7 Headings                                          106
     11.8 Execution in Counterparts                         106
     11.9 GOVERNING LAW                                     106
     11.10     JURISDICTION AND VENUE                       106
     11.11     WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY                      107
     11.12     Severability of Provisions                   108
     11.13     Changes in Accounting Principles             108
     11.14     Survival of Agreements, Representations
               and Warranties                               108
     11.15     Setoff                                       108
     11.16     Independence of Covenants                    109
     11.17     Complete Agreement                           109
     11.18     Revival and Reinstatement of Obligations     109
     11.19     Ancillary Documents                          110

                            EXHIBITS AND SCHEDULES

Exhibit A-1    Form of Assignment and Assumption Agreement

Exhibit C-1    Form of Collateral Release Agreement

Exhibit M-1    Form of Mojave Guaranty

Exhibit M-2    Form of Mojave Security Agreement

Exhibit N-1    Form of Note

Exhibit N-2    Form of Notice of Borrowing

Exhibit N-3    Form of Notice of Conversion/Continuation

Exhibit S-1    Form of Security Agreement

Exhibit S-2    Form of Stock Pledge

Exhibit 3.1(k) Form of Officer's Compliance Certificate

                ---------------------------------------------

Schedule L-1   Letters of Credit outstanding on the Closing Date

Schedule R-2   Revolving Credit Facility Commitment

Schedule S-1   Specified Subsidiaries

Schedule 11.3  Notice Information



Exhibit 99.2




                                        INDEX

     Article   1    Recognition                                                1
     Article   2    Management                                                 1
     Article   3    Union Security,
                    Union Activities/Meetings                                  2
     Article   4    Grievance Procedure                                        4
     Article   5    Equal Employment Opportunity                               5
     Article   6    Holidays                                                   5
     Article   7    Vacations                                                  6
     Article   8    Paid Leave                                                 8
     Article   9    Seniority                                                 10
     Article   10   Hours of Work and
                    Overtime Pay                                              12
     Article   11   Wages                                                     14
     Article   12   Working Conditions                                        14
     Article   13   Strikes and Lockouts                                      17
     Article   14   Legislation                                               17
     Article   15   Past Practice                                             17
     Article   16   Scope of Agreement                                        17
     Article   17   Union Cooperation                                         18
     Article   18   Term of Agreement                                         18

     Appendix  A    Wage Schedule                                             20
     Appendix  B    Health and Welfare; Pension;
                    Company Provided Benefits;
                    Gainsharing                                               21
<PAGE>





                                      AGREEMENT
         
          THIS  AGREEMENT, made and entered into this 21st day of June, 1995, by
     and  between SOUTHWESTERN PORTLAND CEMENT COMPANY, hereinafter known as the
     "Company"  and  the INTERNATIONAL UNION OF OPERATING ENGINEERS, LOCAL UNION
     NO 9, hereinafter known as the "Union".  

          This  Agreement  shall  pertain  only to employees of the Lyons Plant,
     Lyons,  Colorado,  who  are in the bargaining unit hereinafter described in
     the Recognition Clause.  

          Whenever  the  masculine  pronoun  is  used in this Agreement it shall
     include the feminine gender unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.



                               ARTICLE 1 - RECOGNITION

          The  Company recognizes the Union pursuant to the certification of the
     National  Labor  Relations  Board No. 27-RC-3693, dated October 7, 1969, as
     the  exclusive  bargaining  representative for all employees covered by the
     Direction  of  Election,  dated  August  28,  1969, as to wages, hours, and
     conditions  of  employment.   The term "employee" as used in this Agreement
     shall include all hourly paid production and maintenance employees employed
     at  the  Company's  plant  and  quarry  in  Lyons, Colorado, but excluding,
     chemists, computer/instrumentation specialists, office, clerical employees,
     order  clerks, purchasing clerks, salesmen, guards, professional employees,
     and supervisors as defined in the Act.  


                                ARTICLE 2 - MANAGEMENT

          Section 1.     The  Union agrees and acknowledges that the Company has
     the  unlimited  right  to hire, determine standards of fitness for work, to
     test  employees  for  the  presence  of  drugs  and  alcohol  and  to  take
     appropriate  disciplinary  action  in  the  event of positive test results,
     discipline  or  discharge,  layoff,  promote, demote, or temporarily assign
     employees  within  the  bargaining  unit.  The Union further recognizes the
     Company's unlimited right to determine the amount of overtime to be worked;
     to create, modify, combine or discontinue job classifications; to determine
     and  change  the  size  and  nature  of  the  workforce,  to hire temporary
     employees  as  may  be determined necessary, (however, the Company will not
     use temporary employees when bargaining unit employees are on layoff unless
     mutually  agreed  to  between  the  Company  and the Union),  determine job
     duties,  quality  and  workmanship  standards,  hours  of  work  and  other
     conditions  of employment; to make, change and enforce (after posting) work
     rules  and  safety  standards,  to  promote  safety, efficiency, order, and
     protection of Company property and operations.  

          The  right  to  manage  the  business, to distribute work with outside
     contractors  or  sub-contractors;  however,  work performed by such outside
     contractors  or  subcontractors  shall  not  result  in  the  layoff of any
     bargaining unit employee(s).  The right to determine the type of work to be
     performed,  the  job  content,  the  location  of  work,  the  schedules of
     production,  the  schedule  of working hours, the methods and the processes
<PAGE>





     and means of production are also the exclusive rights of the Company.  

          Section 2.     The  above list of specific Company Rights shall not be
     considered  restrictive or a waiver of any other rights the Company has not
     listed  and  has not specifically surrendered in this Agreement; regardless
     of whether such rights have been exercised in the past.  

          Section 3.     The  Union  recognizes the Company's exclusive right to
     determine  partial  or  permanent discontinuance or shutdown of operations.
     The Company's only obligation when exercising this right is to bargain with
     the  Union over the effects of that decision, and give notice in accordance
     with applicable Federal Law.  

          Section 4.     Supervisory  personnel  will not routinely perform work
     on  any  hourly  rated  job  in the bargaining unit except in the following
     types of situations:

          a.   In emergencies.
          b.   In the instruction of employees.
          c.   When  the  regular  employee  has  not  reported  for  work  when
               scheduled.
          d.   In  the  performance  of  work  when  production difficulties are
               encountered  on the job; this is not meant to replace or displace
               hourly employees.
          e.   Where  such  work  is  incident to the inspection of equipment or
               checking  of  operating  efficiency.  (Not to replace or displace
               hourly employees.)
          f.   In  experimental  work  which  requires  special  techniques  and
               knowledge.
          g.   While learning the operations. (Not to replace or displace hourly
               employees.)
          h.   In studying or testing equipment.


                ARTICLE 3 - UNION SECURITY, UNION ACTIVITIES/MEETINGS
          
          Section 1.     Union Security.
          Each  of  the  Company's  production  and maintenance employees in the
     unit, as defined in Article One hereof, shall, as a condition of employment
     be  or  become a member of the Union not later than the ninety-first (91st)
     day  following  the effective date of this Agreement, or not later than the
     ninety-first   (91st)  day  following  the  beginning  of  his  employment,
     whichever  is  later.  Each such production and maintenance employee shall,
     as  a  condition  of  continued employment, remain a member of the Union in
     good standing.  

          Upon  receipt  of a written notice from the Union that an employee has
     not  acquired membership in the Union, or has not maintained his membership
     in good standing therein as provided for in this section, the Company shall
     discharge such employee.  

          "Good  Standing"  for  the purpose of this Agreement is interpreted to
     mean the payment or tendering of initiation fees and periodic Union dues.  

          CHECKOFF.  The  Company  will  make  payroll deductions of Union dues,
<PAGE>





     assessments  and  initiation  fees when so authorized by an order signed by
     the  employee in a form which meets applicable Federal and State laws.  The
     Union shall inform the company of the amount of such deductions and provide
     instructions as to whom the deductions  shall be paid.  The Union agrees to
     indemnify  the  Company  and  hold it harmless against any suits, claims or
     liabilities  that shall arise by reason of any action taken or not taken by
     the Company under this provision.  

          Section 2.     The  Company will meet with a Union Grievance Committee
     designated  by its employees for the purpose of discussing grievances.  The
     Union  Grievance Committee shall consist of not more than one (1) member in
     addition to the Job Steward.  The Union will notify the Company of the name
     of  the  Grievance  Committee  member.    Meetings  between  the  Grievance
     Committee  and  the Company will be held at a time mutually satisfactory to
     the  parties  and  will  be  so  arranged  as  not  to interfere with plant
     operation.  

          Section 3.     The  Union  may select an employee actively employed to
     serve  as  Job  Steward.    The  name of the Job Steward shall be furnished
     promptly, in writing, to the Plant Manager.  

          a.   The Job Steward, or any Union official, in the course of carrying
     out his Union responsibilities shall not:

               (1)  be  permitted  to  perform any Union activities or duties on
                    Company  time  unless  expressly  so authorized by the Plant
                    Manager or his designee  

               (2)  stop the Company's work for any reason  

               (3)  tell  any workman or employee to slow down or that he cannot
                    work, should not work, or ought to leave work  

          b.   Infraction  of  any  one  or  more of the rules set forth in this
     Section  3 shall be cause for immediate dismissal of the Job Steward or any
     Union official, without any prior notice.  In the event of the discharge by
     the  Company  of  a  Job  Steward, or any Union official, the Company shall
     notify the Union of the reason for the discharge.  

          Section 4.     The  Union  Business  Representative,  with  the  Plant
     Manager's  or  his  designee  approval,  may  be  permitted  to  visit non-
     restricted  areas of the plant to discuss urgent grievance issues; however,
     such grievance issues shall have first been brought to the attention of the
     Company  in  accord  with  the  grievance  provisions  of Article 4.  It is
     further  understood  that the business of the Union Business Representative
     shall  not,  in  any manner, interfere with the Company's business or plant
     operations.  





                           ARTICLE 4 - GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE

          Section 1.     Should  differences  arise  between the Company and the
<PAGE>





     Union,  or  an  individual  employed  by the Company, as to the meaning and
     application of the provisions of this Agreement, an earnest effort shall be
     made  by  the  parties  to  settle  such  differences  promptly  and in the
     following manner:

          STEP I.   The  complaint,  within  seven  (7)  calendar  days  of  its
     occurrence,  or  the  occurrence  of  the matter out of which the complaint
     arises,  may  be  taken  up by the employee involved, with or without Union
     representation,  with  his  Team  Leader.    The  employee  shall state the
     specific  article(s)  and  paragraph(s)  of the Contract that is alleged to
     have  been  violated  in  order  for  the  grievance  to  be considered and
     processed.

          STEP II.  If  no  satisfactory  settlement  is  reached in Step I, the
     matter  shall  be  reduced to writing and presented to the Plant Manager or
     his  delegate  within  five  (5) days from the date of the meeting with the
     Team Leader.  At the time of presentation, or within fifteen (15) days, the
     Plant  Manager  or  his  delegate will meet with the Grievance Committee to
     hear  and discuss the grievance.  The Company shall answer the grievance in
     writing  within five (5) days after said meeting.  The employee shall state
     the specific article(s) and paragraph(s) of the Contract that is alleged to
     have  been  violated  in  order  for  the  grievance  to  be considered and
     processed.

          STEP III. If  no  agreement  is reached in Step II, the Committee may,
     within  five  (5) days of the receipt of the above answer, refer the matter
     to  higher  officials  of  the  Company and the Union who may attend such a
     meeting.    Upon  request by the Union a meeting will be held within thirty
     (30)  days  of such request.  The Company shall answer the grievance within
     five (5) days after said meeting.

          STEP IV.  Any  grievance not settled in Step III above may be referred
     to  the  Dispute  Resolution  Panel.    This  panel will consist of one (1)
     official  of  the  Union, one (1) official of the Corporate Human Resources
     Department,  and  one  (1) individual mutually agreed upon by these two (2)
     officials.    Notice  to  refer a grievance to the Dispute Resolution Panel
     shall  be given in writing within fifteen (15) days after being notified of
     the  decision rendered in Step III or the matter will be considered closed.
     Only  one  (1)  grievance  may  be  submitted  to or be under review by the
     Dispute  Resolution  Panel  at any one time, unless by prior mutual written
     consent  of  the parties.  The Dispute Resolution Panel shall have no power
     to add to or subtract from or change, modify or amend any of the provisions
     of  this  Agreement.  The decision rendered by the Dispute Resolution Panel
     will  be  final  and binding upon the Union, the Company, the grievant, and
     all  employees  covered  by  this  Agreement.  The Dispute Resolution Panel
     shall  interpret  and apply the terms of this Agreement.  Disputes shall be
     settled  by majority vote.  The actual vote cast by each party shall not be
     revealed.    It is expressly agreed that the Dispute Resolution Panel shall
     not  have  the authority to decide any matter involving the exercise of the
     right  reserved  to management under this Agreement.  The expenses incident
     to the services of the third party, including the cost of the meeting room,
     etc. shall be shared equally by the Company and the Union.

          Section 2.     Except  for Section 1, Step I, the time limits referred
     to in this Article exclude Saturdays, Sundays and holidays.<PAGE>





          Section 3.     Any grievance not presented or appealed within the time
     limits  provided,  unless  mutually  agreed  to  extend  the time, shall be
     considered  settled on the basis of the decision which was not appealed and
     shall be final and binding on the parties involved.

          Section 4.     Grievances  presented  in  any of the regular steps set
     forth  and  not  answered  within  the time specified or as the same may be
     extended  by mutual agreement shall be considered appealed to the next step
     of the grievance procedure.
          
          Section 5.     Any  grievance growing out of a discharge or suspension
     must  be  submitted  in  writing  by the aggrieved employee directly to the
     Union  and  from  the  Union  to  the  Director of Human Resources or Plant
     Manager  within forty-eight (48) hours of the discharge or suspension or it
     will not be recognized and the action taken shall be final.


                       ARTICLE 5 - EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY

          The  Union  and  the  Company will comply with all applicable Federal,
     State  and  Local Laws, including the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA)
     and  the  Family  and Medical Leave Act (FMLA), and all lawful regulations,
     rules,  directives and orders with regard to the recruitment, registration,
     selection,  classification and referral of applicants for active employment
     without  discrimination  because  of race, color, national origin, creed or
     religion,  age,  sex,  handicap,  military  service, disabled veterans, and
     veterans of the Vietnam era, as required by applicable law.  


                                 ARTICLE 6 - HOLIDAYS

          Section 1.     The  following  days shall be considered holidays under
     this  Agreement:  New  Year's  Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence
     Day,  Labor  Day,  Thanksgiving  Day, Day after Thanksgiving, Christmas Eve
     Day, Christmas Day and one "floating holiday."  

          Section 2.     Employees,  who  after  completing  their  probationary
     period,  do  not  work  on  the holidays specified herein shall receive, as
     holiday  pay,  eight  (8)  hours'  pay  at their regular straight-time rate
     provided they meet all of the following conditions:

          a.   The  employee  shall  have  worked his last scheduled working day
               prior  to  and  his next scheduled working day after such holiday
               unless  excused therefrom by the Plant Manager or his designee on
               account  of  sickness,  accident,  death  in the family, or other
               excused absence.

          b.   In  no  event  shall a holiday be paid for unless an employee has
               also  worked  during  the  thirty  (30)  day  period  immediately
               preceding or immediately following the holiday.



          Section 3.     If  any  of  the foregoing holidays fall on Sunday, the
     following Monday shall be observed as the holiday.  If any of the foregoing
<PAGE>





     holidays  fall on Saturday, the Friday prior thereto shall be observed as a
     holiday.  

          Section 4.     Employees who are scheduled to report on a holiday, but
     failing to report for and perform such work (unless excused by the Company)
     shall not be entitled to any holiday pay.

          Section  5.         If an employee does not work a regularly scheduled
     workday  because of a holiday, that day shall be considered as a day worked
     for overtime purposes. 

          Section 6.     The  "floating"  holiday may be taken at the employee's
     convenience  anytime  between  January  lst and December 31st of each year,
     provided  the  Company  is given at least fifteen (15) days notice prior to
     the  day  the  employee  desires  to  celebrate  such  holiday.  "Floating"
     holidays  will  be  granted  at  times  most desired by employees so far as
     practical,  however,  the  right  to  allotment  of  "floating" holidays is
     exclusively reserved by Management in order to insure the orderly operation
     of  the plant.  Employees upon completion of their probationary period will
     be  granted the "floating" holiday provided they work six (6) months during
     their first year of service.

          a.   A floating holiday shall not be taken on any other holiday.

          b.   A floating holiday may be taken on Sunday providing the only cost
               to  the  Company  is eight (8) hours times the employee's regular
               s t r a i ght  time  hourly  rate  of  his  permanently  assigned
               classification.

          c.   Seniority  preference  shall  be  utilized  in  the scheduling of
     floating holidays.

          d.   T h e  scheduling  of  vacation  time  off  shall  supersede  the
               scheduling of floating holiday time off.


                                ARTICLE 7 - VACATIONS

          Section 1.     The Company shall grant vacations as follows:  

          a.   An  employee  who  has  completed  one (1) but less than five (5)
               years  of seniority shall receive two (2) weeks vacation with pay
               each calendar year.  

          b.   An  employee who has completed five (5) but less than twelve (12)
               years  of  seniority  shall receive three (3) weeks vacation with
               pay each calendar year.  

          c.   An  employee  who  has  completed  twelve  (12)  or more years of
               seniority  shall  receive  four  (4) weeks vacation with pay each
               calendar year.  

     Changes  made  during  1995 negotiations covering vacation eligibility  and
     vacation  pay in Sections 1, 2, and 4 of this Article will become effective
     January 1, 1996. <PAGE>





          Section  2.    Vacation  pay  shall  be  at  the  employee's  regular
     straight  time  rate  exclusive of shift differential.  The number of hours
     paid  will  be  the  total  of  all hours worked the previous calendar year
     divided  by  52 weeks minus the number of vacation weeks taken and any full
     weeks  the employee is absent from work due to disability or other approved
     leave.  Such hours paid will not be less than forty (40) or more than forty
     eight (48).

          Section 3.     Employees  shall be eligible for their full appropriate
     vacation  rights  if  they have reached their vacation anniversary date and
     have  worked  1200  hours  or  more during their vacation anniversary year.
     Employees who have reached their vacation anniversary date, but have worked
     less  than  1200  hours  during their vacation anniversary year, shall have
     their  vacation  computed  at  the  rate of one-twelfth (1/12) for each one
     hundred  straight time (100) hours worked.  An employee shall be considered
     as having worked, for the purposes of vacation eligibility, on the basis of
     an  eight  (8)  hour  day and forty (40) hour week during absence from work
     because  of  illness  or  injury  for  a  period  not  to exceed fifty (50)
     workdays, 400 hours.  

          Section 4.     An  employee who has completed at least one (1) year of
     service, is qualified for a vacation under Section 3 of this Article 7, and
     who  is  laid  off  or terminated shall receive pay for all vacation earned
     which  has not been taken at the time of termination in accordance with the
     following schedule:

          a.   An  employee  who  has  completed  one (1) but less than five (5)
               years of seniority shall receive six and two thirds (6 2/3) hours
               vacation  time  for  each month completed in the current calendar
               year.  

          b.   An  employee who has completed five (5) but less than twelve (12)
               years of seniority shall receive ten (10) hours vacation time for
               each month completed in the current calendar year.  

          c.   An  employee  who  has  completed  twelve  (12)  or more years of
               seniority  shall  receive  thirteen  and one third (13 1/3) hours
               vacation  time  for  each month completed in the current calendar
               year.  

          Section 5.     In  the  event that a shutdown period is not designated
     by  the  Company,  vacations  shall,  insofar as practicable, be granted at
     times  most  desired  by the employee; however, the final right to schedule
     vacation  is  reserved  exclusively  to  the Company in order to insure the
     orderly  and  efficient  operation of the plant.  Vacation requests must be
     made by January 31 each year.  Where requested vacation schedules conflict,
     a  senior  employee  may  exercise  his  seniority preference on a one-time
     basis;  however, such seniority cannot be exercised after January 31 of any
     calendar   vacation year.  Vacation periods not scheduled prior to February
     1,  may  be assigned by the Company.  Vacations shall include (without pay)
     regular  days  off  prior, and subsequent to, the paid days of the vacation
     periods.  

          Section 6.
          a.   Employees  entitled  to vacations shall be permitted to take such
<PAGE>





               vacations   in  separate  periods  of  not  less  than  five  (5)
               consecutive  workdays each.

          b.   One (1) week of vacation can be used one day at a time provided:
               (1)  The employee makes a request at least seventy two (72) hours
                    in advance; and
               (2)  The request is granted by the Plant manager or his designee.

               (3)  Employee  may  use the above said vacation to cover a day of
                    sickness upon informing his or her supervisor or designee as
                    soon as possible, prior to the start of his or her scheduled
                    shift. 

     Section 7.     After  conclusion  of  one  (1)  year's  continuous  service
     employees  shall be entitled to two (2) weeks vacation.  On the anniversary
     date  of the first year a prorated amount to adjust the anniversary date to
     coincide  with a calendar year will be added to the two (2) weeks vacation.
     With  the  beginning of the third year and each year thereafter an employee
     will receive their vacation accrual on January 1 of each year.

          Pro rata vacation days will be calculated on the basis of six and two-
     thirds  (6  2/3)  hours  earned  for  each  month  remaining in the current
     calendar year.  


                                ARTICLE 8 - PAID LEAVE

          Section 1.     Jury Duty.
          Employees,  having  seniority  (not  probationary), who are called for
     jury  duty  and  serve  as jurors on regularly scheduled workdays, shall be
     paid  the difference between the amount received for such service and their
     straight time hourly rate, exclusive of shift differential, up to eight (8)
     hours  per  day  (10 hours per day for employees working 10 hour shifts) or
     forty (40) hours maximum per week.  

          a.   To  be  eligible for payment, an employee called for jury service
               must furnish the Company with evidence of attendance from a court
               official  stating  the date(s) jury service was performed, amount
               of payment received and the time of day excused from the court.  

          b.   When  excused by the court at a time that would allow an employee
               to  work    four  (4)  hours  or  more of his normal shift, or is
               excused  without being seated, the employee shall return to work.
               Should  the employee fail to return to work, he shall forfeit any
               jury make-up pay that may be otherwise due him under the terms of
               this  Article.    In  such case if an employee does not return to
               work  he  shall be charged with an incident under the Absenteeism
               and Tardiness Control program.  


          c.   An  employee  is  limited to fifteen (15) days jury makeup in any
     one (1) calendar year.  
          d.   In  no  event  will payment be made for any jury duty pay, as set
               forth  above,  for  duty  performed  by an employee on a holiday,
               vacation,   layoff,  accident  and  sickness  benefit,  workman's
<PAGE>





               compensation, or who is not otherwise working.  

          Section 2.     Military Reserve Summer Camp Make-up Pay

          a.   An  employee with one (1) year of seniority who is in the Reserve
               of  any  branch  of the military service of the United States and
               who  is  required  to  attend  summer  encampment  as part of his
               obligation  shall  be  paid  the  difference  between  the amount
               received  for such summer encampment and his regular pay for time
               lost not exceeding eighty (80) hours in any calendar year.  

          b.   The  employee shall present a copy of his military orders and pay
               voucher  to  the personnel department for purposes of calculating
               any make-up pay due.  

          c.   A  "Military  Leave  Request"  form is available at the Personnel
               Office  and  is to be completed by the employee at least ten (10)
               days prior to his leave.  

          Section 3.     Bereavement Leave
          a.   An employee who has completed his probationary period, shall upon
               notification of the death of his spouse, son or daughter, stepson
               or  stepdaughter,  father  or  mother,  stepfather or stepmother,
               sister  or brother, half-sister or half-brother, mother-in-law or
               father-in-law,  sister-in-law  or  brother-in-law,  son-in-law or
               daughter-in-law,    grandparents,   spouse's   grandparents   and
               grandchildren,  be granted up to a three (3) day leave of absence
               (up  to four (4) consecutive days off if the employee is required
               to  travel  beyond  a  radius  of five hundred (500) miles), upon
               request,  and  will  be  paid  for  up  to a maximum of three (3)
               scheduled  shifts  (or  four  (4) scheduled shifts)(or such fewer
               shifts  as  the employee may be absent) which fall within a three
               (3)  consecutive    (or four (4) consecutive) calendar day period
               beginning  within  three (3) days of the date of the death or the
               service.    Payment  for  such time lost shall be on the basis of
               eight  (8) hours pay per day (10 hours for employees scheduled to
               work  10  hour shifts, but not to exceed 24 hours pay or 32 hours
               pay  for  travel  beyond  500  miles)  at  the employee's regular
               straight time hourly rate, excluding shift differential.  
          b.   In  no  event  will  the  payment  of  bereavement  leave  pay be
               duplicated    with   holiday   pay,   vacation   pay,   workman's
               compensation,  or  accident and sickness insurance payments; nor,
               will  employees  on layoff or those not otherwise working be paid
               funeral leave pay.  

          c.   A  "Request  for Bereavement Leave" form will be furnished by the
               Personnel  Office and is to be completed by the employee prior to
               receipt  of funeral pay.  The employee must provide documentation
               indicating relationship if requested, and must attend the funeral
               or service to be eligible for pay.  

                                ARTICLE 9 - SENIORITY

          Section 1.     Seniority  as used in this Agreement shall be deemed to
     consist of length of continuous service within the Bargaining Unit and with
<PAGE>





     the Company from the date of last hire.  

          The  Company  may,  at  its discretion, utilize any hourly employee to
     fill  a  temporary  salaried or management position on a temporary basis at
     any time without the employee suffering loss of seniority or benefits under
     this  Agreement.  However, if the employee becomes permanently salaried, he
     will have no bidding or bumping rights back to the Bargaining Unit.

          A n    e m ployee  in  the  Bargaining  Unit  who  is  promoted  to  a
     supervisory/management  salaried  position and who is subsequently returned
     by  management  to  the  Bargaining  Unit, will return to an entry level or
     vacant position and have his Bargaining Unit seniority rights reinstated. 

          Section 2.     New employees shall be regarded as probationary for the
     first  ninety  (90)  calendar days.  They shall not acquire seniority until
     completion  of  their probationary period.  The probationary period will be
     extended  by any absence during this period and the attainment of seniority
     postponed  by  a  period  equal  to  such  absence.    There  shall  be  no
     responsibility  on  the  part  of  the  Company  for  the  reemployment  of
     probationary  employees  laid  off  or  discharged  during the probationary
     period.  

          Section 3.     The  principle of seniority shall be recognized for the
     purpose  of  layoff and rehiring, in that after giving due consideration to
     the  requirements of the job, the knowledge, training, ability and physical
     fitness  of  the  employees,  and  where  these  qualifications  are equal,
     seniority shall apply.  

          Section 4.     Whenever  a  vacancy  is determined to be filled by the
     Company,  it  shall  be  posted  for  five  (5)  calendar days to allow any
     employee  to  make application in writing for the job on a form supplied by
     the  Company.  Bids will be acceptable to the Company in cases of employees
     who  are  absent.  The following factors shall apply in the awarding of all
     jobs:  

          a.   Experience,  individual  skill and ability, and efficient service
               related  to  the  qualifications  of the job.  Employees who have
               received  two  (2)  or  more  written disciplinary actions in the
               twelve  (12)  months prior to bidding the job are not entitled to
               consideration  for  advancement.    Employees who have received a
               disciplinary  suspension  are  not  entitled to consideration for
               advancement  for  a period of one (1) year from the date that the
               disciplinary suspension ends.  

          b.   Seniority.

          c.   When qualifications of a. are equal, b. shall apply.

          d.   If  an  employee  disqualifies  himself or is disqualified by the
               Company  within  thirty  (30)  days or less, the employee will be
               returned  to  his  former classification and rating, and the next
               bidder be given consideration.  Management reserves the right not
               to  consider bids submitted by employees attempting to "bid down"
               in job skills or classification for temporary job positions.  Any
               such  senior employee who is denied consideration for a temporary
<PAGE>





               bid under this paragraph will not be penalized for future bidding
               purposes  for  experience  he would have otherwise gained on such
               bid  had  he  been  the  successful bidder.  When a job cannot be
               filled  in  the  above  manner because of the bidder's failing to
               have  the  necessary qualifications, the Company may fill the job
               from any source.  

          Section 5.     A  temporary  job  need  not  be  posted  unless  it is
     expected  to  last  sixty (60)  calendar days or longer.  Any temporary job
     that  lasts  one  hundred eighty (180) days must be rebid.  The Company may
     require  applicants  to  be  tested  for  any  job.    This  section has no
     application to our current practice of hiring temporary employees. 

          Section 6.     E x perience  gained  as  a  result  of  assignment  by
     management outside the bidding process will not be counted as a determining
     factor in filling vacancies which are posted for bid. 

          Section 7.     An  employee who is absent and/or does not perform work
     in  his  regular  bid  job  position  for a period of six (6) months may be
     removed  from  such  position  at the sole discretion of the Company.  Said
     employee  shall  be  placed on layoff if the Company determines there is no
     job available.  

          Section 8.     No  employee may make application for a job at an equal
     or  lower  rate if he has successfully made application for and been placed
     in another job within the preceding year.  

          Section 9.     An  employee's seniority shall be considered broken and
     all rights under this Agreement shall be terminated when the employee:  

          a.   Quits.  

          b.   Is terminated.  

          c.   Fails  to  return  to  work  within three (3) calendar days after
               being  recalled.    Notification  of  recall  shall  be  made  by
               certified  mail to the employee's last named address shown on the
               Company's  records.    The  day the notice is mailed shall not be
               included  in  computing  the  three  (3)  day  period  under this
               paragraph.  

          d.   Is absent for two (2) consecutive days without reporting off work
               or  does  not  have the permission of the Company to be off work.
               Any  employee absenting himself from work must notify his foreman
               immediately  (insofar  as  is  practical  in  the  opinion of the
               Company)  of  this  fact or he will be considered in violation of
               this Section and as having voluntarily quit.  

          e.   Is  absent due either to layoff or disability or both which shall
               continue  for  a period equal to his length of continuous service
               with the Company at the time of such layoff or disability, but in
               no event in excess of eighteen (18) months.

          f.   Fails  to return to work immediately upon expiration of a Company
               approved leave of absence.  <PAGE>






                     ARTICLE 10 - HOURS OF WORK AND OVERTIME PAY

          Section 1.     Nothing  in  this  Agreement  shall  be  construed as a
     guarantee  or  limitation  of the number of hours to be worked per day, per
     week,  or  for  any  other  period  of  time, except as may be specifically
     provided herein.  

          Section 2.     The normal workday shall be eight (8) hours or ten (10)
     hours  in  any  24  hour  period.   The work week shall start at 12:01 a.m.
     Monday.
       
          Section 3.     The  schedules and starting times of employees shall be
     determined  solely  by  the Company and may be changed as deemed necessary.
     An  employee's  annual  work schedule shall be posted in his department and
     any  weekly  changes in this schedule  (1) which are not posted forty-eight
     (48) hours or more prior to the start of the changed work schedule, or, (2)
     requires  the  employee to report back to work on the changed work schedule
     without the employee having ten (10) hours rest (from his last punch out to
     the  next  punch  in), the first eight (8) hours (8 hour shift) or ten (10)
     hours (10 hour shift) of the changed workshift shall be paid for at one and
     one-half  (1  1/2)  times the employee's regular straight time hourly rate.
     Schedule  changes  made  at  the  specific  request of and for the personal
     convenience  of  an  employee  or  employees  may  be allowed, providing no
     overtime or premium pay is involved.  

          Section 4.     It  is  recognized  that overtime work is necessary and
     essential  in  the  Company's  operation.    The  Company  has the right to
     schedule  employees on overtime or call in as necessary, and employees have
     the  responsibility  to  work  overtime  as  requested.   However, after an
     employee has worked twelve (12) continuous hours in a workday, he/she shall
     n o t  be  required  to  perform  additional  work,  except  for  emergency
     situations.    An  employee  may  request  relief from assigned overtime by
     advising  his  foreman of his request not later than twenty-four (24) hours
     prior  to  the  start of the overtime assignment.  The granting of overtime
     relief  is  contingent  on  the foreman being able to secure a satisfactory
     substitute for such overtime work.  

          Overtime  is defined as any hours any employee has worked which are in
     excess of forty (40) hours in a work week or in excess of 8 hours in a work
     day for employees scheduled a normal 8 hour day or in excess of 10 hours in
     a  work day for employees scheduled to work a normal 10 hour work day.  All
     overtime  work,  as set forth above in this Section will be paid at one and
     one-half  (1  1/2)  times  the employee's regular straight time hourly rate
     unless  otherwise  specified  in  this  Agreement.    Two  times  (2x)  the
     employee's  regular rate shall be paid for all hours worked in excess of 12
     hours in a work day.

          Section 5.     Employees  who  report to work at their scheduled times
     without  being notified not to report shall be given four (4) hours pay, or
     if  assigned  to  work  shall be paid for all hours worked at their regular
     straight-time  rate: however, this provision shall not apply if the lack of
     work  is  due  to  unplanned  events  or  causes  beyond the control of the
     Company.  <PAGE>





          Section 6.     Call  in.  An employee reporting to work in response to
     being  called  to  work outside his regularly scheduled hours, after he has
     left the job and the Company premises, will
     be guaranteed four hours at one and one half times the base hourly rate. 

               The  call  in provision shall not apply, however, if the employee
     reports  unfit  for  work,  leaves  work at his own request, or leaves work
     without  permission  from  a  supervisor.    It  is  understood that if any
     employee  is  called in to work, they may be required to perform any duties
     in  connection  with  breakdowns or emergency situations in addition to the
     duties for which they were called in.

          An  employee,  so  called  out  or  in,  within  five (5) hours of his
     regularly  scheduled  shift  who  commences work on his regularly scheduled
     shift  shall  be  compensated  at his regular straight time hourly rate for
     that shift.
          
          An  employee,  so called out or in, in excess of five (5) hours of his
     regular scheduled shift who commences work on his regularly scheduled shift
     shall  be  compensated  at  his  regular straight time hourly rate for that
     shift  up  until  he  has  worked the same amount of hours in his regularly
     scheduled shift from the time he was called out.  At that point the company
     may  elect  to  continue  to  have the employee work for any portion of the
     balance    of his regularly scheduled shift at the rate of one and one-half
     (1  1/2)  times or send the employee home and pay him straight time for the
     balance of his regularly scheduled shift.  

     Any  hours  paid  at  a premium rate will not be used in the computation of
     overtime.

          Section 7.          
          a.   Each  employee  regularly  scheduled  to  work  on  the night and
               afternoon  shifts  shall  be paid a premium of seventy five cents
               ($.75) for each hour worked on such regularly assigned shifts.  

          b.   For  the  purpose  of this Section, the night shift shall include
               work  regularly scheduled to commence between 11:00 p.m. and 2:00
               a.m.    The  day  shift shall include work regularly scheduled to
               commence  between  6:00  a.m. and 10:00 a.m.  The afternoon shift
               shall  include  work regularly scheduled to commence between 3:00
               p.m. and 6:00 p.m.  

          Section 8.     All  pyramiding  and  duplication  of  overtime  and/or
     premiums is specifically prohibited.  

          Section 9.     Overtime  in  each  classification shall be distributed
     equally,  insofar  as  is practicable, among employees qualified to perform
     the work involved.  

          Section 10.    Any  employee  required to work on Sunday shall be paid
     at one and one half (1 1/2) times the employees regular straight time rate.
<PAGE>





          Section 11.    Any  employee  required  to  perform  work on a holiday
     shall  be  paid  at  one  and one-half (1 1/2) times the employee's regular
     straight time rate, in addition to the eight (8) hours of straight time pay
     for the holiday itself.  


                                  ARTICLE 11 - WAGES

          Section 1.     Wage  rates  shall  be  in  accordance  with  the  Wage
     Schedule shown in Appendix A to this Agreement.  

          Section 2.     An  employee required to perform work in a higher rated
     classification  shall  receive  the  higher  rate  for those hours actually
     worked in such classification in increments of fifteen (15) minutes.  

          Section 3.     I n    t h e  event  that  the  employer  combines  job
     classifications,  the  hourly wage paid for the new classification shall be
     the higher of the wage rates of the combined classifications.  
          Section 4.     No  employee  required to perform work at a lower rated
     classification shall experience a reduction in hourly wage.  


                           ARTICLE 12 - WORKING CONDITIONS

          Section  1.      The Company and the Union agree that job safety is of
     utmost  importance.    Every  effort  shall  be made to provide a safe work
     environment. 

          Section 2.     Should  the  Company  require  an employee to wear foot
     protection,  the  Company  will reimburse the employee up to $70.00 for the
     purchase  of  safety shoes acceptable to the Company.  The liability of the
     Company  with  regard  to safety shoes will be limited to not more than two
     (2)  pairs in one year.  New employees will receive a $70.00 shoe allowance
     in the first payroll check after they have completed probation.  

          Section 3.     The  Company  will  furnish  prescription ground safety
     g l a sses  to  Bargaining  Unit  employees,  including  the  cost  of  the
     prescription  at  an  eye care provider acceptable to the Company.  Glasses
     will  not be replaced more frequently than one (1) per year, unless damaged
     or broken during the performance of duties.  

          Section 4.     A    J o int  Safety  and  Health  Committee  shall  be
     established  consisting  of  four  (4) members who will be appointed by the
     Company.    At  least  two  (2)  members  of  the Committee shall be hourly
     employees.    A  designated alternate shall be appointed for each committee
     member.    In  the  event  that  a  member  is absent from a meeting of the
     Committee,  his  alternate may attend and when in attendance shall exercise
     the  duties  of  the member.  The Plant Manager or his designee will be the
     fifth (5th) member and act as Chairman of the Committee.  


          a.   The  Joint  Committee  shall meet as necessary for the purpose of
               jointly considering inspections, investigations, reviewing health
               and  safety  issues  and making constructive recommendations with
               respect thereto; including, but not limited to the implementation
<PAGE>





               o f   corrective  measures  to  eliminate  unhealthy  and  unsafe
               conditions  and  practices,  and  to  improve existing health and
               safety  conditions  and  practices.    All matters considered and
               handled by the Committee shall be reduced to writing, and minutes
               of all meetings of the Committee shall be made and maintained.  

          All   time  spent  in  connection  with  the  work  of  the  Committee
     representative,  including  all  time  spent  in  pre  or  post  inspection
     conferences  and  walk-around  time  spent in relation to Federal and State
     inspection  and  investigations as provided for above, shall be compensated
     at  the  employee's regular straight-time hourly wage rate.  Any time spent
     during  the  hours the employee is scheduled to work shall count toward the
     calculation  of  any  penalty  or  premium  pay  section  of this Agreement
     including,  but  not limited to overtime.  Any time spent outside the hours
     the employee is scheduled to work shall not count toward the calculation of
     any  penalty  or  premium  pay  section  of  this Agreement.  No time spent
     outside of the hours the employee is scheduled to work shall be compensated
     at  a  rate  greater than one (1) times the employee's straight-time hourly
     wage rate.  

          Section 5.     Each  employee  is  required  to comply with all safety
     rules,  with  the  Company's  safety  and  fire  regulations, to use safety
     devices  and  equipment  furnished  by  the  Company,  and to report to his
     supervisor  any  unsafe  condition  or  practice  which  may  come  to  his
     attention.    All  injuries  must  be  promptly  reported to the employee's
     supervisor.

          Section 6.     Physical Examinations
          The welfare and safety of an employee (and, in many cases, the welfare
     and safety of fellow employees and members of the public whom they serve or
     with  whom  they  may come in contact directly or indirectly), depends upon
     the  employee being physically and mentally fit for the work in which he is
     engaged  and  free  of infectious and contagious diseases.  The Company may
     require  an  employee  to  submit  to a physical or psychiatric examination
     whenever  in  its judgment it deems such examination to be advisable in the
     protection  of  the  health  and  physical well-being of the employee or of
     fellow employees or members of the public.  Such examinations shall be made
     by  qualified  doctors  selected  and paid by the Company.  If the employee
     does not agree with the findings or recommendations of such doctor, he may,
     w i t h in  ten  (10)  days  after  being  notified  of  such  findings  or
     recommendations,  be  examined  at  his  own expense by a doctor of his own
     choice.    If the two doctors fail to agree, a third examination may be had
     by  a  doctor  mutually agreed upon by the employee's doctor and the doctor
     selected  by  the  Company  and  the majority opinion of these doctors will
     govern,  and  is  not  subject  to  the  grievance procedure.  The fees and
     expenses of the third doctor will be shared equally by the Employee and the
     Company.    After full consideration of the findings and recommendations of
     the  doctors and other relevant factors, the Company will make such changes
     (if  any)  in  his  job status that are appropriate and necessary under the
     circumstances.<PAGE>





          Section 7.     Return to Work After Illness or Injury
          Prior  to  returning  to  work, an employee who has been off work more
     than  five (5) days due to any illness or injury will be required to obtain
     a  written  release from a licensed practicing physician stating that he is
     capable  of  returning  to work.  The physician's release shall include the
     following information:

          a.   Nature of illness or injury
          b.   Brief history of illness (if relevant)
          c.   Period of disability
          d.   Period of treatment
          e.   Progress while under treatment
          f.   Statement  of  recovery  releasing  the employee to return to his
               normal  duties  without  limitations;  or  a  conditional release
               stating  limitations  in  detail  and giving the date that he may
               resume his normal duties without restrictions.

          The  physician's  release  will  be  submitted  to the Human Resources
     Department.    The employee will not be allowed to return to work until the
     physician's release has been reviewed and approved by the Management of the
     Company.    The  Company  will  endeavor  to  process  physician's releases
     expeditiously  so  as  to  minimize  time  lost from work by such returning
     employees.   Additional examinations by a physician of the Company's choice
     may  be  required  before  approving  the  employee's return to work.  Such
     additional physical examinations required and prescribed by the Company and
     made  by  a  physician  of  the  Company's  choice  will be paid for by the
     Company.   If the employee does not agree with the Company's determination,
     he  may,  within ten (10) days after being notified, request an examination
     by  a  doctor  to  be  mutually  agreed upon by the employee's doctor and a
     doctor selected by the Company.  The majority opinion of these doctors will
     govern,  and  is  not  subject  to  the  grievance procedure.  The fees and
     expenses of the third doctor will be shared equally by the Employee and the
     Company.

          Section 8.     Return to Work After Layoff
          An  employee  who  has  been on layoff for more than thirty (30) days,
     will  be  required  to  pass  a  physical  examination  prescribed  by  the
     Management  of  the  Company  before  returning  to  work.    Such physical
     examination  will  be  paid  for by the Company.  Failing the physical will
     terminate employment if reasonable accommodations cannot be provided.

          The  purpose  of the physical examination is to insure that the person
     can  perform the essential functions of the job classification to which the
     employee is normally assigned. 

          Section 9.     The  Company and Union agree to cooperate in attempting
     to  work  out problems as to the effective utilization of employees who may
     become incapacitated based on competent medical opinion.  Such employee who
     cannot  perform  the  duties  of  his/her regular job, may exercise his/her
     plant  seniority  to  move  to any position within the Bargaining Unit that
     he/she  would  be  capable  of performing within a thirty (30) day training
     period.    The  Company's  decision  based  on  competent  medical  opinion
     regarding   the  employee's  incapacitation  will  be  final  and  binding.
     Employees  displaced  by  the  foregoing procedure will be allowed to go to
     jobs which they can immediately perform the duties.<PAGE>





          Section 10.    The  Company and the Union agree that all employees may
     be  tested for substance abuse pursuant to the Southwestern Portland Cement
     Company's  Substance  Abuse  Control  Program,  which  is  incorporated  by
     reference into this Agreement.


                          ARTICLE 13 - STRIKES AND LOCKOUTS

          The  Union  agrees  that there shall be no picketing or strikes by the
     Union,  or  by  its  members, of any kind or degree whatsoever, or walkout,
     suspension  of  work,  slowdowns,  limiting  of  production,  or  any other
     interference or stoppage, total or partial, of the Company's operations for
     any  reason  whatsoever, such reasons including, but not limited to, unfair
     labor practices by the Company or any other Employer.  It is further agreed
     that neither the Union nor its members shall engage in the above prohibited
     conduct  in  support  of  picketing,  strikes  or any labor dispute actions
     engaged  in  by any other organization or person.  In addition to any other
     recourse  or  remedy available to the Company for violation of the terms of
     this  Article  by  the  Union    and/or  any Union member, the Company  may
     discharge  or  otherwise  discipline  any  employee who authorizes, causes,
     engages  in,  sanctions,  recognizes,  or  assists in any violation of this
     Article.    The Company  will not engage in any lockouts during the term of
     this Agreement.  


                               ARTICLE 14 - LEGISLATION

          In  the  event  laws  are passed which conflict with any provisions of
     this  Agreement,  or any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be
     declared  void  in whole or in part, or shall be declared not to affect any
     employee or employees by law or final decision by competent authority, then
     such  provisions  or  parts  thereof  shall  be eliminated herefrom and the
     m a tter  covered  by  such  eliminated  provisions  may  be  reopened  for
     negotiation,  but the remaining provisions of the Agreement shall remain in
     full force and effect.  


                              ARTICLE 15 - PAST PRACTICE

          All  previous  side  letters,  and  ad  hoc  agreements  and  informal
     understandings or past practices are hereby revoked, withdrawn and canceled
     and  none  shall  survive  the  execution of this contract and no provision
     shall  have any force or effect whatsoever either as past practice, special
     written  agreement,  oral  agreement,  informal  understanding or otherwise
     unless expressly contained herein.    

                           ARTICLE 16 - SCOPE OF AGREEMENT

          This  Labor  Agreement and the health and welfare issues listed herein
     contain  all  the  obligations  and  restrictions  imposed upon each of the
     parties during the term of this Agreement.  It is the intent of the parties
     that  this  document has settled all issues between them and all collective
     bargaining  obligations  for  the  term of the Agreement and that no change
     shall  be  made in this Agreement prior to the expiration thereof except by
     mutual written consent, as required by law or as may be provided for within
     this  document.    Mutual  consent, on the part of the Union, shall require
<PAGE>





     that  the  change  be  approved  by  majority  vote  of  the members of the
     Bargaining Unit casting votes.


                            ARTICLE 17 - UNION COOPERATION

          Section 1.     The  Union  agrees  that  it  will  cooperate  with the
     Company in all matters of industrial relations including carrying out Equal
     Employment  Opportunity  obligations and will support the Company's efforts
     to  assure  a  fair  day's work on the part of its members and that is will
     actively strive to eliminate absenteeism and other practices which restrict
     production.   It further agrees that its members will abide by the rules of
     the  Company  in  its  effort  to  prevent accidents, to eliminate waste in
     production,  conserve  materials  and  supplies,  improve  the  quality  of
     workmanship,   and  strengthen  good  will  between  the  Company  and  its
     employees.

          Section 2.     The  Union  agrees that it will use its best efforts to
     assist  the  Company  in  enhancing the competitiveness of the Company, and
     augmenting  or  increasing revenue generation.  For example, the Union will
     support,  through community involvement and proactive measures, the efforts
     of  the  Company to obtain permits and/or other necessary certifications to
     utilize alternative fuels.

          Section 3.     The  parties hereto intend by this Agreement to provide
     a  stabilized  and  mutually  beneficial  relationship  between them and to
     insure  the  production  of quality products on schedule and at competitive
     costs  during  the  life of this Agreement.  The Company and the Union will
     also establish an active Employee Participation Program to facilitate ideas
     and  develop  and  implement programs to improve the overall operations and
     enhance employee involvement.
          

                            ARTICLE 18 - TERM OF AGREEMENT

          After  ratification  by  the  members  of  the Local Union No. 9, this
     Agreement  shall  become  effective  and  remain in force and effect and be
     binding  upon the parties hereto from June 21, 1995,  to and including June
     20,  2000,  and it shall continue to be in full force and effect thereafter
     from  year  to  year until either party on or before April 20, of any year,
     beginning  with  the  year 2000, gives written notice to the other party of
     its  desire  or intention either to alter and modify or terminate the same.
     If  such  notice  is given, the parties hereto shall begin negotiations not
     later than fifty (50) days prior to June 20 in such year.  <PAGE>






          IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  this  Agreement  between  the parties, has been
     executed by their duly authorized representatives on this 21st day of June,
     1995.


     SOUTHWESTERN PORTLAND CEMENT COMPANY

                                                                       
     Bernard M. Reuland

                                                                       
     John W. Lohr

                                                                       
     Norris P. Widener

                                                                       
     Randal L. Wiley

                                                                       
     Phyllis E. Patrick


     INTERNATIONAL UNION OF OPERATING ENGINEERS, LOCAL NO. 9

                                                                            
                                                                        
     Jerry E. Dout     Larry R. Snyder                                        
 




                                                                           
                                                                             
     Wayne W. Dikeman    Michael L. London                                   
      
 

                                                                            
                                                                            
     Jerry L. Smart      Donald E. Sellars                               
          


                                                                               
                                                                         
     Gary L. Moore       Michael E. Price                                     
    <PAGE>


                                                  APPENDIX A
                                                       
                                                 Wage Schedule

       <TABLE>
       <CAPTION>
                                     June 21, 1995             June        June 21,         June 21,
                                                        1996   21,1997     1998                 1999


       <S>                           <C>           <C>         <C>         <C>        <C>

       Laborer                               $9.45      $750.00       $9.69      $9.80         $10.04
       Production Assistant                 $10.05     Bonus         $10.30     $10.55         $10.81
       Plant/Prod Generalist                $12.53                   $12.84     $13.09         $13.42
       Production Utility                  $13.60                  $13.94       $14.19          $14.54
       Storeroom Attendant                 $13.60                  $13.94       $14.19          $14.54
       Oiler Mech Helper                   $14.03                  $14.38       $14.63          $15.00

       General Maintenance B                $14.03                  $14.38      $14.63          $15.00
       Electrician B                        $14.10                  $14.45      $14.70          $15.07
       Plant Oiler                          $14.25                  $14.61      $14.86          $15.23

       Bulk Loader                          $14.47                  $14.83      $15.18          $15.56
       Prod Loader Operator                 $14.47                  $14.83      $15.18          $15.56
       Control Analyst                      $14.47                  $14.83      $15.18          $15.56

       Quarry Equipment Util                $14.85                  $15.22      $15.67          $16.06
       Driller/Blaster                      $14.85                  $15.22      $15.67          $16.06
       Plant Utility                        $14.85                  $15.22      $15.67          $16.06
       Lubrication Inspect                  $15.30                  $15.68      $16.13          $16.53
       Quarry Utility                       $15.69                  $16.08      $16.63          $17.05
       General Maint A                      $15.93                  $16.33      $16.88          $17.30

       Mechanic/Mobile Equip                $16.00                  $16.40      $16.95          $17.37
       Machinist                            $16.19                  $16.59      $17.19          $17.62
       Electrican A                         $16.24                  $16.65      $17.25          $17.68

       Electrical/Instrument                $16.54                  $16.95      $17.60          $18.04
       Relief Console Operator              $16.35                  $16.76      $17.41          $17.85
       Console Operator                     $16.64                  $17.06      $17.76          $18.20
       /TABLE
<PAGE>





                                     APPENDIX B

               Section 1.     Health and Welfare.
               On  a  voluntary  participation  basis,  the  Company  will
          provide   Health  and  Welfare  Coverage  for  active  employees
          identical to the Southdown, Inc., Plan for Salaried employees as
          the  coverage  and  eligibility  are outlined in the SPD and all
          amendments thereto during the life of this Agreement.  For those
          selecting  to  participate,  the  monthly  cost  of employee and
          eligible  dependent coverage for the term of this Agreement will
          be as follows:

                    Employee only:           $30.00
                    Employee and Children:   $50.00
                    Employee and Spouse:     $60.00
                    Employee and Family:     $70.00
               
               During  the term of this Agreement the Company will provide
          e m ployees  with  participation  in  the  Southdown  Inc.  Post
          Retirement  Medical Insurance Plan, including all amendments and
          modifications  to said Plan during the life of this Agreement on
          the  same basis as the benefits and eligibility requirements are
          provided to Southdown, Inc.'s salaried employees.  

               The Union and each employee covered by this Agreement will
          be provided a copy of the Health and Welfare Plan.  

               a.   Life  Insurance.      The  Company   will provide life
                    insurance  coverage  at  no  cost to the employee.  An
                    employee's  life insurance is an amount equal to twice
                    (2X)  his/her  base  hourly  rate  multiplied by 2,080
                    hours.    Adjustments  for  life insurance due to wage
                    changes are made once per year at the beginning of the
                    year.  

               b.   Accidental Death and Dismemberment.   The Company will
                    provide  accidental death and dismemberment benefit at
                    no  cost  to  the  employee.  An employee's accidental
                    death  and dismemberment benefit is an amount equal to
                    twice  (2X)  his/her  base  hourly  rate multiplied by
                    2,080  hours.    Adjustments  for accidental death and
                    dismemberment  benefit  due  to  wage changes are made
                    once per year at the beginning of the year. 

               c.   Disability Income Weekly Benefits - $250.00 


               Section 2. - Pension.
               The  Company  will contribute ninety cents ($.90) for hours
          worked  and for all vacation hours paid effective June 21, 1995.
          The  Company will contribute ninety-five cents ($0.95) for hours
          worked  and for all vacation hours paid effective June 21, 1996.
          The  Company will contribute one dollar ($1.00) for hours worked
          and for all vacation hours paid effective June 21, 1999.<PAGE>







               Section 3. - Company Provided Benefits

               a.   Southdown  Inc. Retirement Savings Plan {401(k)}.   On
                    a  voluntary  participation  basis,  the  Company will
                    provide  the  Southdown,  Inc. Retirement Savings Plan
                    and  all  amendments  thereto  during the life of this
                    Agreement  on  the  same basis the Plan is provided to
                    all other Southdown Inc. employees.  

               b.   Long  Term  Disability.   On a voluntary participation
                    b a sis,  the  Company  will  provide  the  long  term
                    disability   insurance,  and  all  amendments  thereto
                    during  the  life  of this Agreement on the same basis
                    the  long term disability insurance is provided to all
                    other Southdown Inc. employees.  

               Section 4.     Gainsharing
               The  parties  recognize  the  desirability  of compensating
          employees directly for performance.  It is therefore agreed that
          during  the term of this Agreement, the Company will institute a
          gainsharing  program  which will provide for the opportunity for
          employees  to  receive  a  gainsharing payment up to ten percent
          (10%)  of their gross earnings.  The gainsharing program will be
          based  upon  the  achievement of goals established to reduce the
          cost of manufacturing.<PAGE>

 
Exhibit 99.3

                      Transit Mixed Concrete Company



                                     




                  APRIL 2, 1994 - APRIL 1, 1997 AGREEMENT

                                  between

                                     
          EMPLOYERS IN THE ROCK PRODUCTS AND READY MIXED CONCRETE

                    INDUSTRIES OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA 


                   Signatory hereto as separate parties

                 hereinafter referred to as "the EMPLOYER"
                                     
                                    and


               TEAMSTERS LOCAL UNIONS 420, 495, 692 and 986C

                                  of the

                  INTERNATIONAL BROTHERHOOD OF TEAMSTERS
                                     
                      hereinafter referred to as the
                                     

                                  "UNION"

                    or as the "applicable LOCAL UNION"














                                 ARTICLE I
                         RECOGNITION - UNION SHOP

Section l.  Recognition of the Union:

The Employer recognizes the Union as the exclusive representative
for the purpose of collective bargaining in respect to rates of
pay, wages, hours of employment, or other conditions of
employment for all employees in the bargaining unit, consisting
of those classifications set forth in Article IV, Section l. and
excluding all employees, technical and professional employees,
guards, watchmen and supervisors as defined in the National Labor
Relations Act as amended.  As used in this Agreement, the term
"employee" refers only to the employees in the bargaining unit
unless the context clearly requires a broader interpretation.

Section 2.  Union Membership:

As a condition of continued employment, all employees covered by
this Agreement shall, on the thirty-first (31st) day after
employment, or thirty-one (31) days after the effective date of
this Article, whichever is later, become and remain members of
the Union in good standing.

Section 3.  Checkoff of Supplemental Dues:

The Employer shall deduct from the paycheck due each pay day
supplemental dues in the amount of three cents ($.03) per hour
for each hour worked or paid for each employee who is actively
employed in the bargaining unit at the end of the pay period
covered by such paycheck and who has given the Employer a
voluntarily written assignment of authorization hereafter
executed by him on an agreed form.  Such authorization shall be
irrevocable for a period of one (1) year from the date the Local
Union chooses to implement such supplemental dues (as set forth
in the following paragraph) and shall renew automatically from
year to year thereafter unless the employee, by written notice
served upon the Employer and the appropriate Local Union at least
sixty (60) days and not more than seventy-five (75) days before
the periodic renewal date of this authorization, revokes such
authorization.

Such supplemental dues shall be implemented at the option of the
Local Union signatory hereto.  Local Unions intending to
implement such supplemental dues shall provide the Employer with
sixty (60) days' written notice in advance of such
implementation, but in no event shall such be implemented prior
to November l, 1977.

Amounts deducted from individual employee's paychecks will be
transmitted by the Employer to the Union no later than the
twentieth (20th) day of the month next following the month in 
which such dues were deducted, together with a list of the names
of the employees for whom deductions were made.  The Employer
shall have no responsibility for the application of the amounts
transmitted.  The Union(s) shall indemnify and hold the Employer
harmless against any and all forms of liability, including costs
and expenses that arise out of or by any reason of any action
taken by the Employer in accordance with this Section.

Section 4.  Terminations:

The Employer will terminate the employment of any employee
covered by  this Agreement upon written demand of the Union in
the event that such employee shall fail to comply with Section 2.
of this Article; provided that membership in the Union was
available to the employee on the same terms and conditions
generally applicable to other members, and that membership was
not denied or terminated for reasons other than the failure of
the employee to tender the periodic dues and the initiation fees
uniformly required as a condition of acquiring and retaining
membership.  Such employee shall not be re-employed by the
Employer until the employee has paid or tendered to the Union any
such initiation fee, reinstatement fees or dues accrued to date
of termination.

The Union will advise the Employer by telephone and confirm in
writing that the employee has tendered the required fees or dues
and is entitled to reinstatement to employment.  Such
reinstatement must be accomplished within two (2) calendar weeks
for the time the employee was removed from the job; otherwise the
employee will not be entitled to reinstatement to employment.

Section 5.  Notice of New Hires and Terminations:

Within fifteen (15) working days after the hire of any new
employee, the Employer shall notify the appropriate Local Union
in writing of the newly hired employee's name and address, their
date of hire, their location of employment, their job
classification and rate of pay and their known Union affiliation,
if any.  The appropriate Local Union having jurisdiction shall be
notified in writing of all terminations.

Whenever an employee is transferred from the jurisdiction of one
Local Union to another for a period of time expected to last
thirty (30) days or more (permanent transfer), the Employer will
promptly notify the Local Union which has jurisdiction in the
area to which he is being transferred.  On a temporary transfer,
expected to last less than thirty (30) days, no notice need be
given, and such employee shall be bound by the terms and
conditions of the Agreement which is in effect at his base plant
or yard.  If the time is extended on a temporary transfer, at the
end of thirty (30) days the Employer will notify the appropriate
Local Union, and such employee shall be treated as a permanent
transfer.  The Local Union shall promptly acknowledge each such
notice by signed receipt.

The Employer agrees to advise the Union of its requirements in
respect to new employees to be hired within the bargaining unit
and will give the Union equal opportunity to furnish applicants.

The Employer shall choose between any nominees of the Union and
any other applicants based upon their respective qualifications.
It is expressly understood, however, that the Employer shall be
the sole judge as to the competency of all applicants and may
reject any job applicant referred by the Union.

Section 6.  Dual Employment:

Employer agrees not to employ, nor continue in his employ,
individuals who are regularly employed by any other employer,
except vacation relief and emergencies.

Section 7.  Equal Opportunity Employment:

The Employer and the Union recognize that they are required by
law not to discriminate against any person with regard to
employment or Union membership because of his race, religion,
color, sex, age, national origin, or ancestry, handicap or Viet
Nam era veteran status and hereby declare their acceptance and
support of such laws.  This shall apply to hiring, placement,
upgrading, transfer or demotion, recruitment, advertising, or
solicitation for employment, training during employment, rates of
pay or other forms of compensation, selection for training,
including apprenticeship, layoff or termination, application for
and admission to Union membership.

Section 8.  Gender and Number:

In this Agreement one gender shall be deemed to include the other
gender or the neuter gender and the singular number includes the
plural unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.

Section 9.  Labor-Management Cooperation:

The parties hereby agree to monthly meetings (with participation
on an industry wide basis) to discuss problems in the industry
and methods to obtain work for union signatory companies.

                                ARTICLE II
                              WORK STOPPAGES

Section l.  Strikes - Lockouts:

For the period of this Agreement neither the Union nor its
members will cause or take part in any strike, and the Employer
will not engage in any lockout, and the Union and its officers
shall do all in their power to prevent strikes.

Section 2.  Jurisdictional Disputes:

Any jurisdictional problem arising between the Local Unions,
parties to this Labor Agreement, shall be settled between them
without work stoppage or other hindrance of the Employer's
operations.

                                ARTICLE III
                              HOURS AND WORK

Section l.  Shifts:

     A.   For washers, greasers, tiremen and gas station
          operators and/or fuelers, the day shift shall start
          between the hours of 5:01 A.M. and 11:00 A.M.; the
          swing shift shall start between the hours of 11:01 A.M.
          and 5:00 P.M.; the graveyard shift shall start between
          the hours of 5:01 P.M.and 5:00 A.M.  The above starting
          times shall also apply to automotive repairmen, where
          applicable.

     B.   For all truck driver classifications, the day shift
          shall start between the hours of 4:00 A.M.and 9:59
          A.M.; the swing shift shall start between the hours of
          l0:00 A.M. and 5:59 P.M.; the graveyard shift shall
          start between the hours of 6:00 P.M.and 3:59 A.M.

     C.   The above shift hours do not apply to cement train      
   
          truck drivers.  Shift hours for these drivers are:    
day
          shift shall start between the hours of 12:00 midnight
          and 10:00 A.M.; night shift shall start between the
          hours of 10:01 A.M. and 11:59 P.M.

     D.   The Employer will designate starting time and location
          of shifts.

Note:  For shift premiums, see Article IV, Section 4.

Section 2.  No Split Shifts:

No driver shall work a split shift.  The time will be computed as
continuous from the time of reporting for work unless relieved
from duty, lunch period excepted, not more than one-half (1/2) hour
lunch period being excepted.

Section 3.  Lunch Periods:

An employee's lunch period shall start within the fifth (5th)
hour after he starts work. No lunch period shall be deducted
unless the employee has been relieved from duty for a lunch
period of thirty (30) consecutive minutes.

Section 4.  Drivers Garage:

Drivers assigned regular work will start and finish from the same
garage, except as provided in Article IV, Section 5.

Section 5.  Rest Period:

An employee shall be given a rest period of not less than eight
(8) hours between the time he has completed his previous shift
and the commencement of a straight time shift.  If said employee
is not afforded this rest period, he shall be paid the applicable
overtime rate after his call back time.

                                ARTICLE IV
                                WAGES, ETC.

Section l.  Classifications and Rates:

No employee shall be employed for any lower wage than this
Agreement calls for.  Any wages paid other than hourly rates are
a violation of this Agreement.

The hourly wage rates for all employees covered by this Agreement
shall be as shown on Appendix "B" of this Agreement.

When a working Shop Foreman is appointed by the Employer, he
shall receive seventy five cents ($.75) per hour over the highest
classification rate, including shift differential, over which he
has supervision.

The decision to utilize the position of working Shop Foreman is
entirely at the discretion of the Employer, including who shall
be given such an assignment, if and when a person is to be
removed from such an assignment, and if the person will be
replaced.  The above provisions shall not be subject to the
grievance and arbitration procedure.

In the event that wage controls are re-imposed by an agency of
the Federal Government during the term of this Agreement and a
portion of the negotiated increases are allowed during the period
of the wage freeze, that portion shall become effective as of the
date that such increases are legal.

Any part of the above wage package that is not allowable under
any wage controls will be deemed to be owing and shall become
effective the same day it becomes legal to put into effect and,
further, shall be due and owing in subsequent Agreements if not
put into effect during the term of the Agreement.  It is
understood and agreed, however, that there will be no
retroactivity prior to the date that such increases become legal.

Section 2.  New Classifications:

In the event the Employer acquires new equipment not reasonably
falling within one of the classifications set forth in Section l.
of this Article IV, the Employer shall establish a new
classification and rate and shall promptly notify the applicable
Local Union thereof.  After work has been performed therein for
thirty (30) days and if the Union then claims that the rate for
such new classification does not bear a reasonable relationship
to the other rates, such claim may be made the subject of a
grievance by the Union.

Section 3.  Special Setups:

Whenever special setups are created on or adjacent to large
projects for the purpose of batching or transit mix, etc., where
an agreement with the contractors on said project carries a
higher wage scale than provided herein, the higher wage scale and
subsistence applicable to Teamsters prevailing on the project
shall apply.  Further, the Employer agrees to pay the difference
between the Industry Group Insurance, the Industry Holiday and
Vacation costs and the Industry Pension contributions and those
Health and Welfare, Vacation-Holiday and Pension contributions
applicable to Teamsters prevailing on such project, which amount
shall be added to the wage scale and paid to the individual
employee.  The highest applicable rate shall be paid for the
entire day.

Section 4.  Shift Premiums:

The premium above the day rate for all classifications (except
drivers of cement trains) for the swing and graveyard shifts as
defined in Article III, Section l(A) and (B) shall be twenty-five
cents ($.25) per hour for the swing shift and thirty cents ($.30)
per hour for the graveyard shift.  The premium for working the
night shift for drivers of cement trains as defined in Article
III, Section l  shall be twenty-five cents ($.25).

Section 5.  Subsistence Pay:

When an employee is required to remain overnight in performing
work away from his permanent plant, yard, or shop, he will be
reimbursed for reasonable expenses.

Section 6.  Travel Time/Pay, Meeting Pay, and Physical
Examinations:

     A.   When more than one (l) shift is required on continuous
          pours requiring changing shift away from the yard,      
   
          traveling time at the applicable rate shall be paid
          drivers going to and from points of operation. 
          Transportation to and from the job shall be furnished   
   
          by the Employer.

     B.   Employees who are required to attend any meeting shall
          be paid a minimum of one (1) hour at the employee's
          normal straight time hourly rate of pay, or the actual
          time spent in such meetings, whichever is greater. 
          This pay is to cover both travel time and meeting time.

          The Employer will pay the cost of all physical
          examinations that are required by the Employer, or
          whenever the Employer requires the employee to obtain
          treatment and/or to visit a specific physician, clinic,
          or facility.  The Employer will also pay for all
          substance abuse examinations or testing, except for
          that portion only associated with the CDL bi-annual
          physical examination or the random testing accompanying
          a second-chance rehabilitation program.

          In all instances where the Employer is obligated to
          compensate employees for their physical examinations,
          the compensation will be one (1) hour at the employee's
          straight time hourly rate of pay unless additional
          compensation is approved by management via a phone call
          from the medical facility.

Section 7.  Delays:

No time shall be deducted from drivers' wages caused by delay in
loading, unloading, or any equipment that is broken down away
from the yard, unless drivers are actually relieved from duty.

Section 8.  Fines:

The Employer will pay all fines and assume all responsibility,
including court appearances on behalf of the driver, resulting
from overloading when same has been done under the order of the
Employer, or any of its agents authorized to issue such order, or
fines levied on the basis of defective equipment.

Section 9.  Transfers:

When drivers are used for purposes other than driving, they shall
not be reduced in pay below the truck driver's rate for the class
of equipment they are assigned to; provided this shall not apply
on any day where, by the preceding day, the driver is notified he
will be assigned to non-driving duties.   Whenever an employee
performs work in more than one classification during the day, he
shall be paid at the rate of the higher classification for the
entire time worked during that day.

Section l0.  Pay Days:

The regular pay days shall be every other Thursday.

Section 11.  Pay When Injured:

If an employee suffers an on-the-job injury during work which
disables the employee from continuing to work, the employee shall
receive a minimum of four (4) hours pay or the actual time
worked, whichever is greater.  If any provision of California
laws provide for more than the above minimum (or actual time
worked), then the employee will be paid as per the law.

Section l2.  Uniforms:

If the Employer requires employees to wear uniforms, the cost and
maintenance of such uniforms shall be paid by the Employer.

Section l3.  Pay for Training and Break-In (New Hire) Pay Rates:

     A.   Employees hired prior to May 23, 1994 will continue
          through the new hire progression rates and time
          provisions as contained in the 1990-1994 Agreement.

          Employees hired on or after May 23, 1994 will be
          subject to employment at hourly rates that are four
          dollars ($4.00) less, three dollars ($3.00) less, two
          dollars ($2.00) less, and one dollar ($1.00) less than
          the full normal hourly rates in Appendix "A" for time
          periods of twelve (12) months each.

          Employees hired on or after May 23, 1994 will not be
          given any industry experience credit unless the
          employee is a rehire by the same Employer and was
          employed by that Employer on or after April 1, 1990. 
          In such instances the employee will be paid at the same
          progression or skill level as when the employee ceased
          his prior employment.

          In the event an employee covered by this Section is
          granted a leave of absence which exceeds thirty (30)
          consecutive days, those days in excess of thirty (30)
          will not be counted toward the eight (8) or twelve (12)
          month requirements in the period applicable to the
          employee at such time.

          Employees who were hired prior to May 23, 1994 pursuant
          to the pay for training and break-in progression in the
          prior agreement will continue to be paid pursuant to
          that progression schedule.  Accordingly such employees
          shall receive $3.00 below classification rate for their
          first eight months of employment; $2.00 below
          classification rate for their second eight months of
          employment; and $1.00 below classification rate for
          their third eight months of employment.

     B.   Material Hauling drivers hired after May 22, 1994 will
          be paid as follows:

          5-23-94        4-1-95         4-1-96

          $12.00         $12.25         $12.50

          All current employees (those hired prior to May 23,
          1994) involved in material hauling will be paid at the
          9 yard and over mixer hourly wage rates, however, the
          Employer has the right to request that the employee be
          involved in ready mix operations (in order to
          effectively utilize the lower new hire rates for
          competitive reasons), anyone refusing such work will be
          kept in material hauling at one dollar ($1.00) less
          than the 9 yard and over mixer hourly wage rate. 
          Special cases involving disability or inability will be
          handled by the Labor-Management Committee and is
          subject to arbitration.

          Any employee has the right to bump back to material
          hauling to avoid a layoff and maintain their 9 yard and
          over mixer hourly wage rate.

     C.   When an employee is called upon to break-in or train
          another employee as driver, he shall receive twenty-    
   
          five cents ($.25) per hour above his regular hourly
          rate.

     D.   It is understood that the Employer reserves the right
          to pay employees rates higher than those required by
          the Collective Bargaining Agreement.

Section  l4. Overloading:

It shall not be cause for discharge or disciplinary action for an
employee to refuse to drive any highway equipment that is
declared overloaded by a licensed weighmaster, for refusing to
drive a vehicle which has been knowingly loaded to exceed the
legal highway weight limits of the California Vehicle Code, or to
refuse to drive any equipment that has been declared unsafe by a
qualified mechanic or inspector.  If as the result of such a
refusal no other work is available, the driver is still to be
paid the minimum work guarantees as provided in Article VI.  The
refusal to drive equipment determined to be properly loaded
and/or in safe operating condition as described above shall be
just cause for disciplinary action, including discharge.

Section l5. Tool Insurance:

Employees in the classification of Automotive Repairman and
Greasers shall be covered by tool insurance.  Coverage shall be
restricted to the following:  Two Hundred dollars ($200.00)
deductible: Seven Thousand dollars ($7,000.00) maximum
reimbursement (limited to tools which are required by the
Employer) per employee, per loss which resulted from proven
forced entry of employee's tool box or theft of entire tool box.

It is the employee's responsibility to provide a current
inventory of tools subject to periodic check by the Employer.

Each employee must advise the Employer whenever he removes part
or all of his tools from the Employer's premises and must advise
the Employer when they are returned.  The plan may be insured or
self-funded at the Employer's option.

The submission of a false claim or misrepresentation of tools
lost will be grounds for discharge under the dishonesty
provisions of Article IX.

                                 ARTICLE V
                               OVERTIME PAY

Section l.  Time and One-Half:

Time and one-half the straight time rate shall be paid for all
work performed:

     A.   In excess of ten (10) hours in any one day, or
     B.   In excess of forty (40) hours in any work week,
          whichever is greater, and
     C.   On Saturdays, and
     D.   On Holidays.

Section 2.  Double Time:

Except for emergency work and breakdown which shall be paid for
at time and one-half, double the straight time rate shall be paid
for all work performed on Sundays.

Section 3.  Pyramiding:

There shall be no pyramiding of overtime; overtime will not be
paid under more than one of the above classes of overtime for the
same hours worked.  For purposes of subparagraph (B) herein, the
work week shall be deemed to begin on Monday.

Section 4.  Overtime Calculations for Vacation and Holidays:

Paid holidays shall be counted as hours worked in the computation
of overtime under Section 1.

Regularly scheduled vacations of an entire work week, Monday
through Sunday, will also be counted as hours worked in the
computation of overtime under Section 1.  Vacations consisting of
less than an entire workweek, Monday through Sunday, shall not be
counted as hours worked in the computation of overtime under
Section 1.

                                ARTICLE VI
                           REPORTING ALLOWANCES

Section l.  Reporting Pay and Daily Work/Pay Guarantees:

A minimum of two (2) hours shall be allowed whenever employees
are ordered to report to work and no work is available upon
reporting to work, unless the reason is as listed in Section 2 of
this Article.  If any work is performed then the employee shall
receive a minimum of four (4) hours pay or work or the actual
time worked, whichever is greater.

Section 2.  Exceptions to the Daily Guarantee:

An employee shall receive pay hereunder only for hours actually
worked if he refuses to do other work, or if the Employer is
unable to furnish work because of inclement weather, mechanical
breakdown, (other than of the employee's own truck) or other
conditions beyond his control or other conditions beyond the
Employer's control.

Section 3.  Subterfuge:

The Employer will not use these sections as a subterfuge to
reduce hours or to abuse the seniority provisions of Article X. 

                                ARTICLE VII
                               PAID HOLIDAYS

Section l.  Holidays Paid:

All eligible employees shall receive eight (8) hours pay at their
straight time rate set forth in Section l and (where applicable)
Section 4 or Article IV of the following holidays not worked:

New Year's Day     Memorial Day     Fourth of July     Labor Day

President`s Day    Thanksgiving Day    The Day After Thanksgiving

                               Christmas Day

Holiday pay for Memorial Day, Labor Day, President's Day and the
day after Thanksgiving will be suspended for the period May 23,
1994 through March 31, 1997.  Thereafter the above listed four
(4) holidays will be restored to full application subject to
negotiation.  During this period the provisions of Article V,
Section 1, "Time and One-Half" will be in effect for all eight
(8) of the holidays listed in Article VII, Section 1.

When any of these holidays falls on a Sunday, the day designated
by the Governor of the State of California shall apply, in such
cases, as the holiday.  (As to a holiday occurring during
vacation, see Article VIII, Section l.).

Section 2.  Eligibility:

Each employee who has been on the payroll of the Employer for a
period of six (6) months or more shall be eligible for holiday
pay, provided that:

     A.   He works his full scheduled shift on the working day
          immediately before and following such holiday unless

              (1)  his absence is caused by illness
          
              (2)  his absence is excused by the Employer, or

              (3)  he is laid off on either of such days by the
                   Employer, and

     B.   He performs some work on any of the five (5) working    
   
          days immediately before or the five (5) working days
          immediately after such holiday, unless he is a driver   
   
          who has been laid off due to a breakdown of his truck
          or unless he is on a paid vacation to which he is
          entitled under Article VIII hereof, and

     C.   He did not refuse to work on such holiday, if
          requested.

                               ARTICLE VIII
                                 VACATIONS

Section l.  Vacations Allowed:

Each employee who has completed one (1) year's continuous service
in the employ of the Employer and has worked a minimum of 1,200
hours during the preceding year, shall be entitled to a paid
vacation equal to forty (40) hours straight time pay at the rates
set forth in Section l., and (where applicable), Section 4. of
Article IV, hereof.  

Each employee who, under such circumstances, has completed two
(2) years continuous service shall receive a paid vacation of
eighty (80) hours straight time pay.

Each employee who, under such circumstances, has completed eight
(8) years continuous service shall receive a paid vacation of one
hundred twenty (120) hours straight time pay.  

Each employee who, under such circumstances, has completed
fifteen (15) years continuous service shall receive a paid
vacation of one hundred sixty (160) hours straight time pay.  For
the period of May 23, 1994 through March 31, 1997, this fourth
(4th) week shall be suspended.  Thereafter the fourth (4th) week
of vacation will be restored subject to negotiation.

Employees who have worked twelve hundred (1200) hours or more
from their anniversary date prior to May 22, 1994 shall receive
the paid vacation to which they were entitled under the prior
agreement.  This paid vacation will be at the rates as set forth
in the prior agreement.

An employee who is laid off for lack of work in excess of two (2)
consecutive weeks during his first year of employment and is
recalled shall become eligible for his vacation when he has
worked beyond his first year of employment the number of days
equal to the number of days he was on layoff, provided that he
has then worked a minimum of 1,200 hours.  (This will not affect
his anniversary of hire eligibility date for subsequent
vacations).  When one of the holidays specified in Article VII
occurs during an employee's paid vacation, the Employer shall pay
the employee an extra day's pay.

Section 2.  Scheduling:

Vacations shall be taken between June lst and September 30th at 
times designated by the Employer unless otherwise mutually agreed
between the Employer and the employee.  Employee requests for
vacation time outside of the vacation period described above
shall not be unreasonably denied.  When choice of vacation date
is practical without interfering with operations, the more senior
employees shall have first choice.

Section 3.  Payment:

Vacation pay will be paid to an employee before he takes his
vacation if a request is made by the employee at a reasonable
length of time before his vacation commences.  Vacation pay shall
be paid by separate check.

Section 4.  Pro Rata Vacation Pay:

Employees who, after employment of not less than one (1) year,
are discharged, quit, laid off indefinitely, or with the consent
of the Employer, are allowed to take their vacation prior to
their anniversary of hire eligibility date, shall receive at the
time of separation (or early vacation) pro-rata vacation pay for
the period of service from the last anniversary date of hire to
date of termination (or early vacation), that is, one-twelfth
(1/12th) of his vacation pay, (40, 80, 120, or 160 hours as
determined above) for each full month worked from his last
anniversary date.  Employees who are so laid off and are then
recalled, and employees who so take an early vacation, shall have
the amount of vacation pay received under this Section offset
against any vacation pay they may thereafter become entitled to
under this Article.  Employees with at least one (l) year of
continuous service who, during any vacation year, fail to work
the required 1,200 hours, shall be paid pro rata his vacation pay
(40, 80, 120, or 160 hours as determined above) equal to the
ratio of the hours actually worked during the vacation year to
1,200 hours.

                                ARTICLE IX
                                DISCHARGES

Section l.  Discharges and Discipline:

An employee may be discharged or disciplined for incompetency,
inefficiency, insubordination or any other good cause.  No
employee shall be discharged or discriminated against because of
his membership in the Union or union activities, including his
refusal to cross a primary picket line approved by the Union. 
The Union shall have the right to investigate the discharge of
any non-probationary employee and may protest through the
grievance and arbitration procedure any discharge believed by the
Union to be unjustified.  Any such protest shall be presented to
the Employer in writing within ten (l0) working days after such
discharge and a postmark or mail by certified mail within the ten
(10) days will be accepted as satisfaction of this requirement.
In the event the discharge is submitted to the grievance
procedure and the discharge is not found to be in accordance with
the provisions of the Article, such non-probationary employee may
be reinstated, with restoration of full seniority and other
rights and/or may be granted loss of pay.  The Employer shall not
discipline and/or discharge an employee, unless such an action is
imposed within ten (10) working days after the date of the
incident or within ten (10) days after the date the Employer
should have known.  Disciplinary actions taken after the ten (10)
day period will be considered as invalid. 

Section 2.  Warning Notices:

Except for discharges for dishonesty, being under the influence
of alcohol or illegal drugs (including selling and/or the
transportation of illegal drugs) while in the service of the
Employer, reckless driving resulting in a serious accident (as
defined under DOT rules), the carrying of unauthorized
passengers, insubordination, proven unprovoked assault on anyone
including fellow employees, customers, or supervisors; or gross
negligence, an employee shall not be discharged or subject to
layoff/suspension unless the employee has had one (1) previous
written warning notice (with a copy having been sent to the
appropriate Local Union).  The fact that the employee nor the
Union has not protested or grieved the warning notice at the time
of issuance shall not constitute an agreement or admission of the
validity of the alleged offense.  Warning notices shall be
effective for a period of time not to exceed twelve (12) months
from the date of issuance.

                                 ARTICLE X
                                 SENIORITY

Section l.  Acquisition and Loss:

Seniority rights, once established, start from the date of
employment by the Employer within the bargaining unit; provided,
however, employees will have no seniority rights until after a
probationary period of sixty (60) days of continuous employment
or sixty (60) working days accumulative within a period of six
(6) consecutive months, whichever occurs first.  Seniority shall
be terminated upon:

     A.   resignation of an employee

     B.   retirement

     C.   discharge

     D.   failure to notify his Employer within forty-eight (48)
          hours of his intention to return to work within five
          (5) working days after delivery of notice to his last
          known address, or

     E.   if the employee performs no work for the Employer
          within the bargaining unit for a period of six (6)
          months; except if such failure to perform work is
          because of absence as a result of sickness or accident,
          such period shall be twelve (12) months; provided
          however, that if an employee is re-employed upon
          recovery from such illness or accident lasting longer
          than twelve (12) months, his former seniority shall be
          restored.

An employee recalled, at the option of the Employer, from layoff
of over six (6) months, except as provided above, shall have the
seniority which such employee acquired prior to layoff restored,
provided such recall occurs within twelve (12) months of the date
of his layoff.  Employees laid off, as hereinafter provided, and
who have been enrolled in the Training and Upgrading Program
under the provisions of Article XVIII within twenty (20) days
after his layoff shall be eligible for recall, as provided in
paragraph (C), Section 2. hereof, in his new classification
upon  presentation to the Employer of evidence of satisfactory
completion of such retraining, and if recalled by the Employer
within one (l) year after his layoff his seniority shall be
restored.

Section 2.  Layoff, Recall and Exercise of Seniority Rights:

     A.   Layoffs shall be classified as:

          (1)  Indefinite Layoff - an indefinite layoff is a
               reduction of the working forces in the bargaining
               unit where the Employer reasonably anticipates     
   at
               the time of such reduction that the affected
               employees will not be recalled to work for at      
        
               least twenty (20) consecutive regular working
               days.  Employees laid off indefinitely must be
               immediately notified, in writing, by the Employer,
               and such employees must exercise immediate
               seniority rights in the manner provided hereafter. 
               Employees who fail to exercise such rights shall
               be terminated, subject to recall as provided for
               in Section 2(C) below.

          (2)  Short Term Layoff - A short term layoff is any
               layoff other than an indefinite layoff. An
               employee on short term layoff may not exercise
               seniority rights until his layoff has actually
               continued for three (3) consecutive regularly
               scheduled working days (not including days of work
               lost due to actual days of inclement weather or
               breakdown of production equipment) at which time
               the employee will exercise such seniority rights
               in the manner provided hereafter. Such employee
               must exercise his seniority rights prior to the
               Company dispatch time on the seventh    working
               day following his three (3) day qualification. 
               Days lost due to inclement weather shall be
               counted toward the seven (7) days.  Employees who
               fail to exercise such rights within the ten
               (10)days shall become Extra Board Drivers at their
               base location for not to exceed an additional ten
               (10) working days.  Employees who have not
               exercised their seniority rights by the initial
               ten (10) days shall be deemed to have been
               indefinitely laid off as per paragraph 2(A) above,
               on the twentieth (20th) day.

     B.   Seniority Rights:

          Employees laid off under Section 2(A) (l) and (2)       
   shall
          exercise seniority rights upon the affected junior
          employee(s) in accordance with the timing set forth
          therein and in sequence such that the employee(s) shall
          fill the first available job for which he is qualified
          in order of progression, as   set forth in Paragraph
          2(B) (l) through 2(B) (4),below.

          It shall be understood and agreed that employees
          exercising seniority rights or displacing junior
          employees shall be qualified and capable of performing
          the work in all classifications into which they are
          moving.  It shall be understood and agreed that the
          nearest yard or plant to an employee's base yard or
          plant shall be determined by map measurement or air
          line distance.

          Extra Board Drivers employed by the Employer may, in    
   
          the course of their work, drive more than one type of
          equipment, but must be assigned to one of the groupings
          listed in Section 3, hereafter, and to a location based
          upon their primary work assignment. Extra Board Drivers
          shall only have seniority rights as set forth in
          paragraph 2(A) (1), above and such rights shall be
          exercised as provided for in paragraph 2(B) (2).

          In the event of multiple layoffs occurring on the same
          date, the Employer shall consider each individual to be
          laid off separately and in the order of seniority
          starting with the junior employee to be laid off and
          progressing through the most senior employee to be laid
          off.  Individuals affected shall be afforded their
          seniority rights as provided in subparagraphs (1), (2),
          (5) and (6), paragraph (B),Section 2, of this Article.

               (1)  Driving Personnel Laid Off - Exercise of
                    Seniority:

                    (a)  First, in his grouping at his base
                         yard or plant on his shift to 
                         displace the junior driving employee
                         with a piece of equipment.

                    (b)  Second, in his classification, at his
                         base yard or plant, on his shift, to
                         displace the junior driving employee
                         with a piece of equipment.
                    
                    (c)  Third,

                         (i)  In his classification, at his base
                              yard or plant, on another shift,
                              to displace the junior driving
                              employee with a piece of equipment,
                              or

                         (ii) In another classification, at his
                              base yard or plant, on his    
                              shift, to displace the junior
                              driving employee with a piece of
                              equipment, or

                        (iii) In another classification, at his
                              base yard or plant, on another  
                             shift to displace the junior driving
                              employee with a piece of equipment,
                              or.

                         (iv) At his base yard or plant, to 
                              displace the junior extra board
                              driver, provided, however, in any
                              event seniority shall prevail, or

                         (v)  by-pass the Third Step.

                    (d)  Fourth, in his classification, at the
                         nearest yard or plant, to displace the
                         junior driving employee with a piece of
                         equipment.

                    (e)  Fifth, in another classification, at
                         the nearest yard or plant, to displace
                         the junior driving employee with a
                         piece of equipment.

                    (f)  Sixth, to displace the junior driving
                         employee with a piece of equipment in 
                         the bargaining unit.

                    (g)  Seventh, to displace the junior driving
                         employee in the bargaining unit.
                              
                    (h)  Eighth, to displace the junior employee
                         in the bargaining unit.

     (2)  Driving Personnel Displaced by Employees Laid Off
          Exercise of Seniority:

               (a)  First, in his classification at his base yard
                    or plant on his shift, to displace the junior
                    driving employee with a piece of equipment.
                    
               (b)  Second,

                         (i)  In his classification, at his base
                              yard or plant, on another shift, to
                              displace the junior driving   
                              employee with a piece of equipment,
                              or

                         (ii) In another classification, at his
                              base yard or plant, on his shift,
                              to displace the junior driving
                              employee with a piece of equipment,
                              or

                       (iii)  In another classification, at his
                              base yard or plant, on another
                              shift, to displace the junior
                              driving employee with a piece of
                              equipment, or

                         (iv) At his base yard or plant, to dis-
                              place the junior extra board driver
                              provided, however, in any event,
                              seniority shall prevail, or

                         (v)  By-pass Second Step.

                    (c)  Third, in his classification at the
                         nearest yard or plant, to displace the
                         junior driving employee with a piece of
                         equipment.

                    (d)  Fourth, in another classification at
                         the nearest yard or plant, to displace
                         the junior driving employee with a piece
                         of equipment.

                    (e)  Fifth, to displace the junior driving
                         employee with a piece of equipment in
                         the bargaining unit.

                    (f)  Sixth, to displace the junior driving
                         employee with a job in the bargaining
                         unit.

                    (g)  Seventh, to displace the junior employee
                         with a job in the bargaining unit.

               (3)  Driving Bid Restoration:

                    In the event a laid off or displaced driver,
                    in the exercise of his seniority rights under
                    paragraph 2(B)(1) or (2), above, accepts
                    other equipment at his base plant or yard,
                    such equipment after a period of sixty (60)
                    days shall become permanent and his bid
                    rights, as provided for in Section 4 shall be
                    restored.  If the driver is relocated to
                    another yard or plant, in the exercise of his
                    seniority rights, such assignment to yard or
                    plant and equipment after a period of sixty
                    (60) days shall become permanent and his bid
                    rights, as provided for in Section 4, shall
                    be restored.

                    In any event, if the driver`s original
                    equipment becomes available in the sixty (60)
                    day period referred to above, the driver
                    shall be restored to his original equipment. 
                    If the driver is entitled to a new and/or
                    used equipment bid, he may utilize such bid
                    during the sixty (60) day period.  If the
                    opening bid upon is t either his original
                    plant or new plant, his bid will be
                    considered in the First Step of Section 4(B). 
                    If he successfully bids on equipment at the
                    new location, he shall not be entitled to
                    have his bid restored as provided in the
                    paragraph above, and such equipment shall
                    become his permanent equipment.

               (4)  For the purpose of this Seniority Article,
                    the word "groupings" shall be those
                    groupings listed in Section 3 and the word
                    "classification" shall mean the job titles
                    listed below:

                    Driving Classifications:

                    (a)  Drivers of Water Trucks
                        (i)    Under 2,000 gallons
                        (ii)   2,000 to 4,000 gallons
                        (iii)  4,000 gallons and over

                    (b) Drivers of Plant and Pit Trucks
                        (i)    12 tons and under
                        (ii)   Over 12 tons to 20 tons, inclusive
                        (iii)  Over 20 tons to 50 tons, inclusive
                        (iv)   50 tons and over

                    (c)  Drivers of Dump Trucks
                        (i)    Two Axle
                        (ii)   Three Axle

                    (d)  Drivers of Semis Under 14 Tons
                    (e)  Drivers of Truck-Trailer Transfers
                    (f)  Drivers of Truck-Trailer Bottom Dumps
                    (g)  Drivers of Truck-Trailer (pups)
                    (h)  Drivers of Semis Over 14 Tons
                    (i)  Drivers of Cement Trucks
                    (j)  Drivers of Mixer Trucks
                         (i)   Under 9 Cubic Yards
                         (ii)  9 Cubic Yards and Over

                    (k)  Drivers of Flats
                         (i)   Under 5 Tons
                         (ii)  5 Tons and Over

                    (l)  Drivers of Flat Truck-Trailers and Semis
                    (m)  Mobile Sweeper Drivers (licensed for
                         highway use)
                    (n)  Bulk Fuel Tank Truck Drivers

               (5)  Non-Driving Personnel Laid Off - Exercise of
                    Seniority:

                    (a)  First, in his classification, at his
                          base yard or plant, on his shift,

                    (b)  Second, in his classification, at his
                         base yard or plant, on another shift,

                    (c)  Third, in another classification, at
                         his base yard or plant,

                    (d)  Fourth, in his classification, at the
                         nearest yard or plant,

                    (e)  Fifth, in another classification, at
                         the nearest yard or plant,

                    (f)  Sixth, to displace the junior employee
                         in the bargaining unit.

               (6)  Non-Driving Personnel Displaced by Employees
                    Laid Off - Exercise of Seniority:

                    (a)  First, in his classification, at his
                         base yard or plant, on another shift,

                    (b)  Second, in another classification, at
                         his base yard or plant,
                    (c)  Third, in his classification, at the
                         nearest yard or plant,

                    (d)  Fourth, in another classification, at
                         the nearest yard or plant,

                    (e)  Fifth, to displace the junior employee
                         in the bargaining unit laid off or
                         displaced.

               (7)  Non-Driving Bid Restoration:

                    In the event a laid off or displaced
                    employee, in the exercise of his seniority,
                    rights under paragraph 2(B) (5) or 2(B) (6),
                    above, accepts another job at his base plant,
                    yard or shop, such job shall become his
                    permanent assignment and his bid rights as
                    provided for in Section 4, shall be restored. 
                    If the employee is relocated to another yard,
                    plant or shop, in the exercise of his
                    seniority rights under paragraph 2(B) (5) or
                    2(B) (6), above such assignment shall become
                    permanent and his bid rights shall be
                    restored.

               (8)  For the purpose of this Seniority Article,
                    the word "classification" shall mean the job
                    titles listed below:

                    Non-Driving Classifications:

                    (a)  Drivers of Mobile Service Trucks
                    (b)  Warehousepersons
                    (c)  Automotive Repairpersons
                    (d)  Batch Plant Operators (manual)
                    (e)  Bunkerperson
                    (f)  Gas Station Operators and/or Fuelers
                    (g)  Loaders
                    (h)  Washers
                    (i)  Greasers
                    (j)  Tirepersons
                    (k)  Chippers

          (C)  Recall

               (1)  Prior to effecting a recall of employees who
                    have been laid off in order to fill job
                    vacancies, the Employer shall post the job
                    vacancies and award the job(s) to the      
                    bidder(s), if any, as provided in Section 4.

               (2)  In the event no bids are received and jobs
                    awarded as provided in (1) above, the
                    Employer shall recall the most senior
                    employee(s) on layoff who have retained
                    recall rights in accordance with Section l.
                    and who are qualified and capable of per-
                    forming the work.

          (D)  Equipment Transfers

               The Employer may transfer equipment from one yard
               or plant to another yard or plant to meet its 
               business requirements.  The employee whose equip-
               ment is so transferred may elect to transfer with
               his equipment, in which case his seniority will
               remain intact in all respects.  If the employee
               elects not to transfer with his equipment, he must
               exercise his seniority rights as though he had
               been indefinitely laid off as provided in    
               paragraphs 2(A)(1) and 2(B)(1) of this Article.

Section 3.  Dispatch Procedure:

     (A)  For the purpose of this dispatching procedure, the
          drivers will be classified by the type of their
          assigned equipment in the following groupings at each
          yard or plant:

               (1)    Mixers, under 9 cubic yards
               (2)    Mixers, 9 cubic yards and over
               (3)    Flat Trucks
               (4)    Bottom Dump Trains or Bottom Dump Semis
               (5)    Truck & Trailer Transfer Dumps
               (6)    End Dump, Single Trucks or End Dump Semis
                      or End Dump Truck and Pup
               (7)    Plant Trucks, l2 tons and under
               (8)    Plant Trucks, l2 to 20 tons, inclusive
               (9)    Plant Trucks, 20 to 50 tons, inclusive
               (l0)   Plant Trucks, 50 tons and over
               (11)   Pit Trucks
               (12)   Cement Trains
               (13)   Water Trucks
               (14)   Bulk Fuel Tank Trucks

     (B)  The Employer will determine the number of trucks
          necessary to take care of the work load each day.

     (C)  After such determination has been made, the Employer    
   
          shall dispatch that number of senior drivers in
          seniority order in each of the groupings in sub-section
          (A), above, equal to the number of trucks to be used
          unless the use of certain equipment is not reasonably
          practicable, or unless it is necessary to use certain
          equipment to maintain adequate service to the job or
          customer on that day.

     (D)  When two (2) or more shifts are working, in accordance
          with Article III, Section l, drivers will be dispatched
          in accordance with the dispatching procedure as set     
   
          forth in Section 3 of this Article, paragraphs (A),(B)
          and   on a shift basis.

     (E)  Once the Employer has determined its equipment needs    
   
          for the following day and has determined the order of
          dispatch as provided above, it is not required to
          change the initial dispatch because of any change in
          circumstances occurring after the initial
          determination.  When an employee is not on the initial
          dispatch for his regular shift, he shall not be
         required to work that shift if he is not called for   
          work prior to 9:00 A.M. and shall not be considered
          "unavailable for work" on that day.  However, the
          Employer will honor written requests of employees for
          later billing times whenever  practicable.

     (F)  Drivers whose assigned equipment is shopped shall be
          temporarily assigned in seniority order to vacant or
          unassigned equipment in the same grouping which the
          Employer plans to operate when such equipment is
          located at the driver's base plant or yard, and such
          drivers shall be dispatched in seniority order. During
          the time his equipment is shopped, any days he is not
          so assigned shall be counted as  consecutive days for
          the purpose of Section 2(A) (2).  In the event there is
          no vacant equipment in the driver's assigned grouping,
          but the driver is qualified and capable of performing
          the work in another grouping, and the Employer plans to
          operate vacant or unassigned equipment in that grouping
          at the driver's base yard or plant, the driver of such
          shopped equipment shall be temporarily assigned to such
          vacant equipment and will be dispatched after all
          permanently assigned drivers in that grouping have been
          dispatched.  All days worked in such different
          groupings shall be counted as consecutive days for the
          purposes of Section 2(A) (2). Such drivers will be
          returned to their regularly   assigned equipment when
          such shopped equipment is returned to service.  Drivers
          who cannot be temporarily assigned to vacant equipment
          may exercise their seniority rights as provided in
          Section 2(A) (2) and 2(B) (1) of this Article.  Except
          for equipment vacancies caused by Leaves of Absence
          under Article       XVII and Vacations of one (l) week
          or longer, assignment of drivers and dispatching of
          such drivers as set forth in this paragraph shall be on
          a day-to-day   basis.

     (G)  If the Employer maintains an Extra Board, he shall
          dispatch his senior qualified Extra Board Drivers on
          needed equipment which the Employer knows, at the time
          of preparing the dispatch, will be vacant for the day
          in question, after the application of   paragraph (F)
          above.

     (H)  After manning vacant or unassigned equipment which the  
          Employer plans to operate, first, under the provisions
          of paragraph (F) above, and second, under the
          provisions of paragraph (G), above, unbilled drivers in
          seniority order, shall be assigned to operate such
          equipment and such drivers shall not have the right to
          refuse such assignment.  Effective April 16, 1984, the
          Employer agrees to pay such drivers mileage at the rate
          of twenty-five cents ($.25) per mile from his base
          plant or yard to the plant or yard where such vacant or
          unassigned equipment is located, provided the distance
          between such plants is greater than ten (10) miles,
          measured as provided in Article XX.

     (I)  By mutual written agreement between the Company and all
          the affected employees at a given location, yard or     
   
          plant, a system of work sharing by the employees may be 
         initiated.  Any such agreement must contain, among       
  
          other items, an exact description of how the work will
          be shared, the maximum length of time it is to be in   
          effect, a provision for cancellation by anyone involved
          upon a specified notice period, and be signed by all
          parties to it.

     (J)  The parties agree that the Employer covered by the
          Agreement do not intent to use employees covered by
          Article IV, Section l3(A) in such a manner as to
          deprive more senior employees of straight time and
          overtime assignments.

Section 4.  Assignment of Equipment and Jobs:

     (A)  Equipment and Driving Jobs:

          When new equipment is purchased or existing equipment
          becomes permanently vacant (expected to last for
          twenty(20) or more consecutive regular working days)
          and the Employer intends to operate such equipment, the
          Employer shall promptly post bid applications for such
          equipment at all yards or plants for a period of four
          (4) consecutive regular working days and those
          employees at such yards or plants who wish may bid for
          assignment to such equipment, except that no employee  
          shall be entitled to bid upon new equipment more often
          than once every twenty-four (24) months or more often
          than once every six (6) months on used equipment,
          except as provided for in Section 2(B), or in the event
          the employee's equipment has been removed from the
          fleet, in which case his bid rights shall be restored.

          Equipment which is vacant due to Leaves of Absence     
          shall not be posted for bid as provided herein, but
          will be assigned under the provisions of Section 3(F).

     (B)  The bids by employees for new or permanently vacant
          equipment (as described in paragraph (A), above) shall
          be evaluated by the Employer and the equipment         
          awarded according to the following priorities:

          (1)  First, in seniority order to drivers at all yards
               and plants and who are in the same classification
               as the equipment bid upon.

          (2)  Second, if no bids are received and equipment
               awarded in the first priority, in seniority order
               to drivers at all yards and plants and who are in
               other driving classifications, providing such
               drivers are qualified and capable of performing   
               the work.

          (3)  Third, if no bids are received and equipment
               awarded by the first and second priorities in
               seniority order to non-driving employees at all
               yards and plants, provided such employees are
               qualified and capable of performing the work.

     (C)  Equipment used for swing and graveyard shifts will not
          be subject to bid.  However, such shifts shall be bid
          as jobs and shall constitute a used equipment bid.  For
          this purpose, it is hereby agreed that a night shift
          job is considered to be a job "with a piece of    
          equipment".  Further the Extra Board is considered
          simply a job and is one "without a piece of equipment".

     (D)  For the purpose of this bidding procedure, no morthan
          onene (1) employee shall be permanently assigned to a
          specific piece of equipment in a specific grouping.

     (E)  Non-Driving Jobs

          When new non-driving jobs are created or existing non-
          driving jobs become permanently vacant, the Employer    
   
          shall promptly post bid applications for such jobs      
   at
          all yards, plants or shops and those employees who wish
          to may bid for assignment to such jobs.  An employee
          hired as a Greaser or Tireman, or who has successfully
          bid into either classification, will not be entitled to
          bid into another classification, (non-driving or
          driving) for a period of twelve (12)months from the
          date of hire or date of assignment of such
          classification.

     (F)  The bids by employees for new or permanently vacant    
          non-driving jobs (as described in paragraph (E), above)
                    shall be evaluated by the Employer and the
          jobs awarded as follows:

          (1)  First, in order of seniority, employees who are
               permanently assigned to non-driving jobs, and who
               are qualified and capable of performing the work
               and who are assigned to the plant, yard, or shop
               where the vacancy exists.
          
          (2)  Second, in the event no bids are received or jobs
               awarded as provided for in the first step above,
               in seniority order employees who are regularly
               assigned to the same classification at other
               yards, plants or shops.

          (3)  Third, should no bids be received or jobs awarded
               under the first or second steps above, in order of
               seniority employees who are assigned to other non-
               driving classifications and who are qualified and
               capable of performing the work, and who are
               assigned to other yards, plants or shops.

          (4)  Fourth, in the event no bids are received or jobs
               awarded as provided in the first through third
               steps above, in order of seniority all driving
               personnel assigned to the yard, plant or shop
               where the vacancy exists.

          (5)  Fifth, in the event no bids are received or jobs
               awarded as provided in the first through fourth
               steps above, in seniority order to drivers at
               all other yards, plants, or shops.

Section 5.  Seniority Lists:

On the first workday of each calendar quarter, the Employer shall
post at each yard, shop or plant current seniority lists by
driver groupings at each yard, shop or plant and a seniority list
for all non-driver jobs at such yard, shop or plant and shall
furnish copies of such lists to the appropriate Local Union.


Section 6.  Notice of Shopping of Equipment:

The Employer will make every reasonable effort to give an
employee advance notice of the shopping of his assigned
equipment.

Section 7.  Military Service:

All basic rights of employees in military service will be
preserved in accordance with Federal law.  Upon request, an
employee will be granted a leave of absence without pay in
addition to vacation to fulfill his military obligations.
                                     
                                ARTICLE XI
                            GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE

Section l.  Grievance Steps:

Grievances shall be taken up and processed in the following
manner:

     (A)  STEP ONE:    Any employee having a grievance may first
          take his grievance up with his foreman, shop steward,   
          or Union Representative.  On request of the Union
          Representative, the Employer shall produce the payroll
          records that bear upon the grievance for examination    
         by the Union Representative.  In any event, an attempt   
          to settle the grievance with an Employer representative 
         shall be made prior to proceeding to Step Two of this
          grievance procedure.

     (B)  STEP TWO:    If the grievance is not settled in Step    
   
          One within two (2) working days, within five (5)working
          days thereafter it shall be presented in writing by the
          Union Representative to the Employer's Industrial
          Relations Representative in an attempt to resolve the
          grievance; provided, however, that grievances may be
          initiated by the Union directly in this STEP TWO.

     (C)  STEP THREE:   If the grievance is not settled within    
   
          two (2) working days, within ten (10) working days
          thereafter it shall be:

               (1)  scheduled and presented in writing, at the 
                    next meeting of the Joint Grievance Committee
                    as provided for in this STEP THREE; or

               (2)  at the insistence of the Employer or the      
             
                    Union, by-pass STEP THREE and proceed
                    directly to arbitration as provided for in
                    STEP FOUR below; provided, however, that the
                    election to by-pass STEP THREE (Joint
                    Grievance Committee), shall be promptly made
                    and communicated to the other party at the
                    conclusion of STEP TWO.

                    A Joint Grievance Committee of an equal
                    number of representatives of the Southern
                    California Rock Products and Ready Mixed
                    Concrete employers and the Union will meet
                    within thirty (30) working days    thereafter
                    to settle the grievance.  This Committee is
                    authorized to adopt written rules of
                    procedure by mutual agreement and such rules
                    of procedure shall be binding upon all
                    signatories to this Agreement.  If a decision
                    is reached by this Committee, it shall be
                    final and binding upon all parties involved.

     D.   STEP FOUR:  If the grievance is not settled within      
   
          thirty (30) working days in STEP THREE from the time it
          was presented in writing to the Joint Grievance
          Committee; or if the grievance has proceeded directly
          to STEP FOUR from STEP TWO, either the Employer or the
          Union may, within ten (10) working days, request in
          writing that the issue be arbitrated, provided that it
          involves a question of interpretation or application of
          this Agreement.

          The Committee specified in STEP TWO shall appoint an    
   
          arbitrator agreeable to both.  If they are unable to    
   
          agree within ten (10) working days upon an arbitrator,
          either party may, within ten (10) working days
          thereafter, request the Federal Mediation and
          Conciliation Service and/or the American Arbitration
          association to submit a list of Arbitrators consisting
          of any odd number, not less than five (5).  From such   
   
          list the arbitrator shall be selected by each party
          alternately striking off names;  the choice of which    
   
          party shall make the strike offikeoff shall be
          determined by lot.  The decision of the arbitrator      
          shall be final and binding on both parprovided,
          howeverowever, that the power and authority of the
          arbitrator shall be limited to the question presented
          to him, and he shall have no power to add to or
          subtract from or modify any terms of this Agreement or
          any Agreements made supplementary thereto; nor to
          establish or change any wage scale or classification,
          except as provided under Article IV, Sections 2 and
          6(B), but shall refer any such cases back to the
          parties without decision.  Grievances arising under
          Article I, Section 7, are not arbitrable because of
          remedies provided by law.

Section 2.  Arbitrators Fees:

In order to encourage the settlement of grievances in the early
steps of the grievance procedure and in order to discourage
frivolous or improper use of the arbitration process, the fees
and expenses of the arbitration shall be paid by the losing
party.

If there is any question as to who the losing party is, or if a
case is referred back to the parties without decision, or if
there are decisions against more than one of the parties to the
arbitration, the arbitrator is authorized and requested to
determine who shall pay the fees and may in such case order a
sharing of such fees.  In such event, the decision of the
arbitrator on this issue shall be final and binding.

Section 3.  Time Limit:

All grievances not described in Article IX (Discharges and
Discipline) will be barred for all purposes if not presented to
the Employer in writing in Step Two within fifteen (15 working
days after the date of the occurrence giving rise to the
grievance.

Section 4.  Business Agent Visitation:

The Business Representatives of the Union shall have access to
the job during working hours for the purpose of performing his
duties and he shall advise the Employer or his representative of
his presence on the job and shall not unreasonably interfere with
the work of any worker.

Section 5.  Shop Stewards:

Selection as a steward shall not change the full-time productive
status of an employee.  The steward shall not be discriminated
against in any manner by the Employer or his Agent because of his
activities in presenting any adjustment of grievances or
disputes.

The steward shall be given a reasonable length of time during his
working hours to perform his activities as a steward when such
activities cannot be conducted on non-working time.

Section 6.  Bulletin Boards:

At all locations at which truck drivers are based, official Union
bulletins may be posted on the Company bulletin boards.

                                ARTICLE XII
                       JURISDICTION OF LOCAL UNIONS

Section l.  Geographic Areas:

The Union agrees to furnish the Employers with a map and
description clearly defining the geographical areas of the
respective Local Unions parties to this Agreement.

Section 2.  Assignment of Work:

Nothing contained in this Agreement shall restrict or prevent the
Employer from assigning work or duties to employees covered by
this Agreement within  the classifications listed in Article IV,
Section l, hereof, without regard to the Local Union of which the
employee is a member.

                               ARTICLE XIII
                                BARGAINING

Section l.  Interpretation of Agreement:

Questions concerning interpretation or application of this
Agreement may arise from time to time and in the interest of
preventing misunderstandings, an equal number but not less than
three (3) each from the Employer's representative and the Union
Negotiating Committee shall promptly meet at the request of
either in an attempt to resolve such question, but in any event
within thirty (30) days, unless otherwise mutually extended.

Section 2.  Bargaining During Term:

Notwithstanding the provisions of Article I, Section l or Section
l of this Article XIII, each party hereto expressly waives any
obligation or duty presently or hereafter imposed by law on the
other party, and acknowledges and recognizes that no  obligation
or duty exists under this Agreement to bargain collectively or
negotiate with the other party over or pertaining to wages,
hours, pensions, paid holidays, insurance, sick leave, severance
pay, or any terms or conditions of employment or retirement or
any other matters or subjects whatsoever during the term of this
Agreement.

                                ARTICLE XIV
                           GROUP INSURANCE PLAN

Section l.  Regular Employees:

For the purpose of this Article XIV, a regular employee for whom
the Employer is required to make monthly contributions is an
employee within the bargaining unit, as described in Article I,
Section 1, hereof, except as noted under Sections 2 and 11 below. 
The Employer shall make monthly contributions on behalf of all
regular employees who were on the payroll of the Employer for
forty (40) hours in the preceding month.

Employees who are on paid Vacation and holidays for a portion of
the month will have those hours counted toward the forty (40)
hour requirement for the payment of medical contributions.

Section 2.  Vacation Relief:

It is understood and agreed that vacation relief help hired will
not be entitled to group insurance coverage.  The Notice of Hire
shall clearly state that the employee, in such case, is hired for
vacation relief purposes.

For the purpose of this Section, the term "vacation relief help"
means an employee hired specifically as such on or after April 1
of any year and terminated on or before October 31 of the same
year.  An employee hired and/or terminated between November 1 and
March 31 shall not be considered "vacation relief help".

Vacation relief employees who perform work after October 31 and
who worked for forty (40) hours or more in the preceding October
shall have a medical contribution paid on their behalf pursuant
to Section 11.

Section 3.  Dates of Contributions:

The first contribution of a new employee shall be due on the
first day of the month next following thirty (30) days of
employment.  One (1) additional premium will be paid for
employees who leave work because of layoff due to a reduction in
force.

Section 4.  Contribution Rates and Benefits:

The programs and provisions of the previous contract will
continue for the period of April 1, 1994 until the following
changes are effective:

A)   Basic Hospital and Medical coverages for employees and
     eligible dependents under Teamsters Miscellaneous Security
     Trust Plan E, including dependent Vision coverage and
     Retiree Medical Plan E coverage.

B)   Vision care for dependents under Plan E.

C)   Dental benefits for employees and eligible dependents under
     the Teamsters Joint Council No. 42 Welfare Trust.

D)   Prescription Drug benefits for employees and eligible
     dependents under the Teamsters Joint Council No. 42 Welfare
     Trust.

E)   Hospital and medical coverage for retired employees whose
     retirement effective dates are on and after July 1, 1979 and
     their eligible dependents, under Teamsters Miscellaneous
     Security Fund, Plan E.

Section 5.  Program Costs:

All costs of the programs described above, including
administration, shall be borne by the Employer contributions,
except as provided in Section 8.

Section 6.  Due Dates:

Monthly contributions required under this Article XIV shall be
due on the first (1st) day of the calendar month and shall be
paid no later than the tenth (10th) of the same month.

Section 7.  Trust Documents:

The Employers and the Union agree to execute the necessary Trust
Documents required by the Trustees of such Trusts as a condition
of participation in the Trust referred to in Section 4 above.

Section 8.  Maintenance of Benefits:

It is the intention of the parties hereto that the benefits
described in this Article shall be maintained throughout the term
of this Agreement.  All costs of the programs described above,
including administration, shall be borne and paid by the
Employer, subject to the following limitations:

The Employer agrees to pay up to the maximum amount set forth
below to provide such benefits:.

                         Maximum Contribution Amount
                         Misc E and JC 42              Take Care

Effective  4-1-94        1990-1994 Amt.
Effective  6-1-94        1990-1994 Amt. -$15.50 (LTD)  $253.00
Effective 5-23-94        $431.00
Effective 10-1-94        $450.00                       $266.00
Effective 10-1-95        $475.00                       $283.00
Effective 10-1-96        $500.00                       $303.00

Should the above maximum amounts be inadequate to maintain all of
the benefits described in Section 4., above, any additional
amount required by the Trusts shall be borne by the employees
through monthly payroll deductions, withheld from the employee's
first paycheck of the applicable calendar month the amount
necessary, when combined with the Employers' maximum
contribution.  Such additional amount shall be deducted from the
payroll earnings of the employee only for such months as the
inadequacy occurs.

Section 9.  Retirees Prior to August 1, 1979:

The parties hereto agree that the Employer shall cease
contributing to the Southern California Rock Products and Ready
Mixed Concrete Industries Welfare Benefits Plan ("Rock Plan") and
that the Rock Plan shall be merged into the Teamsters
Miscellaneous Security Fund Plan E ("Plan E").  Plan E shall
thereby assume all assets and liabilities of the Rock Plan and
the Rock Plan shall terminate.

Section 10. Legislation:

If a universal health care plan program is enacted by Congress
the effect of which is to require additional payroll costs to the
Employer and/or costs to the employees, or if a change in the
current plan is required by the new law, the parties shall meet
to resolve, in a mutually satisfactory manner, any problems
resulting therefrom.

The parties also agree that in the event of any change in the
plan, the Trustees of the current medical program will be given
sixty (60) days notice.

Section 11.  Medical Program for Employees Hired after May 22,
1994:

Any employee hired after May 22, 1994 will not be provided with
group insurance pursuant to the provisions set forth above for
the term of this Agreement.

Instead, any newly hired employee will be provided with the Take
Care Select Plus medical program for the first four (4) years of
their employment.  Entitlement to said medical benefits shall be
the same as entitlement for all other employees as set forth in
this Article XIV.

It is the intention of the parties hereto that the benefits
described in this Section shall be maintained throughout the term
of this Agreement.

Premiums for such benefits are determined from time to time by
the Board of Trustees.

Each Employer agrees to pay up to the maximum amount set forth
below as the premium to provide such benefits:  Effective May 23,
1994, $253.00 per month; effective October 1, 1994, $266.00 per
month; effective October 1, 1995, $283.00 per month; and
effective October 1, 1996, $303.00 per month.

                                ARTICLE XV
                                  PENSION

The Employer will make contributions to the Western Conference of
Teamsters Pension Trust Fund (hereinafter to be referred to as
the Plan) for the benefit of employees within the bargaining
unit.  This Employer shall continue contributions to such Trust
in accordance with its terms for all hours worked or paid for, as
provided in Appendix A.

The parties agree that because the Trustees of the Fund will rely
on the execution of this Agreement to not reduce  benefits to
retiring employees as indicated above, this Section shall not be
modified, terminated or rescinded by the parties, directly or
indirectly, without the express written consent of the Trustees.

The Employer and the Union agree to execute the necessary Trust
documents required by the Trustees of the Western Conference of
Teamsters Pension Trust as a condition of participation in such
Trust.

In the event that Federal or State legislation requires a
revision of the Plan which results in a higher contribution rate
to meet such requirements, it is agreed that the increased
contribution rate will come out of the wage package.

For the period April 2, 1994 through July 31, 1994, the Employer
will continue to contribute pension contributions to the Western
Conference of Teamsters Pension Trust Fund ("WCTPTF") in the same
amount as contributed under the previous Collective Bargaining
Agreement for all hours compensated whether worked or paid for. 
Accordingly, Employers who participated in the Enhanced Early
Retirement, PEER/84, shall pay contributions of Three Dollars and
Fourteen-Cents ($3.14) per hour for the period April 2, 1994
through July 31, 1994.  Employers who did not participate in
PEER/84 shall pay contributions of Two Dollars and Ninety-Five
Cents ($2.95) per hour for the period April 2, 1994 through
July 31, 1994.

Effective January 1, 1994 there shall be a yearly maximum of two
thousand and seventy-six (2076) hours per year (January 1 through
December 31).

Effective August 1, 1994 the contribution to the WCTPTF for all
Employers shall be increased to a total contribution of Three
Dollars and Forty-Four Cents ($3.44) per hour so as to provide
for the Program for Enhanced Early Retirement, "PEER/80". 
Accordingly, those Employers previously paying Two Dollars and
Ninety-Five Cents ($2.95) per hour will increase their hourly
contribution by Forty-Nine Cents ($.49).  Those Employers
previously participating in PEER/84 shall increase the amount of
their hourly contribution to the WCTPTF by Thirty Cents ($.30).

The contributions required to provide for the Program for
Enhanced Early Retirement (PEER/80) will not be taken in
consideration for benefit accrual purposes under the Plan.  The
additional contribution for PEER must at all times be sixteen and
one-half percent (16.5%) of the basic contribution and cannot be
decreased or discontinued at any time.

The Pension contribution shall be made to the appropriate
administrative office designated by the WCTPTF in accordance with
Trust rules, computed monthly and paid not later than the tenth
(10th) of the following month.

                                ARTICLE XVI
                       SAFETY AND WORKING CONDITIONS

Where special protective clothing and other devices (other than
safety shoes)  are required to be worn or used, the same shall be
furnished at the expense of the Employer.  Further, each affected
Employer will provide for operative air conditioners in all
cement trains when present equipment is replaced or new equipment
is purchased.

                               ARTICLE XVII
                            LEAVES OF ABSENCES

Leaves of absence without pay may be granted by the Employer to
any employee for any reasonable cause, including illness or
injury.  Application for leave of absence must be made in writing
to the representative of the Employer designated by him for such
purpose and be approved in writing by such Employer's
representative.  Generally, such leave of absence will be for a
period of not more than thirty (30) days, but  may be extended
for a reasonable cause for additional periods of thirty (30) days
up  to a maximum of ninety (90) days, upon written request of the
employee, by mutual agreement between the Employer and the Union.
Any employee who, while on leave of absence, obtains employment
with another employer without having obtained prior permission to
do so from the Employer and the Union shall be subject to
immediate discharge.
                                     
                               ARTICLE XVIII
                        TRAINING AND UPGRADING FUND

The parties have established a Teamsters Rock Products and Ready
Mixed Concrete Industries Training and Upgrading Fund and Trust.

The Employer agrees to continue to pay the following sums per
hour for all hours worked or paid into this Training and
Upgrading Fund:

Effective April 1, 1994 through May 22, 1994 the sum of twenty-
seven cents ($.27) per hour.

Effective May 23, 1994 through March 31, 1995 the sum of twenty-
cents ($.20) per hour.

Effective April 1, 1995 and thereafter for the duration of this
Agreement, the hourly contribution amount may be increased as
determined by the Fund's Trustees to a maximum of twenty-five
cents ($.25) per hour.

The monies paid into this Fund are to be used for the training
and/or upgrading (including apprenticeship, if applicable) of the
skills of present employees and applicants for employment
pursuant to that certain Trust Agreement referred to as the
Teamsters - Rock Products and Ready Mixed Concrete Industries
Training and Upgrading Fund and Trust.

                                ARTICLE XIX
                              JOB PROTECTION

It is the intent of the parties to this Agreement to protect the
work performed by employees in the bargaining unit.

The Employer recognizes that it is important and desirable to
utilize its own equipment and drivers to the greatest extent
possible prior to using sub-haulers and/or non-Company trucks.

The Union recognizes that under certain conditions, such as those
dictated by customer demands, equipment requirements, daily
dispatch determinations, materials to be hauled and similar
factors, that sub-haulers and/or non-Company trucks are necessary
and have been so utilized throughout the Industry for many years.

The Employer in accordance with the above, must, however,
determine the number, type and location of its working equipment
in conformity with its business requirements. The Employer
further must be able to determine, in keeping with sound business
practices, the extent to which it will replace equipment which is
too costly to operate, obsolete or damaged.

Under these conditions, the Employer agrees that sub-haulers
and/or non-Company trucks will not be utilized as a subterfuge to
defeat the protection of the bargaining unit work.

In keeping with the above, the Union recognizes that the Employer
will utilize such sub-haulers and/or non-Company trucks as
required by location and classification only after all the
available Company trucks at such locations and in similar
classifications have been initially dispatched.

The parties hereto specifically agree that industry practices for
the period of the 1990-1994 contract will prevail in the
application of this Article.

                                ARTICLE XX
                         USE OF PERSONAL VEHICLES

When an employee is required to use their own personal vehicle to
report to other than their base location, they shall be allowed
twenty-five cents ($.25) per road mile round trip from their
established base to their reporting location, provided the new
location is further from the employee`s residence than the
employee's base location. Least senior employees in the required
classification groupings will not have the right to refuse such
dispatch.

                                ARTICLE XXI
                            PERIOD OF AGREEMENT

This Agreement shall become effective April 2, 1994, and shall
remain in full force and effect to and including April l, 1997,
and shall remain in full force and effect from year to year
thereafter, unless either party hereto has given written notice
to the other of their desire to have the same changed, modified,
or terminated; such notice must be given at least sixty (60) days
prior to April 1st of 1997 or a later year.  If such notice is
not given, this Agreement is to stand as renewed for the
following year.  If such notice is given, the Agreement
terminates at midnight of the immediately following April lst. 
In addition the Employer agrees to enter into bargaining talks
for wage and benefit increases in this Agreement, if and when the
Union produces evidence of a signed Labor Agreement between the
Teamsters Union and Robertson's Ready Mix.

                               ARTICLE XXII
                        MANAGEMENT'S RIGHTS CLAUSE

The Union acknowledges that all rights and prerogatives of
management which the Employer had prior to the execution of this
Agreement are retained solely and exclusively by the Employer,
without limitation, except as specifically modified by the
express terms of this Agreement.

                               ARTICLE XXIII
                        DRUG AND ALCOHOL SCREENING

The parties recognize the problems which drug/alcohol abuse have
created in the Construction Industry and the need to develop drug
abuse prevention programs.  Accordingly, the parties agree that
in order to enhance the safety of the workplace and to maintain a
drug-free work environment, the Employer may require applicants
or employees to undergo drug screening.  The parties agree that
if a screening program is implemented by the Employer, the
following items have been agreed upon by Labor and Management:

1)   It is understood that the use, possession, transfer, or sale
of illegal drugs, narcotics, or other unlawful substance is
absolutely prohibited while employees are performing work under
the applicable Agreement.

2)   All applicants will undergo a drug screen at the direction
of the Employer.  

3)   Applicants not passing the drug screen will not be placed on
the Employer's payroll or receive any compensation.  Employees
not passing the drug screen will be removed from the Employer's
payroll.  The Employer agrees to pay the cost for administering
the drug screen.

4)   The Employer may require that an employee be tested for
drugs where the Employer has reasonable cause to believe that the
employee is impaired from performing his/her job.  Observation
should be made by at least two (2) persons, one of whom may be a
Union employee.  In the absence of a second person, the Employer
may send the employee to be tested if the Union is notified
immediately of the incident.  This provision shall be applied in
a non-discriminatory manner.  For employees who refuse to take a
test where the prerequisites set forth in this paragraph have
been met, there will be a "non-rebuttable" presumption that the
test result would have been positive for an unlawful substance.

5)   An Employer may require that an employee who contributed to
an accident be tested for drugs/alcohol.

6)   There will be no random drug testing by the signatory
Employer, except as mandated by State/Federal regulations.

7)   No prescription drug shall be used by anyone other than the
person for whom the prescription is written.  It is understood
that the unsafe use of prescribed medication, or where the use of
prescribed medication impairs the employee's ability to perform
work, is a basis for removal.

8)   A sufficient amount of sample shall be taken to allow for an
initial test and a confirmation test.  The initial test will be
an Enzyme Multiplied Immunoassay Technique (EMIT).  In the event
a question or positive result arises from the initial test, a
confirmation test must be utilized before action can be taken
against the employee or applicant.  The confirmation test will be
by Gas Chromatography - Mass Spectrometry (GC/MS).  The cutoff
levels for both the initial test and confirmation test will be
those established by the National Institute of Drug Abuse. 
Confirmed positive samples will be retained by the testing
laboratory in secured long term frozen storage for a minimum of
one (1) year.  Handling and transportation of each sample must be
documented through strict chain of custody procedures.

9)   Any dispute which arises under this drug policy shall be
submitted to the grievance and arbitration procedure set forth in
the applicable Agreement.

10)  In the event an individual Employer is required, as a
condition of contract award, to abide by the terms and conditions
of an owner's drug policy, the Employer will notify the Union in
writing prior to implementing such policy.

11)  The establishment or operation of this policy shall not
curtail any right of an employee found in any rule or regulation. 
Should any part of this policy be found unlawful by a court of
competent jurisdiction or a public agency having jurisdiction
over the parties, the remaining portions of the policy shall be
unaffected and the parties shall enter negotiations to replace
the affected provision.  Nor shall this language alter, replace,
or supersede any company policy which may be in place at the time
of ratification unless deemed unlawful as described in the
preceding sentence.













     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this
Agreement on the 27th day of October, 1994.

FOR THE UNION:                          FOR THE EMPLOYER: 

                                        
Teamsters Building Material and         Transit Mixed Concrete
Dump Truck Drivers Local Union
No. 420


                                                                 
By:  Richard D. Martino                 By:
     Secretary-Treasurer                                    
               
                                                                 
                                        Title:

Teamsters Local Union 986
                                        
________________________________        
By:  Michael J. Riley                   
     Secretary-Treasurer                

Teamsters Automotive Workers
Local Union No. 495
                                        
_______________________________
By:  Robert M. Lennox                        
     Secretary-Treasurer                
                                        

General Truck Drivers, Chauffeurs,
and Helpers Local Union No. 692         
                                        
_______________________________         
By:  Paul R. Jones
     Secretary-Treasurer                
                                        









                               ADDENDUM NO. I

                          LETTER OF UNDERSTANDING

During the course of the 1982 negotiations there were discussion
relative to processing of grievances under Article XI, Section l.
Instances were cited by the Employers of grievances which were
filed and not discussed with them in Step l.

The parties hereby reaffirm that in the interest of the orderly
and prompt settlement of grievances, they should be discussed in
Step l between the Union and the Employer.  The Unions signatory
hereto agree that a good faith effort will be made to discuss all
grievances in Step l with the Employer.


































                                APPENDIX A


BENEFIT OR ITEM
                                        Effective

                                   4-2-94  8-1-94 

Pension - Article XV:

   Western Conference              $2.95*  $3.44**

*Continuation of current rates in effect on April 1, 1994 through
July 31, 1994 (some Employers participate in the PEER '84 program
at an hourly rate of $3.14 per hour, and they will have hourly
rates nineteen cents ($.19) per hour less than the hourly rates
shown herein from April 1, 1994 through July 31, 1994 after which
their hourly rates will be as contained in Appendix "B". 

**This provides for the "PEER 80" program at a basic rate of
$2.95 x 16.5% = $3.44 total



TRAINING AND UPGRADING             4-1-94    6-1-94    4-1-95

     HOURLY RATES:                 $ .27     $.20      up to max
                                                       of $.25 as
                                                       determined
                                                       by Fund
                                                       Trustees  

HEALTH AND WELFARE

If Plan G is currently in effect it will continue as per the
1990-1994 Agreement through 6-30-94, thereafter the following
benefits will prevail:

               4-1-94  6-1-94  7-1-94  10-1-94  10-1-95  10-1-96

Med Plan E     $303.00 $303.00 $303.00 $313.00

Dependent
  Vision       $  3.00 $  3.00 $  3.00 $  3.00

Dental         $ 31.50 $ 31.50 $ 31.50 $ 31.50

Pres. Drugs    $ 28.70 $ 32.00 $ 32.00 $ 32.00


Retiree Plan E $ 61.00 $ 61.00 $ 61.00 $ 61.00

LTD            $ 15.50 Discontinued as of 6-1-94

Retiree
  Industry
   Plan        $ 24.00 $ 24.00 Plan transferred to Miscellaneous
                               Trust as of 7-1-74

Totals:        $466.70 $454.50 $430.50  $450.00  $475.00  $500.00





































                               "APPENDIX B"

CLASSIFICATIONS                                 WAGE RATES
                                   4-2-94  5-23-94 4-1-95  4-1-96
Drivers of Water Trucks         
  Under 2,000 Gallons              $17.15  $14.95  $15.20  $15.45
  2,000 to 4,000 Gallons            17.25   15.05   15.30   15.55
  4,000 Gallons and Over            17.30   15.10   15.35   15.60

Drivers of Plant and Pit Trucks               
  under 12 tons                     17.15   14.95   15.20   15.45
  12 tons to 20 tons                17.25   15.05   15.30   15.55
  20 tons to 50 tons                17.30   15.10   15.35   15.60
  50 tons and over                  17.35   15.15   15.40   15.65

Drivers of 2-Axle Dump Trucks       17.10   14.90   15.15   15.40

Drivers of 3-Axle Dump Trucks       17.15   14.95   15.20   15.45

Drivers of Semis Under 14 Tons      17.20   15.00   15.25   15.50 

Drivers of Truck-Trailer and Semis  17.25   15.05   15.30   15.55

Drivers of Cement Trains            17.25   15.05   15.30   15.55

Drivers of Mixer Trucks                       
  Under 9 Cubic Yards               17.85   15.65   15.90   16.15 
  9 Cubic Yards and Over            17.95   15.75   16.00   16.25
 
Drivers of Flats Under 5 Tons       17.10   14.90   15.15   15.40 

Drivers of Flats Over 5 Tons        17.20   15.00   15.25   15.50
 
Drivers of Flats Truck-Trailers 
& Semis                             17.30   15.10   15.35   15.60 
**Drivers of Mobile Service Trucks  17.35   15.15   15.40   15.65
      
Mobile Sweeper Drivers 
(licensed for highway use)          17.35   15.15   15.40   15.65
      
Drivers of Bulk Fuel Trucks         17.35   15.15   15.40   15.65
      
Warehousepersons                    17.05   14.85   15.10   15.35
           
Automotive Repairpersons            20.95   18.75   19.00   19.25

Batch Plant Operators (manual)      18.05   15.85   16.10   15.45

Bunkerperson                        17.05   14.85   15.10   15.35

Gas Station Operators 
  and/or Fuelers                    17.05   14.85   15.10   15.35

Loaders                             17.10   14.90   15.00   15.25

Washers                             17.10   14.90   15.00   15.25

Greasers                            17.20   15.00   15.25   15.50

***Tirepersons                      17.20   15.00   15.25   15.50

Chippers                            17.30   15.10   15.35   15.60

**A Mobile Service Truck is defined as a vehicle equipped with
portable powered lubrications equipment.

***On any day in which a Tireperson spends a majority of their
time working on 1400 or larger tire sizes, they shall receive
five cents ($.05) per hour premium for the entire day.




The rates described above for the period April 2, 1994 through
July 31, 1994 are correct for all Employers who did not
participate in the PEER/84 Program.  All Employers who did
participate in the PEER/84 Program for the period April 2, 1994
through July 31, 1994 shall pay their employees Nineteen Cents
($.19) per hour less than the rates described above.

















                                 EXHIBIT I

             TEAMSTERS LOCAL UNIONS' JURISDICTIONAL BOUNDARIES

LOCAL 420 Northern Boundary:

Six miles into mountains from Foothill Boulevard from Eastern
Boundary (described below) to Balboa Boulevard and Highway 5
straight west across mountains to Ventura County line.  

          Western Boundary:

Ventura County line.

          Southern Boundary:

North side of Compton Boulevard from the coastline to the Orange
County line east to Main Street in Corona.

          Eastern Boundary:

All Orange County, Main Street in Corona in straight line north
along Milliken Avenue north to the mountains.

LOCAL 495 

          Northern Boundary:

South side of Rosecrans Avenue from the coastline east to the
Orange County line.  

          Southern and Western Boundaries:

The coastline south of Rosecrans Avenue south to the Southern
Boundary of Orange County (including Catalina Island).  

          Eastern Boundary:

Northern and Eastern boundaries of Orange County


LOCAL 692

          Northern Boundary:

East on Compton Boulevard, to Woodruff, then North to Rosecrans
and East to the Orange County line.  (Note:  From Atlantic to
Locoweed, Compton Boulevard is called Somerset.)

          Southern and Western Boundaries:

The coastline south of Compton Boulevard South to Northern
boundary of Orange County (including Catalina Island).

          Eastern Boundary:

Orange County line:


LOCAL 986 

          Southern Boundary:

North side of the mountains west to the same Northern Boundary as
Locals 63 and 420 and east to San Bernardino County line.

          Western Boundary:

Ventura County line, north of Northern boundary for Local 420 to
Gorman.
          Northern Boundary:

From Gorman cut across northeasterly between Tehachapi and
Mojave, including Johannesburg and Trona.

          Eastern Boundary:

Nevada State line south to San Bernardino County line.  Roughly,
the jurisdictional boundaries include the Eastern one-third of
Kern County and all of Inyo and Mono Counties.

















                             TABLE OF CONTENTS

ARTICLE                  SUBJECT                            PAGE

ARTICLE I      Recognition, Union Shop                      2

ARTICLE II     Work Stoppages                               5

ARTICLE III    Hours and Work                               5

ARTICLE IV     Wages                                        6

ARTICLE V      Overtime Pay                                 12

ARTICLE VI     Reporting Allowances                         12

ARTICLE VII    Paid Holidays                                13

ARTICLE VIII   Vacations                                    14

ARTICLE IX     Discharges                                   16

ARTICLE X      Seniority                                    17

ARTICLE XI     Grievance Procedure                          30

ARTICLE XII    Jurisdiction of Local Unions                 33

ARTICLE XIII   Bargaining                                   34

ARTICLE XIV    Group Insurance Plan                         34

ARTICLE XV     Pension                                      37

ARTICLE XVI    Safety and Working Conditions                39

ARTICLE XVII   Leaves of Absences                           39

ARTICLE XVIII  Training and Upgrading Fund                  39

ARTICLE XIX    Job Protection                               40

ARTICLE XX     Use of Personal Vehicles                     41

ARTICLE XXI    Period of Agreement                          41

ARTICLE XXII   Management's Rights Clause                   41 

ARTICLE XXIII  Drug and Alcohol Screening                   42




ADDENDUM #1    Letter of Understanding                      45

APPENDIX A     Fringe Benefits                              46

APPENDIX B     Wages                                        48

EXHIBIT I      Local Union Jurisdictional Boundaries        50


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission